Page Range | 17077-17283 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
83 FR 17281 - Task Force on the United States Postal System | |
83 FR 17203 - Sunshine Act Meetings | |
83 FR 17193 - Government in the Sunshine Act Meeting Notice | |
83 FR 17177 - Deletion of Item From Sunshine Act Meeting | |
83 FR 17091 - Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards | |
83 FR 17149 - Policy and Procedures Documents for the State Plane Coordinate System of 2022 | |
83 FR 17077 - Special Conditions: Bell Helicopter Textron, Inc. (BHTI), Model 525 Helicopter; Mode Annunciation | |
83 FR 17123 - Air Plan Approval; Kentucky; 2008 Ozone NAAQS Interstate Transport SIP Requirements | |
83 FR 17175 - Re-Establishment of the Environmental Financial Advisory Board | |
83 FR 17176 - Notification of a Public Meeting of the Chartered Science Advisory Board | |
83 FR 17209 - State of South Dakota Acting by and Through its Department of Transportation-Adverse Discontinuance of Operating Authority-Napa-Platte Regional Railroad Authority | |
83 FR 17186 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Inspector Candidate Assessment Questionnaire | |
83 FR 17196 - DFEC Claims Identity Solution | |
83 FR 17185 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: New Construction Subterranean Termite Protection for New Homes | |
83 FR 17186 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Congregate Housing Services Program | |
83 FR 17110 - Atlantic Highly Migratory Species; Atlantic Bluefin Tuna Fisheries | |
83 FR 17193 - Notice of Extension of Public Comment Period for Lodging of Proposed Consent Decree Under the Clean Water Act | |
83 FR 17114 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands; 2018 and 2019 Harvest Specifications for Groundfish; Correction | |
83 FR 17194 - Bloodborne Pathogens Standard; Extension of the Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) Approval of Information Collection (Paperwork) Requirements | |
83 FR 17093 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants; Removal of the Lesser Long-Nosed Bat From the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife | |
83 FR 17143 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 293-Limon, Colorado; Notification of Proposed Production Activity; Laser Galicia America LLC (Bending and Assembly of Trafo Wall); Aurora, Colorado | |
83 FR 17144 - Foreign-Trade Zone 158-Vicksburg/Jackson, Mississippi; Application for Reorganization Under Alternative Site Framework | |
83 FR 17142 - Foreign-Trade Zone 29-Louisville, Kentucky; Application for Reorganization Under Alternative Site Framework | |
83 FR 17143 - Foreign-Trade Zone (FTZ) 249-Pensacola, Florida; Notification of Proposed Production Activity; GE Renewables North America, LLC (Wind Turbine Nacelles, Hubs, and Drivetrains); Pensacola, Florida | |
83 FR 17146 - Certain Oil Country Tubular Goods From the Republic of Korea: Final Results of Antidumping Duty Administrative Review and Final Determination of No Shipments; 2015-2016 | |
83 FR 17194 - Notice of a Public Meeting of the Task Force on Apprenticeship Expansion | |
83 FR 17222 - Veterans' Research and Health Advisory Committee, Notice of Meeting | |
83 FR 17078 - Safety Zone, Delaware River; Diving and Survey Operations; Marcus Hook, PA | |
83 FR 17078 - Special Local Regulations for Marine Events; Blessing of the Fleet, Tiburon, CA | |
83 FR 17166 - Agency Information Collection Extension | |
83 FR 17221 - Notice of Submission of Proposed Information Collections to OMB; Agency Request for Renewal of Previously Approved Information Collections: Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in Air Travel | |
83 FR 17197 - Product Change-Priority Mail Negotiated Service Agreement | |
83 FR 17160 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request; National Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP) 2019 and 2020 | |
83 FR 17189 - National Register of Historic Places; Notification of Pending Nominations and Related Actions | |
83 FR 17146 - U.S. Strategy to Address Trade-Related Forced Localization Barriers Impacting The U.S. ICT Hardware Manufacturing Industry; Correction | |
83 FR 17138 - Designation for the Jamestown, North Dakota; Lincoln, Nebraska; and Memphis, Tennessee Areas | |
83 FR 17212 - Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program; Ohio Department of Transportation Audit Report | |
83 FR 17216 - Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program; Florida DOT Audit #1 Report | |
83 FR 17210 - 60-Day Notice of Intent To Seek Extension of Approval and Merger of Collections: Statutory Authority To Preserve Rail Service | |
83 FR 17161 - Applications for New Awards; Innovative Approaches to Literacy Program | |
83 FR 17196 - Florida Power & Light Company; Turkey Point Nuclear Generating Unit Nos. 3 and 4 | |
83 FR 17121 - Safety Zone for Fireworks Display; Upper Potomac River, Washington Channel, Washington, DC | |
83 FR 17177 - Proposed Substances To Be Evaluated for Toxicological Profile Development | |
83 FR 17177 - Meeting Agenda; April 23, 2018, In Person, 8:30 a.m. | |
83 FR 17153 - Arms Sales Notification | |
83 FR 17157 - Arms Sales Notification | |
83 FR 17155 - Arms Sales Notification | |
83 FR 17188 - Agency Information Collection Activities; National Cooperative Geologic Mapping Program (EDMAP and STATEMAP) | |
83 FR 17187 - Agency Information Collection Activities: National Geological and Geophysical Data Preservation Program (NGGDPP) Grant Opportunity | |
83 FR 17150 - Arms Sales Notification | |
83 FR 17205 - Joint Industry Plan; Order Approving the Seventeenth Amendment to the National Market System Plan To Address Extraordinary Market Volatility by Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc., Cboe BYX Exchange, Inc., Cboe EDGA Exchange, Inc., Cboe EDGX Exchange, Inc., Chicago Stock Exchange, Inc., Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., Investors Exchange LLC, NASDAQ BX, Inc., NASDAQ PHLX LLC, The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, NYSE National, Inc., New York Stock Exchange LLC, NYSE American LLC, and NYSE Arca, Inc. | |
83 FR 17190 - Certain Jump Rope Systems; Institution of Investigation | |
83 FR 17174 - Notice of Preliminary Permit Application Accepted for Filing and Soliciting Comments, Motions To Intervene, and Competing Applications; Flat Canyon Hydro, LLC | |
83 FR 17174 - Notice of Transfer of Exemption; Hydrodyne Industries, LLC, UP Property 2, LLC | |
83 FR 17167 - Combined Notice of Filings | |
83 FR 17167 - Combined Notice of Filings #1 | |
83 FR 17171 - Notice Requesting Questions and Comments on Fiscal Year 2017 Other Federal Agency Cost Submissions; Review of Cost Submittals by Other Federal Agencies for Administering Part I of the Federal Power Act | |
83 FR 17168 - Notice of Application Tendered for Filing With the Commission and Establishing Procedural Schedule for Licensing and Deadline for Submission of Final Amendments; Bear Swamp Power Company, LLC | |
83 FR 17170 - Notice of Availability of the Environmental Assessment for the Proposed Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America, LLC Herscher Northwest Storage Field Abandonment Project | |
83 FR 17153 - Charter Renewal of Department of Defense Federal Advisory Committees | |
83 FR 17191 - Trade Authorities Extension: Economic Impact of Trade Agreements Implemented Under the Bipartisan Trade Act of 2015 | |
83 FR 17161 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Statewide Longitudinal Data System (SLDS) Survey 2018-2019 | |
83 FR 17178 - Announcement of Meeting of the Secretary's Advisory Committee on National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives for 2030 | |
83 FR 17209 - Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements Under OMB Review | |
83 FR 17193 - Notice of Lodging of Proposed Consent Decree Under the Safe Drinking Water Act | |
83 FR 17184 - National Institute of Neurological Disorders and Stroke Notice of Closed Meeting | |
83 FR 17220 - Correction to Decision That Nonconforming Model Year 2000 East Lancashire Coachbuilders Limited Double Decker Tri-Axle Buses (With Volvo B7L Chassis) Are Eligible for Importation | |
83 FR 17173 - Notice of Filing; Duke Energy Carolinas, LLC | |
83 FR 17171 - Commission Information Collection Activities (FERC-725L); Comment Request | |
83 FR 17197 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt PAR Hardware Replacement Fees | |
83 FR 17203 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Cboe Exchange, Inc.; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change Relating to the Select Customer Options Reduction Program | |
83 FR 17198 - Order Granting Application by MIAX PEARL, LLC for Exemption Pursuant to Section 36(a) of the Exchange Act From the Rule Filing Requirements of Section 19(b) of the Exchange Act With Respect to Certain Rules Incorporated by Reference | |
83 FR 17206 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; MIAX PEARL, LLC; Order Granting Approval of a Proposed Rule Change To Adopt Rules Relating to Index Options | |
83 FR 17200 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change to the MSRB's Facility for the Real-Time Transaction Reporting System | |
83 FR 17139 - Request for Applications: The Community Forest and Open Space Conservation Program | |
83 FR 17183 - National Institute of Mental Health; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
83 FR 17181 - National Institute of Mental Health; Notice of Meeting | |
83 FR 17183 - National Institute on Drug Abuse; Notice of Meeting | |
83 FR 17185 - Eunice Kennedy Shriver National Institute of Child Health & Human Development; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
83 FR 17182 - National Institute on Aging; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
83 FR 17183 - National Cancer Institute; Notice of Meeting | |
83 FR 17182 - National Cancer Institute; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
83 FR 17184 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
83 FR 17175 - Proposed Information Collection Request; Comment Request; National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Aerosol Coatings | |
83 FR 17145 - In the Matter of: Erdal Kuyumcu, Inmate Number: 89148-053, FCI Fort Dix, P.O. Box 2000, Joint Base MDL, NJ 08640; Order Denying Export Privileges | |
83 FR 17149 - Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
83 FR 17192 - Certain Arrowheads With Arcuate Blades and Components Thereof; Commission Final Determination of Violation of Section 337; Issuance of a General Exclusion Order; Termination of Investigation | |
83 FR 17088 - Improvement of Wireless Coverage Through the Use of Signal Boosters | |
83 FR 17131 - Improvement of Wireless Coverage Through the Use of Signal Boosters | |
83 FR 17222 - Veterans' Advisory Committee on Rehabilitation; Notice of Meeting | |
83 FR 17117 - Deceptive Advertising as to Sizes of Viewable Pictures Shown by Television Receiving Sets | |
83 FR 17086 - Requests for Documents and Testimony | |
83 FR 17223 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Notice of Disagreement | |
83 FR 17081 - Air Plan Approval; Florida; Update to Materials Incorporated by Reference | |
83 FR 17179 - Loan Repayment Program for Repayment of Health Professions Educational Loans Announcement Type: Initial | |
83 FR 17226 - Review of the Primary National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Oxides of Nitrogen | |
83 FR 17211 - Deadline for Notification of Intent To Use the Airport Improvement Program's (AIP) Primary, Cargo, and Nonprimary Entitlement Funds Available for Fiscal Year (FY) 2018 |
Agricultural Marketing Service
Forest Service
Foreign-Trade Zones Board
Industry and Security Bureau
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry
Indian Health Service
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Fish and Wildlife Service
Geological Survey
National Park Service
Employment and Training Administration
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Workers Compensation Programs Office
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final special conditions.
These special conditions are issued for the BHTI Model 525 helicopter. This helicopter will have a novel or unusual design feature associated with fly-by-wire flight control system (FBW FCS) functions that affect the pilot awareness of the flight control modes while operating the helicopter. The applicable airworthiness regulations do not contain adequate or appropriate safety standards for this design feature. These special conditions contain the additional safety standards that the Administrator considers necessary to establish a level of safety equivalent to that established by the existing airworthiness standards.
April 18, 2018.
George Harrum, Aerospace Engineer, Rotorcraft Standards Branch, Policy and Innovation Division, FAA, 10101 Hillwood Pkwy., Fort Worth, TX 76177; telephone (817) 222-4087; email
On December 15, 2011, BHTI applied for a type certificate for a new transport category helicopter designated as the Model 525. The aircraft is a medium twin-engine rotorcraft. The design maximum takeoff weight is 20,500 pounds, with a maximum capacity of 19 passengers and a crew of 2.
The BHTI Model 525 helicopter will be equipped with a four-axis full authority digital FBW FCS that provides for aircraft control through pilot input and coupled flight director modes. Current regulations are inadequate in the area of pilot awareness of the flight control modes while operating the helicopter. The proposed special condition will require that suitable mode annunciation be provided to the flight crew for events that significantly change the operating mode of the system but do not merit the traditional warnings, cautions, and advisories.
Under the provisions of 14 CFR 21.17, BHTI must show that the Model 525 helicopter meets the applicable provisions of part 29, as amended by Amendment 29-1 through 29-55 thereto. The BHTI Model 525 certification basis date is December 31, 2013, the effective date of application to the FAA.
If the Administrator finds that the applicable airworthiness regulations (
Special conditions are initially applicable to the model for which they are issued. Should the type certificate for that model be amended later to include any other model that incorporates the same or similar novel or unusual design feature, the special conditions would also apply to the other model under § 21.101.
In addition to the applicable airworthiness regulations and special conditions, the BHTI Model 525 helicopter must comply with the noise certification requirements of 14 CFR part 36, and the FAA must issue a finding of regulatory adequacy under section 611 of Public Law 92-574, the “Noise Control Act of 1972.”
The FAA issues special conditions, as defined in 14 CFR 11.19, in accordance with § 11.38, and they become part of the type-certification basis under § 21.17(a)(2).
The BHTI Model 525 helicopter will incorporate the following novel or unusual design features: A four-axis full authority digital FBW FCS. Pilot control inputs, through the mechanically linked cockpit controls (cyclic, collective, directional pedals), are transmitted electrically to each of the three Flight Control Computers (FCCs). The pilot control input signals are then processed and transmitted to the hydraulic flight control actuators which affect control of the main and tail rotors. The FCCs process the pilot control input signals depending on the flight control mode in affect.
The current 14 CFR 29 standards do not provide adequate standards for pilot awareness of the flight control modes while operating the helicopter. These special conditions require that suitable mode annunciation be provided to the flight crew for events that significantly change the operating mode of the system but do not merit the traditional warnings, cautions, and advisories.
Notice of proposed special conditions No. 29-042-SC for the BHTI Model 525 helicopter was published in the
Sikorsky requested that the annunciation required by the proposed special conditions be placed within the immediate field of view of the pilot. Sikorsky also requested that because the word “significantly” in the proposed special conditions may be subjective, the following language be added to provide clarification: “in such a way as to alter the pilots primary control strategy.”
The FAA agrees. We have revised the special conditions accordingly.
As discussed above, these special conditions are applicable to the BHTI Model 525 helicopter. Should BHTI apply at a later date for a change to the type certificate to include another model incorporating the same novel or unusual design feature, these special conditions would apply to that model as well.
This action affects only certain novel or unusual design features on one model of rotorcraft. It is not a rule of general applicability.
Aircraft, Aviation safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
The authority citation for these special conditions is as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701, 44702, 44704.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of enforcement of regulation.
The Coast Guard will enforce the special local regulations in the navigable waters of the San Francisco Bay for the annual Blessing of the Fleet to be held on April 22, 2018. This action is necessary to ensure the safety of event participants and spectators. During the enforcement period, unauthorized persons or vessels are prohibited from entering into, transiting through, or anchoring in the regulated area, unless authorized by the Patrol Commander (PATCOM).
The regulations in 33 CFR 100.1103, Table 1, Item number 3 will be enforced from 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. on April 22, 2018.
If you have questions on this notice of enforcement, call or email Lieutenant Junior Grade Emily Rowan, U.S. Coast Guard Sector San Francisco; telephone (415) 399-7443 or email at
The Coast Guard will enforce the special local regulation established in 33 CFR 100.1103, Table 1, Item number 3 on April 22, 2018. From 9 a.m. to 1 p.m. on April 22, 2018 the special local regulation applies to the navigable waters from Bluff Point on the southeastern side of Tiburon Peninsula to Point Campbell on the northern edge of Angel Island, and from Peninsula Point on the southern edge of Tiburon Peninsula to Point Stuart on the western edge of Angel Island.
Under the provisions of 33 CFR 100.1103, unauthorized persons or vessels are prohibited from entering into, transiting through, or anchoring in the regulated area during all applicable effective dates and times, unless authorized to do so by the PATCOM. Additionally, each person who receives notice of a lawful order or direction issued by an official patrol vessel shall obey the order or direction. The PATCOM is empowered to forbid entry into and control the regulated area. The PATCOM shall be designated by the Commander, Coast Guard Sector San Francisco. The PATCOM may, upon request, allow the transit of commercial vessels through regulated areas when it is safe to do so.
This notice is issued under authority of 33 CFR 165.1103 and 5 U.S.C. 552(a). In addition to this notification in the
If the Captain of the Port determines that the regulated area need not be enforced for the full duration stated in this notification, a Broadcast Notice to Mariners may be used to grant general permission to enter the regulated area.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Temporary final rule; request for comments.
The Coast Guard is establishing a safety zone encompassing all navigable waters within a 250-yard radius of the Commerce Construction vessels and associated equipment conducting survey and diving operations in the Delaware River, and in the vicinity of Anchorage 7, near Marcus Hook, PA. The safety zone is needed to protect personnel, vessels, associated equipment, and the marine environment from potential hazards created by survey and diving operations. Entry of persons or vessels into this safety zone will be prohibited unless specifically authorized by the Captain of the Port Delaware Bay. We invite your comments on this rule.
This rule is effective from April 30, 2018 through June 30, 2018. Comments and related material must be received by the Coast Guard on or before May 18, 2018.
You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-2018-0322 using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
If you have questions about this rulemaking, call or email Petty Officer Edmund Ofalt, Waterways Management Branch, U.S. Coast Guard Sector Delaware Bay; telephone (215) 271-4814, email
The Coast Guard is issuing this temporary rule without prior notice and pursuant to authority under section 4(a) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553(b)). This provision authorizes an agency to issue a rule without prior notice when the agency for good cause finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for not publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) with respect to this rule due to the short time period between when Sector Delaware Bay received complete details of this operation, March 28, 2018, and the date when this safety zone needs to go into effect by. It is impracticable and contrary to the public interest to publish an NPRM before issuing this rule because we must establish the safety zone by April 30, 2018, to ensure the safety of personnel, vessels, associated equipment, and the marine environment from potential hazards created by survey and diving operations the Coast Guard is providing an opportunity to comment prior to the rule becoming effective and while the rule is in effect and may amend the rule after it is effective if necessary.
Under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3), the Coast Guard finds that good cause exists for making this rule effective less than 30 days after publication in the
The Coast Guard is issuing this rule under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231. The Captain of the Port Delaware Bay (COTP) has determined that a safety zone is necessary to mitigate the hazards involving survey and diving operations. The safety zone covers all navigable waters within 250-yards of vessels and associated equipment being used by personnel to conduct survey and diving operations.
This rule establishes a safety zone from April 30, 2018, through June 30, 2018. The safety zone will cover all navigable waters within 250-yards of survey and diving operation vessels, as well as any associated equipment, operating in Marcus Hook Anchorage No. 7 near Marcus Hook, PA, and within the Marcus Hook Range on the Delaware River. Diving and survey operations conducted within the anchorage will be in the southernmost portion of the anchorage on the eastern side adjacent to the New Jersey shoreline. The affiliated safety zone will restrict available anchorage grounds in the lower portion of Anchorage No. 7. During diving and survey operations conducted within navigable channel of the Marcus Hook Range, vessels will not be permitted to anchor within the southern portion of the anchorage as this section will be utilized to allow traffic to safely pass around the safety zone. Information on procedures for requesting permission to anchor, as well as any changes to traffic patterns, will be distributed to the maritime community via the methods stated below.
Notification regarding the specific location of the zone and any changes to traffic patterns will be sent to the maritime community via Broadcast Notice to Mariners and Marine Safety information Bulletins. Marine Safety Information Bulletins may be obtained from
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive orders and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13771 directs agencies to control regulatory costs through a budgeting process. This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and pursuant to OMB guidance it is exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 13771.
This regulatory action determination is based on size, location and duration of the safety zone. The safety zone will impact a small designated area of Marcus Hook Anchorage No. 7 and the Marcus Hook Range on the Delaware River. During enforcement periods of the safety zone these impacts include restrictions to the location, type and size of vessels that may anchor in the Marcus Hook Anchorage. However, other anchorages in the Delaware River will remain fully operational as alternatives for vessel traffic. Vessel traffic will be able to safely transit around the safety zone. Moreover, the Coast Guard will issue a Broadcast Notice to Mariners via VHF-FM marine channel 16, Local Notice to Mariners, and Marine Safety Information Bulletin about the zone.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000. The Coast Guard certifies under 5 U.S.C. 605(b) that this rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section V.A above, this rule would not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
This rule would not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this rule under Department of Homeland Security Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.1D, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves a safety zone that will prohibit entry within 250-yards of survey and diving operation vessels, as well as any associated equipment, operating in Marcus Hook Anchorage No. 7 and Marcus Hook Range, on the Delaware River. Normally such actions are categorically excluded from further review under paragraph L60(a) of Appendix A, Table 1 of DHS Instruction Manual 023-01-001-01, Rev. 01. A preliminary Record of Environmental Consideration supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated under
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
We view public participation as essential to effective rulemaking, and will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. The Coast Guard may amend this temporary final rule if we receive comments from the public that indicate that a change is warranted. If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
Documents mentioned in this temporary final rule as being available in the docket, and all public comments, will be in our online docket at
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191; 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(b)
(2)
(c)
(1) Entry into or transiting within the zones is prohibited unless vessels obtain permission from the Captain of the Port via VHF-FM channel 16 or make satisfactory passing arrangements via VHF-FM channels 13 or 16 with the crane barge KELLY or towing vessel JOKER.
(2) Any vessel wishing to anchor within Marcus Hook Anchorage No. 7 is required to verify compliance with current temporary restrictions and requirements noted within the most current Sector Delaware Bay Marine Safety Information Bulletin. The most current Marine Safety Information Bulletin may be obtained at
(3) All vessels authorized to enter or transit the zones must operate at the minimum safe speed necessary to maintain steerage and reduce wake.
(4) This section applies to all vessels except those engaged in law enforcement, aids to navigation servicing, and emergency response operations.
(d)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule; notification of administrative change.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is updating the materials that are incorporated by reference (IBR) into the Florida state implementation plan (SIP). The regulations affected by this update have been previously submitted by Florida and approved by EPA. This update affects the materials that are available for public inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA) and the EPA Regional Office.
This action is effective April 18, 2018.
SIP materials which are incorporated by reference into 40 CFR part 52 are available for inspection at the following locations: Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW, Atlanta, GA 30303; and the National Archives and Records Administration. For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Sean Lakeman, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW, Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Mr. Lakeman can be reached via telephone at (404) 562-9043 or via electronic mail at
Each state has a SIP containing the control measures and strategies used to attain and maintain the national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS). The SIP is extensive, containing such elements as air pollution control regulations, emission inventories, monitoring networks, attainment demonstrations, and enforcement mechanisms.
Each state must formally adopt the control measures and strategies in the SIP after the public has had an opportunity to comment on them and then submit the proposed SIP revisions to EPA. Once these control measures and strategies are approved by EPA, and after notice and comment, they are incorporated into the federally-approved SIP and are identified in part 52 “Approval and Promulgation of Implementation Plans,” title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations (40 CFR part 52). The full text of the state regulation approved by EPA is not reproduced in its entirety in 40 CFR part 52, but is “incorporated by reference.” This means that EPA has approved a given state regulation with a specific effective date. The public is referred to the location of the full text version should they want to know which measures are contained in a given SIP. The information provided allows EPA and the public to monitor the extent to which a state implements a SIP to attain and maintain the NAAQS and to take enforcement action if necessary.
The SIP is a living document which the state can revise as necessary to address the unique air pollution problems in the state. Therefore, EPA from time to time must take action on proposed revisions containing new and/or revised state regulations. A submission from a state can revise one or more rules in their entirety or portions of rules, even change a single word. The state indicates the changes in the submission (such as, by using redline/strikethrough) and EPA then takes action on the requested changes. EPA establishes a docket for its actions using a unique Docket Identification Number. which is listed in each action. These dockets and the complete submission are available for viewing on
On May 22, 1997, (62 FR 27968), EPA revised the procedures for incorporating by reference, into the Code of Federal Regulations, materials approved by EPA into each state SIP. These changes revised the format for the identification of the SIP in 40 CFR part 52, streamlined the mechanisms for announcing EPA approval of revisions to a SIP, and streamlined the mechanisms for EPA's updating of the IBR information contained for each SIP in 40 CFR part 52. The revised procedures also called for EPA to maintain “SIP Compilations” that contain the federally-approved regulations and source specific permits submitted by each state agency. These SIP Compilations are updated primarily on an annual basis. Under the revised procedures, EPA must periodically publish an informational document in the rules section of the
This action represents EPA's publication of the Florida SIP Compilation update, appearing in 40 CFR part 52: Specifically, the materials of paragraphs (c) and (d) at 40 CFR 52. In addition, notice is provided of correcting typographical errors, state effective dates, EPA approval dates and
A. Under the “State effective date” and “EPA approval date” changing the 2-digit year to reflect a 4-digit year (for consistency) and correcting numerous
B. 62-204.220 Title is revised to read “Ambient Air Quality Protection.”
C. 62-210.920 entry is removed from table.
D. 62-244.100 State effective date is revised to read “2/21/1990”.
E. 62-244.200 State effective date is revised to read “2/21/1990”.
F. 62-244.300 State effective date is revised to read “2/21/1990”.
G. 62-244.400 State effective date is revised to read “2/21/1990”.
H. 62-244.500 State effective date is revised to read “2/21/1990”.
I. 62-244.600 State effective date is revised to read “2/21/1990”.
J. 62-296.509 entry is removed from table because EPA previously approved removal of the rule from the Florida SIP.
EPA has determined that this action falls under the “good cause” exemption
In this rule, EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of previously EPA-approved regulations promulgated by Florida and federally effective prior to October 1, 2017. EPA has made, and will continue to make, these materials generally available through
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable federal regulations.
• Is not a “significant regulatory action” subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
EPA also believes that the provisions of section 307(b)(1) of the CAA pertaining to petitions for judicial review are not applicable to this action. This is because prior EPA rulemaking actions for each individual component of the Florida SIP compilations previously afforded interested parties the opportunity to file a petition for judicial review in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit within 60 days of such rulemaking action. Thus, EPA believes judicial review of this action under section 307(b)(1) is not available.
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
40 CFR part 52 is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(b)
(2) EPA Region 4 certifies that the rules/regulations provided by EPA in the SIP compilation at the addresses in paragraph (b)(3) of this section are an exact duplicate of the officially promulgated State rules/regulations which have been approved as part of the State Implementation Plan as of the dates referenced in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
(3) Copies of the materials incorporated by reference may be inspected at the Region 4 EPA Office at 61 Forsyth Street SW, Atlanta, GA 30303. To obtain the material, please call (404) 562-9022. You may inspect the material with an EPA approval date prior to October 1, 2017, for Florida at the National Archives and Records Administration. For information on the availability of this material at NARA go to:
(c)
(d)
Legal Services Corporation.
Final rule.
This final rule governs subpoenas and requests for LSC documents and testimony by non-federal litigants in cases in which LSC is not a party. This rule provides the public with guidance on where to send requests and establishes procedures by which those requests will be processed.
This final rule is effective on May 18, 2018.
Stefanie K. Davis, Assistant General Counsel, 202-295-1563,
LSC proposed to create a new regulation, known as a
Between 2013 and 2017, LSC and its Office of the Inspector General (OIG) received several subpoenas and requests for testimony or documents but did not have internal or external guidance in place regarding such requests. At the OIG's recommendation, LSC added rulemaking on requests for documents and testimony to its rulemaking agenda in 2015. On October 15, 2017, the Operations and Regulations Committee (Committee) of LSC's Board of Directors (Board) voted to recommend that the Board authorize rulemaking on part 1603. On October 17, 2017, the Board authorized LSC to begin rulemaking.
Regulatory action was justified for four reasons. First, a
On January 21, 2018, the Committee voted to recommend that the Board approve this notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) for publication. On January 23, 2018, the Board accepted the Committee's recommendation and voted to approve publication of this NPRM with a 30-day comment period. LSC published the notice of proposed rulemaking in the
On April 8, 2018, the Committee voted to recommend that the Board adopt this Final Rule and approve its publication in the
Materials regarding this rulemaking are available in the open rulemaking section of LSC's website at
LSC received no comments on the proposed rule. Consequently, LSC is adopting the text of the proposed rule published in the
In a final rule published elsewhere in this issue of the
Administrative practice and procedure; Archives and records; Courts.
42 U.S.C. 2996g(e).
(a) This part sets forth rules to be followed when a litigant requests an employee of the Legal Services Corporation (LSC), including LSC's Office of the Inspector General (OIG), to provide testimony in a deposition, trial, or other similar proceeding concerning information acquired in the course of performing official duties or because of such person's official capacity with LSC. This part also sets forth procedures for the handling of subpoenas for documents and other requests for documents in the possession of LSC or the OIG, and for the processing of requests for certification of copies of documents.
(b) It is LSC's policy to provide information, data, and records to non-federal litigants to the same extent and in the same manner that they are made available to the public. When subject to the jurisdiction of a court or other tribunal presiding over litigation between non-federal parties, LSC will follow all applicable procedural and substantive rules relating to the production of information, data, and records by a non-party. The availability of LSC employees to testify in litigation not involving federal parties is governed by LSC's policy to maintain strict impartiality with respect to private litigants and to minimize the disruption of official duties.
(c) This part applies to state, local, and tribal judicial, administrative, and legislative proceedings, and to federal judicial and administrative proceedings.
(d) This part does not apply to:
(1) Any civil or criminal proceedings to which LSC is a party.
(2) Congressional requests or subpoenas for testimony or documents.
(3) Consultative services and technical assistance provided by LSC in carrying out its normal program activities.
(4) Employees serving as expert witnesses in connection with professional and consultative services as approved outside activities. In cases where employees are providing such outside services, they must state for the record that the testimony represents their own views and does not necessarily represent the official position of LSC.
(5) Employees making appearances in their private capacity in legal or administrative proceedings that do not relate to LSC, such as cases arising out of traffic accidents, crimes, domestic relations, etc., and not involving professional and consultative services.
(6) Any civil or criminal proceedings in State court brought on behalf of LSC.
(7) Any criminal proceeding brought as a result of a referral for prosecution by the OIG or by any other Inspector General in connection with a case worked jointly with the OIG.
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
In any proceedings to which this part applies, no employee may provide testimony or produce documents concerning information acquired in the course of performing official duties or because of the person's official relationship with LSC unless authorized by the General Counsel or the OIG Legal Counsel pursuant to this part based on
(a) All requests for testimony by an employee in his or her official capacity, except employees of OIG described in paragraph (b) of this section, and not subject to the exceptions set forth in § 1603.1(d) of this part must be in writing and addressed to the General Counsel.
(b) All requests for testimony by an employee of the OIG must be in writing and addressed to the OIG Legal Counsel.
(c) Requests must state the nature of the requested testimony, why the information sought is unavailable by any other means, and the reasons why the testimony would be in the interest of LSC.
No employee shall serve as an expert witness in any proceeding described in § 1603.1(c) of this part or before a court or agency of the United States unless the General Counsel or the OIG Legal Counsel authorizes the employee's participation.
(a) Whenever a subpoena commanding the production of any LSC record has been served upon an employee, the employee shall refer the subpoena to the General Counsel or the OIG Legal Counsel, as appropriate. The General Counsel or the OIG Legal Counsel shall determine whether the subpoena is legally sufficient, whether the subpoena was properly served, and whether the issuing court or other tribunal has jurisdiction over LSC. If the General Counsel or the OIG Legal Counsel determines that the subpoena satisfies all three factors, LSC shall comply with the terms of the subpoena unless LSC takes affirmative action to modify or quash the subpoena in accordance with Fed. R. Civ. P. 45 (c).
(b) If a subpoena commanding the production of any record served upon an employee is determined by the General Counsel or the OIG Legal Counsel to be legally insufficient, improperly served, or from a tribunal not having jurisdiction, LSC shall deem the subpoena a request for records under the Freedom of Information Act. LSC shall handle the subpoena pursuant to the rules governing public disclosure established in 45 CFR part 1602.
(c) If the General Counsel or the OIG Legal Counsel denies approval to comply with a subpoena for testimony or has not acted by the return date, the employee will be directed to appear at the stated time and place, unless advised by the General Counsel or the OIG Legal Counsel that responding to the subpoena would be inappropriate. The employee will be directed to produce a copy of these regulations and respectfully decline to testify or produce any documents on the basis of these regulations.
Upon request, LSC will certify the authenticity of copies of records that are to be disclosed. The requesting party will be responsible for reasonable fees for copying and certification.
This part is intended only to provide a process for receipt and processing of private litigants' requests for LSC documents and testimony. It does not, and may not be relied upon, to create a right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law by a party against LSC.
Federal Communications Commission.
Final rule.
In this document, the Federal Communications Commission takes further steps to expand access to signal boosters by removing the personal use restriction on Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters, thereby allowing small businesses, public safety entities, and other organizations to take advantage of the signal boosters' benefits. Specifically, whereas the existing rules restricted Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters to personal use, the Commission will now permit any subscriber—an individual or a non-individual—with a proper registration to use these boosters. This approach will have cognizable public interest benefits by permitting more entities to take advantage of the recognized benefits of Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters.
Effective May 18, 2018.
Amanda Huetinck at
This is a summary of the Commission's
Alternative formats are available for people with disabilities (Braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), by sending an email to
The Commission will send a copy of the
1. The Commission's Consumer Signal Booster rules, adopted in a 2013
2. The Commission in the
3. The Commission originally included the personal use restriction on Consumer Signal Booster operation and use in the expectation that it would help support a streamlined process for meeting the consent and registration requirements. In particular, by restricting operation to the subscriber's personal use, the Commission ensured that consumers need only obtain consent from and register their devices with the wireless provider to which they subscribe. For example, if a subscriber plans to use his booster with only his own provider for his own personal use, he would need only register with that provider. Or, if he and a housemate plan to use the same booster with two different wireless providers (his provider and the housemate's different provider), each would need to register with his own provider.
4. In a
5. As described below, the Commission finds that the personal use restriction on Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters is unnecessary and that removing it is in the public interest. The Commission therefore amends § 20.21 to remove this restriction. The action the Commission takes will expand access to signal boosters for small businesses, public safety entities using subscriber-based services in support of their operations, and other organizations, furthering the goals the Commission first set out to achieve in the
6. In adopting this change, the Commission concludes that the personal use restriction on Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters is not needed to prevent unauthorized operation of these boosters or to ensure compliance with its signal booster rules. As stated in the
7. In addition to concluding that the personal use restriction on Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters is unnecessary, the Commission also finds that modifying its rules as described in its
8. Accordingly, based on the record before it, the Commission eliminates the personal use restriction on Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters. Not only is this restriction unnecessary, but its removal will have cognizable public interest benefits by permitting more entities to take advantage of the recognized benefits of Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters.
9. The
10. The Commission will send a copy of the
11. The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (RFA) requires that an agency prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis for notice and comment rulemakings, unless the agency certifies that “the rule will not, if promulgated, have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.” Accordingly, the Commission has prepared a FRFC, set forth in Appendix C of the
12. This proceeding shall continue to be treated as a “permit-but-disclose” proceeding in accordance with the Commission's
13.
14. Accordingly,
15.
16.
17.
18.
Communications common carriers, Communications equipment, Radio.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission amends 47 CFR part 20 as follows:
47 U.S.C. 151, 152(a) 154(i), 157, 160, 201, 214, 222, 251(e), 301, 302, 303, 303(b), 303(r), 307, 307(a), 309, 309(j)(3), 316, 316(a), 332, 610, 615, 615a, 615b, 615c, unless otherwise noted.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(a)
(7) If operating a Wideband Consumer Signal Booster, the subscriber operates it only for personal use.
(g)
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Final rule.
Under the authority of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended, we, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, are removing the lesser long-nosed bat
The rule is effective May 18, 2018.
Steve Spangle, Field Supervisor, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Arizona Ecological Services Field Office, 2321 W. Royal Palm Road, Suite 103, Phoenix, AZ 85021; by telephone (602-242-0210); or by facsimile (602-242-2513). If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD), call the Federal Relay Service at 800-877-8339.
In carrying out our responsibility to enforce the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA or Act; 16 U.S.C. 1531
In 2001, we revised the entry for the lesser long-nosed bat to remove the synonym of “Sanborn's”; consequently, the listing reads, “Bat, lesser long-nosed” and retains the scientific name “
The recommendation to downlist the species in the 5-year review was made because information generated since the listing of the lesser long-nosed bat indicated that the subspecies was not in imminent danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range (higher population numbers, increased number of known roosts, reduced impacts from known threats, and improved protection status) and thus, did not meet the definition of endangered. On July 16, 2012, we received a petition from The Pacific Legal Foundation and others requesting that, among other reclassification actions, the Service downlist the lesser long-nosed bat as recommended in the 5-year review. On September 9, 2013, the Service published a 90-day petition finding under the Act stating that the
On November 28, 2014, the Service received a “60-day Notice of Intent to Bring Citizen Suit.” On November 20, 2015, the New Mexico Cattle Growers Association and others filed a complaint challenging the Service's failure to complete the 12-month findings on five species, including the lesser long-nosed bat (
We have not made any substantive changes in this final rule based on the comments that we received during the public comment period on the January 6, 2017, proposed rule (82 FR 1665). Based on peer review, State, and public comments, we added text and information to clarify some language in the SSA and the proposed rule that has been incorporated into this final rule as discussed below in the Summary of Comments and Recommendations.
A thorough review of the taxonomy, life history, ecology, and overall viability of the lesser long-nosed bat is presented in the SSA report for the lesser long-nosed bat (Service 2017), which is available online at
The following discussion is a summary of the results and conclusions from the SSA report. The Service invited a group of experts to provide input as the draft SSA report was being developed. These experts included lesser long-nosed bat biologists, as well as experts in climate change modeling and plant phenology (the scientific study of periodic biological phenomena, such as flowering, in relation to climatic conditions). Following development of the draft SSA, and in compliance with our policy, “Notice of Interagency Cooperative Policy for Peer Review of Endangered Species Act Activities,” which was published on July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34270), we solicited peer reviews on the draft SSA report from four objective and independent scientific experts in November 2016 and received responses from two peer reviewers.
The lesser long-nosed bat (
Following listing of the lesser long-nosed bat, recovery activities were based on the U.S. recovery plan (Service 1997, entire) and the Program for the Conservation of Migratory Bats in Mexico, which was formed in 1994 (Bats 1995, pp. 1-6). The primary recovery actions outlined in the recovery plan were to monitor and protect known roost sites and foraging habitats. Because the lesser long-nosed bat is a colonial roosting species known to occur at a limited number of roosts across its range in Mexico and the United States (Arizona and New Mexico), impacts at roost locations could have a significant impact on the population, particularly if the impacts occur at maternity roosts. However, because approximately 60 percent (8 out of 14) of the roost locations known at the time of listing were on “protected” lands in both the United States and Mexico, the degree of threat from impacts to roost locations was determined in our SSA to be moderate. For example, as stated in the proposed rule, approximately 75 percent of this species in the United States is on federally managed lands where there are guidelines and management plans (Land and Resource Management Plans, Resource Management Plans, Integrated Natural Resource Management Plans, etc.) that include actions and measures that contribute to the protection of lesser long-nosed bats and their habitat.
The Service's 5-year review recommended downlisting from endangered to threatened status (Service 2007; available at
The lesser long-nosed bat is a migratory bat characterized by a resident subpopulation that remains year round in southern Mexico to mate and give birth, and a migratory subpopulation that winters and mates in central and southern Mexico, but that migrates north in the spring to give birth in northern Mexico and the southwestern United States (Arizona). This migratory subpopulation then obtains the necessary resources in Arizona and New Mexico to be able to migrate south in the fall back to central and southern Mexico. The lesser long-nosed bat is a nectar, pollen, and fruit-eating bat that depends on a variety of flowering plants as food resources. These plants include columnar cacti, agaves, and a variety of flowering deciduous trees. The lesser long-nosed bat is a colonial roosting species that roosts in groups ranging from a few hundred to over 100,000. Roost sites are primarily caves, mines, and large crevices with appropriate temperatures and humidity; reduced access to predators; free of disease-causing organisms (fungus that causes white-nose syndrome, etc.); limited human disturbance; structural integrity; in a diversity of locations to provide for maternity, mating, migration, and transition roost sites.
The primary life-history needs of this subspecies include appropriate and adequately distributed roosting sites; adequate forage resources for life-history events such as mating and birthing; and adequate roosting and forage resources in an appropriate configuration (a “nectar trail”) to complete migration between southern Mexico and northern Mexico and the United States.
For more information on this topic, see chapter 2 of the SSA Report (Service 2017), which is available online at
For the last 20 years, following the completion of the lesser long-nosed bat recovery plan, there has been a steadily increasing effort related to the conservation of this subspecies. In addition, better methods of monitoring have been developed, such as the use of infrared videography and radio telemetry. These monitoring efforts have led to an increase in the number of known roosts throughout its range, from approximately 14 known at the time of listing to approximately 75 currently known roost sites. Additionally, these monitoring efforts have led to more accurate assessments of the numbers of lesser long-nosed bats using these roosts. The 1988 listing rule emphasized low population numbers along with an apparent declining population trend. At the time of listing, 1,000 lesser long-nosed bats were estimated rangewide. Since then, we have documented increased lesser long-nosed bat numbers and positive trends (stable or increasing numbers of bats documented over the past 20 years) at most roosts. The current estimate is now more than 200,000 bats rangewide. While this may, in large part, reflect a better approach to survey and monitoring in subsequent years, it gives us better information upon which to evaluate the status of the lesser long-nosed bat population.
A number of lesser long-nosed bat publications have population estimates that far exceed those known at the time of listing (Fleming et al. 2003; Sidner and Davis 1988). Although population estimates and roost count numbers fluctuate from year to year, the numbers of lesser long-nosed bats estimated from 2010 through 2015 in the three known maternity roosts in the United States were an average of two and a half times higher than those known in the late 1990s (Service 2017; p. 10). Furthermore, protection measures have been implemented at over half the roosts in both the United States and Mexico (approximately 40 roosts), including gating, road closures, fencing, implementation of management plans, public education, monitoring, and enforcement of access limitations. Generally, roosts on Federal lands benefit from monitoring by agency personnel and a law enforcement presence resulting in these roosts being exposed to fewer potential impacts than if the roost occurred on non-federal lands. Efforts to physically protect roosts through the use of gates or barriers have been implemented at six roost sites in Arizona. The experimental fence at one roost (a mine site) worked initially, but was subsequently vandalized resulting in roost abandonment. The fencing was repaired and there have been no subsequent breeches and the bats have recolonized the site (Service 2017; p. 11).
In the summer of 2017, a drastic (
Lesser long-nosed bat roosts have a history of numbers fluctuating from year to year. Any observed incidents of fatalities or changes in roost occupancy patterns should be considered in the context of time. There is not rigorous roost count data that can be used to statistically define the trend of the lesser long-nosed bat population throughout its range. We have count data from both the United States and Mexico that has occurred regularly over the past 20 years, including annual simultaneous counts at both maternity and late-summer transition roosts in the United States. Not all roosts are counted every year, but some are. Not all roosts are counted multiple times each year, but some are. Regardless, each known roost in the United States has some count data that has occurred over the past 20 years that has resulted in regular or
The lesser long-nosed bat's conservation status in Mexico is secure enough that Mexico removed the subspecies from its endangered species list in 2013 because of the factors described above. The species has a greater distribution in Mexico than in the United States; thus much of the same reasoning for the subspecies' removal from Mexico's endangered species list applies to our reasoning to remove the lesser long-nosed bat from the U.S. List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife.
Because the lesser long-nosed bat has both resident and migratory subpopulations, all of the necessary habitat elements must be appropriately distributed across the range of this species such that roost sites, forage resources, and migration pathways are in the appropriate locations during the appropriate season. Currently, the distribution of the lesser long-nosed bat extends from southern Mexico into the southwestern United States. In Mexico, the distribution of the lesser long-nosed bat covers approximately 40 percent of the country when considering resident areas, migration pathways, and seasonally-occupied roosts within the range of this subspecies. Within both the United States and Mexico, the current distribution of the lesser long-nosed bat has not generally decreased or changed substantially over the past 20 years from that described in the Recovery Plan. An exception to this is the recent documentation of the lesser long-nosed bat range expanding northward to the Gila River in New Mexico (HEG 2015, entire). However, any given area within the range of the lesser long-nosed bat may be used in an ephemeral manner dictated by the availability of resources that can change on an annual and seasonal basis. Roost switching occurs in response to changing resources and areas that may be used during one year or season may not be used in subsequent years until resources are again adequate to support occupancy of the area. This affects if and how maternity and mating roosts, migration pathways, and transition roosts are all used during any given year or season. However, while the distribution of the lesser long-nosed bat within its range may be fluid, the overall distribution of this species has remained similar over time (Service 2017, chapters 1 through 3).
For more information on this topic, see chapter 5 of the SSA Report (Service 2017), which is available online at
Section 4(f) of the Act directs us to develop and implement recovery plans for the conservation and survival of endangered and threatened species unless we determine that such a plan will not promote the conservation of the species. Recovery plans identify site-specific management actions that will achieve recovery of the species and objective, measurable criteria that set a trigger for review of the species' status. Methods for monitoring recovery progress may also be included in recovery plans.
Recovery plans are not regulatory documents; instead they are intended to establish goals for long-term conservation of listed species and define criteria that are designed to indicate when the threats facing a species have been removed or reduced to such an extent that the species may no longer need the protections of the Act. They also identify suites of actions that are expected to facilitate achieving this goal of recovery. While recovery plans are not regulatory, they provide guidance regarding what recovery may look like and possible paths to achieve it. However, there are many paths to accomplishing recovery of a species, and recovery may be achieved without all recovery actions being implemented or criteria being fully met. Recovery of a species is a dynamic process requiring adaptive management that may, or may not, fully follow the guidance provided in a recovery plan.
The 1997 lesser long-nosed bat recovery plan objective is to downlist the species to threatened (Service 1997, entire). The recovery plan does not explain why delisting was not considered as the objective for the recovery plan. The existing recovery plan does not explicitly tie the recovery criteria to the five listing factors at section 4(a)(1) of the Act or contain explicit discussion of those five listing factors. The recovery plan lists four criteria that should be considered for downlisting the subspecies, which are summarized below. A detailed review of the recovery criteria for the lesser long-nosed bat is presented in the 5-year Review for the Lesser Long-Nosed Bat (Service 2007; available online at
During our development of the SSA report and 5-year review, we found that data relied upon to develop the 1988 listing rule and the recovery plan are out of date. Subsequent to the completion of the listing rule and recovery plan, considerable additional data regarding the life history and status of the lesser long-nosed bat have been gathered and, as discussed above, have documented an increase in the number of known roost sites and the number of lesser long-nosed bats occupying those roosts. During the 2007 5-year review of the status of this subspecies, it was determined that the 1997 recovery plan was outdated and did not reflect the best available information on the biology of this subspecies and its needs (Service 2007; p. 30; available online at
Significant efforts have been made to implement a regular schedule of monitoring at the known roost sites throughout the range of the species. Approximately six roosts were known in Arizona and New Mexico at the time of listing. Currently, we have documented approximately 50 lesser long-nosed bat roosts in Arizona and New Mexico. All 13 of the roost sites identified in the recovery plan have had some degree of monitoring over the past 20 years. In the United States, all of the six major roosts identified in the recovery plan for monitoring (Copper Mountain, Bluebird, Old Mammon, Patagonia Bat Cave, State of Texas, and Hilltop) have been monitored since 2001. Additionally, we now consider almost all of the approximately 50 known roosts in the United States to be major roosts, meaning they host more than 1,000 bats. None of the New Mexico roosts were identified for monitoring in the recovery plan, but these roosts have been monitored
Nearly all of the lesser long-nosed bat experts and researchers who provided input to the 5-year review and SSA indicated that they observed that the number of lesser long-nosed bats at most of the roost sites in both the United States and Mexico is stable or increasing (see chapter 2 of the SSA Report (Service 2017). The lesser long-nosed bat's conservation status in Mexico has been determined to be secure enough that Mexico removed the subspecies from its endangered species list in 2013 based on the factors discussed above. With a documented increase from an estimated 1,000 lesser long-nosed bats rangewide at the time of listing to more than 200,000 currently documented, the total number of bats documented at this time is many times greater than those numbers upon which the listing of this species relied. Therefore, this criterion has been met.
The lesser long-nosed bat population is fluid and constantly adapts to changing environmental conditions over a large, bi-national range. Lesser long-nosed bat roost sites are discrete and consistent, but the lesser long-nosed bat may use these roost sites in a changing and adaptable manner to take advantage of ephemeral and constantly changing forage resources with both seasonal and annual differences of occurrence. Therefore, observations of occupancy and numbers of bats using these roosts may not be a complete or accurate representation of the status of the subspecies across its range. However, the information regarding the status of the lesser long-nosed bat population is much more accurate and complete than it was as the time of the 1988 listing rule.
More roost locations for lesser long-nosed bats are currently known, and are being more consistently monitored, than at the time of listing in 1988 (an increase from approximately 14 to approximately 75 currently known roosts). As we describe in more detail in Factor D below, we now know that the majority of these roost sites occur on public lands where they are protected and managed.
In related efforts, a number of studies have been completed that provide us with better information related to the forage requirements of the lesser long-nosed bat when compared to the time of listing and recovery plan completion. We now know that lesser long-nosed bats are more adaptable to ephemeral forage resources and we know that effects from livestock grazing, prescribed burning, and harvesting by the tequila industry do not significantly affect lesser long-nosed bat forage resources.
Some progress has been made toward protecting known lesser long-nosed bat roost sites, but the ultimate level of effectiveness of gates as a protection measure is still being evaluated and improved. Gates provide long-term protection of roost sites, but are accepted and used by different bat species to different extents. Different gates designs are currently being tested at additional lesser long-nosed bat roost sites. For more information, see chapter 4 of the SSA Report (Service 2017).
In summary, we have considerably better data with regard to roost locations of lesser long-nosed bat compared to the information available at the time of listing and completion of the recovery plan. Because of improved information, land management agencies are doing a better job of protecting lesser long-nosed bat roost sites and foraging areas. Over the past five years, there has been considerable effort and success in understanding lesser long-nosed bat roost protection options and many roosts have had roost protection measures implemented (Service 2017, p. 56). In addition, monitoring over the past 24 years indicates steady increases in the numbers of lesser long-nosed bats at these roosts due to roost site protections (Service 2017, p. 10). Therefore, we believed this recovery criterion has been met. For more information, see chapter 2 and Conservation Efforts in the SSA Report (Service 2017).
This criterion relates to adequately addressing threats known at the time the 1997 recovery plan was written, as well as any new threats that have been identified subsequent to the completion of the recovery plan. Our current state of knowledge with regard to threats to this subspecies has changed since the development of the recovery plan. Threats to the lesser long-nosed bat from grazing on food plants, the tequila industry, and prescribed fire, identified in the recovery plan, are likely not as severe as once thought. Effects from illegal border activity and the associated enforcement activities are a new and continuing threat to roost sites in the border region. However, the Service and appropriate land managers have an active program of coordination and technical assistance with Customs and Border Protection that are addressing border issues. Potential effects to forage species and their phenology as a result of climate change have been identified, but are characterized by uncertainty and lack of data specifically addressing those issues. Nonetheless, lesser long-nosed bats have shown the ability to adapt to adverse forage conditions and we find that the lesser long-nosed bat is characterized by flexible and adaptive behaviors that will allow it to remain viable under changing climatic conditions.
Some progress has been made toward protecting known lesser long-nosed bat roost sites; while the ultimate level of effectiveness of gates as a protection measure is still being evaluated and improved, they do provide long-term protection of roost sites. Gates are currently being tested at a few additional lesser long-nosed bat roost sites. Roost protection also occurs in the form of regular monitoring, fencing, road closures, and ongoing management as outlined in the land management agencies' planning documents. This recovery criterion has been met. For more information, see chapter 4 of the SSA Report (Service 2017).
Section 4 of the Act and its implementing regulations (50 CFR part 424) set forth the procedures for listing species, reclassifying species, or removing species from listed status. A species is an endangered or threatened species due to one or more of the five factors described in section 4(a)(1) of the Act: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence. A species may be reclassified or delisted on the same basis. Consideration of these factors was included in the SSA report in the discussion on “threats” or “risk factors,” and threats were projected into the future using scenarios to evaluate the current and future viability of the lesser long-nosed bat. The effects of
The Service reviews the best scientific and commercial information available when conducting a threats analysis. In considering what factors may constitute a threat, we must look beyond the mere exposure of individuals of a species to the factor to determine whether the exposure causes actual impacts to the entire species. The mere identification of factors that could negatively impact a species is not sufficient to compel a finding that a currently listed species should be maintained on the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants. We require evidence that these factors are operative threats currently acting on the species to the point that the species meets the definition of endangered or threatened under the Act.
The primary concern regarding future viability of this subspecies continues to be roost site disturbance or loss. This is primarily an issue related to human activities and destructive actions at these roost sites. In addition, the colonial roosting behavior of this subspecies, where high percentages of the population can congregate at a limited number of roost sites, increases the likelihood of significant declines or extinction if impacts at roost sites are pervasive However, as discussed above, increased lesser long-nosed bat numbers and positive trends at most roosts have reduced concerns expressed in the 1988 listing rule with regard to low population numbers and an apparent declining population trend. Agencies and conservation partners are implementing protective measures at known roosts and newly discovered roosts Outreach and education efforts have been effective in increasing the understanding of the general public, as well as conservation partners, with regard to the need to prevent disturbance at lesser long-nosed bat roosts while the bats are present (Service 2017, pp. 45-48). As discussed further in Factor D below, we have determined that roost sites have and will be protected to the extent that roost disturbance is no longer a sufficient threat to warrant protection under the Act.
Although most data related to lesser long-nosed bat roost counts and monitoring have not been collected in a way that is statistically rigorous enough to draw statistically-valid conclusions about the trend of the population, in the professional judgment of biologists and others involved in these efforts, the total numbers of bats observed at roost sites across the range of the lesser long-nosed bat are considered stable or increasing at nearly all roost sites being monitored. With a documented increase from an estimated 1,000 lesser long-nosed bats rangewide at the time of listing to more than 200,000 currently estimated, the total number of bats currently being documented is many times greater than those numbers upon which the listing of this species relied, and while this may, in large part, reflect a better approach to survey and monitoring in subsequent years, it gives us better information upon which to evaluate the status of the lesser long-nosed bat population. This documented increase in roosts and of stable or increasing lesser long-nosed bat numbers indicates that threats to habitat have not reduced available habitat components to the point that it is significantly affecting the lesser long-nosed bat status. And, roost site protections will continue into the foreseeable future. Adequate roosts of all types (maternity, mating, transition, and migratory) currently exist and are likely to exist into the foreseeable future (Service 2017; pp. 8-14).
Significant information regarding the relationship of lesser long-nosed bats to their forage resources has been gathered over the past decade. Because lesser long-nosed bats are highly specialized nectar-, pollen-, and fruit-eaters, they have potential to be extremely vulnerable to loss of or impacts to forage species. However, lesser long-nosed bats are also highly effective at locating food resources, and their nomadic nature allows them to adapt to local conditions. For example, the resiliency of lesser long-nosed bats became evident in 2004, when a widespread failure of saguaro and organ pipe bloom occurred. The failure was first noted in Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument, and such a failure had not been noted in the recorded history of the Monument (Billings 2005). The failure extended from Cabeza Prieta National Wildlife Refuge on the west to Tucson on the east, and south into central Sonora, Mexico. The large-scale loss of this lesser long-nosed bat food resource was somewhat offset by the fact that small numbers of both saguaro and organ pipe flowers continued to bloom into August and September. Such a failure would have been expected to result in fewer lesser long-nosed bats using roosts in this area or reduced productivity at these roosts. However, this was not the case. Maternity roost numbers remained as high as or higher than previous years, with some 25,000 adult females counted during 2004 monitoring (Billings 2005). Ultimately, it appears lesser long-nosed bats were able to subsist and raise young in southwestern Arizona in this atypical year. Other observations over the past 20 years, including some years of significantly reduced agave availability, have indicated that the lesser long-nosed bat is more adaptable than previously believed to changing forage resource availability. This adaptability leads us to a determination that forage availability will not significantly affect the viability of the lesser long-nosed bat population.
Additionally, the effects of livestock grazing and prescribed fire on long-nosed bat food sources are also not as significant as originally thought. For example, Widmer (2002) found that livestock were not responsible for all of the utilization of agave flower stalks in their study area. Wildlife such as javelina, white-tailed deer, and small mammals also utilized agave flower stalks as a food resource. The extent of livestock use of agave flower stalks appears to be related to standing biomass and distance from water. Further, Bowers and McLaughlin (2000) found that the proportion of agave flower stalks broken by cattle did not differ significantly between grazed and ungrazed areas. This information indicates that livestock do not have a significant effect on lesser long-nosed bat food sources, over and above the impact of native grazers.
Thomas and Goodson (1992) and Johnson (2001, p. 37) reported 14 percent and 19 percent mortality of agaves following burns. Some agency monitoring has occurred post-fire for both wildfires and prescribed burns. This monitoring indicates that agave mortality in burned areas is generally less than 10 percent (USFS 2015, pp. 82-83; USFS 2013, pp. 10-11). Contributing to this relatively low mortality rate is the fact that most fires burn in a mosaic, where portions of the area do not burn. Impacts of fire on agave as a food source for lesser long-nosed bats may not be a significant concern for the following reasons: Fire-caused mortality of agaves appears to be low; alternative foraging areas typically occur within the foraging distance from lesser long-nosed bat roosts; and most agave concentrations occur on steep, rocky slopes with low fuel loads (Warren 1996). In addition, Johnson
Sufficient available forage resources are located in appropriate areas, including in proximity to maternity roosts and along the “nectar trail” used during migration. The discussion above and the SSA report detail our analysis and determination that forage resources are adequate and that the lesser long-nosed bat is likely to adapt to any changes in forage availability in the future (Service 2017; pp. 15-20).
While not currently a threat affecting the viability of the lesser long-nosed bat population, the potential for migration corridors to be truncated or interrupted is a concern. Significant gaps in the presence of important roosts and forage species along migration routes would affect the population dynamics of this subspecies. While the lesser long-nosed bat continues to be faced with loss and modification of its habitat throughout its range, primarily from urbanization and catastrophic wildfires, the habitats used by this subspecies occur over an extensive range that covers a wide diversity of vegetation and ecological communities. These are habitat characteristics that would not make this subspecies intrinsically vulnerable with regard to habitat limitations. That is to say, the wide variety of ecosystems that this subspecies uses, over a relatively expansive range, results in available areas characterized by the asynchronous flowering of forage resources making up the diet of the lesser long-nosed bat and buffers this subspecies from potential loss or reduction of habitats as a result of stochastic events, including climate change, among others.
Lesser long-nosed bats are affected directly by development that removes important foraging habitat, but also indirectly as growing numbers of people increase the potential for roost disturbance. Impacts from urbanization on lesser long-nosed bat habitat are of concern because they tend to be permanent, long-term impacts, as opposed to the often temporary, shorter-term impacts from fire, grazing, and agave harvesting. Lesser long-nosed bats are often able to react to temporary impacts by moving to alternative sites in the short-term. Various human activities, including recreation and caving, can result in impacts to lesser long-nosed bat roosts. As discussed earlier, various land use plan and laws regulate the access to sensitive sites such as bat roosts. The implementation of these plans is not dependent on the regulatory protections of the Act. Additionally, post-delisting monitoring will provide regular assessments of lesser long-nosed bat roosts and allow us to respond with appropriate management to an indication of disturbance or vandalism. Past and ongoing outreach and education has been effective in raising public awareness related to the conservation of bats. The general public better understands the needs and benefits of bats in the environment. Continued education and understanding will help reduce the occurrence of bat roost disturbance and vandalism. Such efforts have been very effective, particularly in Mexico.
There is no question that current population numbers of lesser long-nosed bats exceed the levels known and recorded at the time of listing in 1988. A number of publications have documented numbers of lesser long-nosed bats throughout its range that far exceed the numbers used in the listing analysis with an estimated increase from fewer than 1,000 bats to approximately 200,000 bats rangewide (Fleming et al. 2003, pp. 64-65; Sidner and Davis 1988, p. 494). Also, in general, the trend in overall numbers of lesser long-nosed bats estimated at roost sites has been stable or increasing in both the United States and Mexico (Medellín and Knoop 2013, p. 13; Service 2017). Increased roost occupancy and the positive trend in numbers of lesser long-nosed bats occupying these roosts appear to be supported by adequate forage resources. The adaptability of the lesser long-nosed bat to changing forage conditions seems to allow the lesser long-nosed bat to sustain a positive population status under current environmental conditions.
While some threats are ongoing with regard to lesser long-nosed bat habitat, in general, we find that threats to this species' habitat have been reduced or are being addressed in such a way that lesser long-nosed bat habitat is being enhanced and protected at a level that has increased since the 1988 listing of this species. In particular, areas that were vulnerable to threats have been protected or are now managed such that those threats have been reduced. Outreach and education have increased the understanding of what needs to be done to protect lesser long-nosed bat habitat.
Beyond the regulatory requirements of the Act, our conservation partners have implemented a number of past and current conservation measures that to benefit the bat (Service 2017, p. 46). The Blue Bird Mine on Cabeza Prieta National Wildlife Refuge was fenced in 2004 to protect a known lesser long-nosed bat maternity roost. Bats reoccupied this abandoned roost following the installation of this protective fencing. After the fence was vandalized and subsequently abandoned by lesser long-nosed bats in 2005, the fence was repaired (McCasland 2005), and there has been no subsequent abandonment of this roost.
Telemetry projects have identified a number of new transition roosts. Roosts on non-Federal lands support efforts to promote the conservation of the lesser long-nosed bat. The Arizona-Sonora Desert Museum has conducted studies on seasonal movements between lesser long-nosed bat roosts in Arizona, a migratory pollinator study, and roost monitoring in the United States and Mexico, and conducts educational activities related to bats (Krebbs 2005a).
Investigations were initiated related to the distribution and use of hummingbird feeders by lesser long-nosed bat in the Tucson area (Wolf 2006). This program has been continued and expanded through a citizen scientist program being coordinated by the Service, Arizona Game and Fish Department (AGFD), the Town of Marana, the University of Arizona, and a system of volunteer citizen scientists now number over 100. Information on arrival and departure dates, peak use periods, and population characteristics are being gathered to increase our understanding of lesser long-nosed bat life history.
A mine site on the Tohono O'odham Nation that supports a lesser long-nosed bat maternity colony has been structurally stabilized to maintain roost integrity (Wolf and Dalton 2005). The exhaust fan was removed from the historical Colossal Cave maternity roost in an effort to get lesser long-nosed bat to recolonize this roost; however, so far, no lesser long-nosed bats have
Educational programs occur at organized events such as Southwest Wings Birding Festival. Other programs are conducted as requested, but efforts are sporadic (AGFD 2005). In Mexico, bat biologists are working with elementary schools, providing “bat-pollination” and other games for school children who previously had known little about and had little concern for bats. This educational effort has been successful in passing along this information to siblings and teachers are sharing the program (Medellín 2011; p. 9).
The Service and other agencies and partner organizations are raising the awareness of pollinators in general, and bat pollinators specifically, through education and outreach efforts that include events across the United States and in Mexico.
Therefore, based on the analysis completed in the SSA report (Service 2017; pp. 54-61), we have determined that threats to the habitat of this species are currently reduced and will continue to be addressed in the foreseeable future, or are not as significant as previously thought.
Lesser long-nosed bats are not known to be taken for commercial purposes, and scientific collecting is not known to be a problem (Service 1988, p. 38459). Caves and mines continue to attract recreational users interested in exploring these features, but this threat has probably not increased since the listing. For example, Pima County, in southeastern Arizona, is implementing mine closures on lands that they have acquired for conservation purposes. Other land management agencies also carry out abandoned mine closures for public recreational safety purposes. A positive aspect of these mine closure processes is that most agencies and landowners now understand the value of these features to bats and other wildlife and are implementing measures to maintain those values while still addressing public health and safety concerns. The 1988 listing rule stated that bats were often killed by vandals (Service 1988, p. 38459). However, significant changes in the public perception of bats are occurring. Educational efforts are making a difference, as evidenced by decreased vandalism at roost sites, measures being including in land use planning, reduced non-target fatalities during rabies control, and public interest and ownership in bat conservation efforts such as the hummingbird feeder monitoring project.
In both the United States and Mexico, public education, in the form of radio and television spots, and educational materials have been implemented. Agencies now receive calls for assistance in nonlethal solutions to bat issues. Often, the general public may be concerned about rabies or vampire bats, but outreach and education are improving the understanding and knowledge of bats concerning these issues. Vampire bat control is implemented in portions of the lesser long-nosed bat range in Mexico. This control is necessary because of potential impacts to humans and livestock, including the transmission of rabies. Such control can result in the indiscriminate killing of non-target bats, including lesser long-nosed bats (Johnson et al. 2014; p. 1920-1922). Because of the colonial roosting nature of lesser long-nosed bats, any roost lost or disturbed because of rabies control activities can affect the lesser long-nosed bat population. Mexico has focused efforts to reduce the mortality of non-target species in relation to vampire bat control (see chapter 4 of the SSA Report (Service 2017).
In summary, we determine that the viability of the lesser long-nosed bat is not being significantly affected by threats from scientific research or public recreational activities.
Disease does not currently appear to be a significant risk factor for the lesser long-nosed bat. Emerging disease issues, such as those associated with white-nose syndrome, may become more significant; however our current scientific assessment indicates that white-nose syndrome will not affect this non-hibernating species. Therefore, because lesser long-nosed bats do not hibernate, we do not anticipate that white-nose syndrome will be a significant risk factor for lesser long-nosed bats (see chapter 4 of the SSA Report (Service 2017).
Predation contributes to the mortality of lesser long-nosed bats at roost sites. Likely predators include snakes, raccoons, skunks, ringtails, bobcats, coyotes, barn owls, great-horned owls, and screech owls. Specifically, barn owls have been observed preying on lesser long-nosed bats at the maternity roost at Organ Pipe Cactus National Monument for many years (Billings 2005; p. 11) and snakes have been observed preying on lesser long-nosed bats in Baja California Sur, Mexico (Frick 2017, pers. comm.). However, it is our professional judgement that at large aggregations, such as bat roosts, predation is an insignificant impact on the population. Therefore, we find that neither disease nor predation are currently or is likely in the future to affect the viability of the lesser long-nosed bat.
The current listing of the lesser long-nosed bat in the United States and the former listing of the bat in Mexico as an endangered species have provided this species with some level of protection. Outside of laws generally protecting wildlife and their habitats, no specific laws or regulations protect this species in Mexico. As noted in Factor B above, rabies control activities have resulted in the mortality of the lesser long-nosed bats due to the lack of requirements to properly identify the target species. However, increased education and outreach is improving this situation in Mexico, and incidents of nontarget fatalities during rabies control have been reduced. In the United States, State laws and regulations provide some additional level of protection. For example, Arizona State Law in Arizona Revised Statute (ARS) Title 17 prohibits the taking of bats outside of a prescribed hunting season and, per Commission Order 14, there is no open hunting season on bats, meaning it is always illegal to take them. Provisions for special licenses to take bats and other restricted live wildlife are found in Arizona Game and Fish Commission Rule 12, Article 4 and are administered by the AGFD. However, this protection is for individual animals only, and does not apply to the loss or destruction of habitat. However, the loss and destruction of habitat has been and will be managed and adequate areas of suitable habitat remain undeveloped such that this lack of protection of habitat under State law does not result in a threat to the lesser long-nosed bat population.
More than 75 percent of the range of this species in the United States is on federally managed lands and these federal agencies have guidelines and requirements in place to protect lesser long-nosed bats and their habitats, particularly roost sites. As described above, roosts on Federal lands benefit from monitoring by agency personnel and a law enforcement presence resulting in these roosts being exposed to fewer potential impacts than if the roosts occurred elsewhere. Gating of
As described above, roosts on Federal lands benefit from monitoring by agency personnel, or access is granted for monitoring by other entities, and a law enforcement presence resulting in these roosts being exposed to fewer potential impacts than they otherwise would be. Gating of roosts on Federal lands is being implemented and evaluated and, while the best design for such gates is still being developed, these gates do provide long-term protection of the sites. Further, outreach and education, particularly with regard to pollinator conservation, has increased and human attitudes regarding bats are more positive now than in the past; and the lesser long-nosed bat has demonstrated adaptability to potential adverse environmental conditions, such as changes in plant flowering phenology (see discussion under
The Federal Cave Protection Act of 1988 prohibits persons from activities that “destroy, disturb, deface, mar, alter, remove, or harm any significant cave or alters free movement of any animal or plant life into or out of any significant cave located on Federal lands, or enters a significant cave with the intent of committing any act described . . .” Arizona statute (ARS 13-3702) makes it a class 2 misdemeanor to “deface or damage petroglyphs, pictographs, caves, or caverns.” Activities covered under ARS 13-3702 include “kill, harm, or disturb plant or animal life found in any cave or cavern, except for safety reasons.” The above laws and regulations will continue to protect lesser long-nosed bats and their habitats after delisting.
Ecosystems within the southwestern United States are thought to be particularly susceptible to climate change and variability (Strittholt et al. 2012, pp. 104-152; Munson et al. 2012, pp. 1-2; Archer and Predick 2008). Documented trends and model projections most often show changes in two variables: Temperature and precipitation. Recent warming in the southwest is among the most rapid in the nation, significantly more than the global average in some areas (Garfin et al. 2014, p. 463; Strittholt et al. 2012, pp. 104-152; Munson et al. 2012, pp. 1-2; Guido et al. 2009). Precipitation predictions have a larger degree of uncertainty than predictions for temperature, especially in the Southwest (Sheppard et al. 2002), but indicate reduced winter precipitation with more intense precipitation events (Global Climate Change 2009, pp. 129-134; Archer and Predick 2008, p. 24). Further, some models predict dramatic changes in Southwestern vegetation communities as a result of climate change (Garfin et al. 2014, p. 468; Munson et al. 2012, pp. 9-12; Archer and Predick 2008, p. 24). In the most recent assessment of climate change impacts by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC), the IPCC indicated that there would be a decrease in the number of cold days and nights and an increase in the number of warm days and warm nights (IPCC 2014, p. 53). This may would favor frost-intolerant lesser long-nosed bat forage species like saguaro and organ pipe cacti, but may also affect the blooming phenology of those same species. They also indicted that precipitation events would likely become more intense and that we are more likely to see climate-related extremes such as heat waves, droughts, floods, wildfires, etc. (IPCC 2014, p. 53).
The U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) produced a mapping tool that allows climate change projections to be downscaled to local areas including states, counties, and watershed units. We used this National Climate Change Viewer (USGS 2016) to compare past and projected future climate conditions for Pima, Santa Cruz, and Cochise counties, Arizona. The baseline for comparison was the observed mean values from 1950 through 2005, and 30 climate models were used to project future conditions for 2050 through 2074. We selected the climate parameters of April maximum temperature and August and December mean precipitation to evaluate potential effects on lesser long-nosed bat forage resources. These particular parameters were selected from those available because they represented those most likely to impact the survival and flowering phenology of individual forage species.
Similar to the more general climate change effects discussed above, the downscaled analysis also showed warming spring temperatures, which could result in an early blooming period for lesser long-nosed bat forage species (USGS 2016). Precipitation changes were evaluated for changes to monsoon and winter precipitation. In line with the general climate projections, changes during the evaluated time periods were greater for winter precipitation than for monsoon precipitation. Changes projected for monsoon precipitation were minimal, but projected to be reduced by approximately one inch per 100 days for winter precipitation (USGS 2016).
The best available information indicates that ongoing climate change will probably have some effect on lesser long-nosed bat forage resources. Such effects will occur as a result of changes in the phenology (periodic biological phenomena, such as flowering, in relation to climatic conditions) and distribution of lesser long-nosed bat's forage resources. How this affects the viability of the lesser long-nosed bat population is not clear. There is much uncertainty and a lack of information regarding the effects of climate change and specific impacts to forage for this subspecies. The biggest effect to the lesser long-nosed bat will occur if forage availability gets out of sync along the
We evaluated overall viability of the lesser long-nosed bat in the SSA report (Service 2017) in the context of resiliency, redundancy, and representation. Species viability, or the ability to survive long term, is related to the species' ability to withstand catastrophic population and species-level events (redundancy); the ability to adapt to changing environmental conditions (representation); and the ability to withstand disturbances of varying magnitude and duration (resiliency). The viability of this species is also dependent on the likelihood of new threats or risk factors or the continuation of existing threats now and in the future that act to reduce a species' redundancy, resiliency, and representation.
As described in the SSA report, we evaluated the viability of the lesser long-nosed bat population at two timeframes, 15 years and 50 years. The 15-year timeframe represents the time it generally takes to document the effectiveness of various research, monitoring, and management approaches that have been or are implemented related to lesser long-nosed bat conservation. Therefore, the 15-year timeframe is a reasonable period of time within which we can predict outcomes of these activities in relation to the viability of the lesser long-nosed bat population. The 50-year timeframe is related primarily to the ability of various climate change models to reasonably and consistently predict or assess likely affects to lesser long-nosed bats and their forage resources. For each of these timeframes, we evaluated three future scenarios, a best-case scenario, a moderate-case scenario, and a worst-case scenario with respect to the extent and degree to which threats will affect the future viability of the lesser long-nosed bat population. We also determined how likely it would be that each of these three scenarios would actually occur. The SSA report details these scenarios and our analysis of the effects of these scenarios, over the two timeframes, on redundancy, resiliency, and representation of the lesser long-nosed bat population.
During our decision-making process, we evaluated our level of comfort making predictions at each of the two timeframes. Ultimately, while the SSA report evaluates both timeframes, the decision-makers could not reasonably rely on predictions of the future viability of the lesser long-nosed bat out to 50 years due to the uncertainty of climate change models and the difficulty of predicting what will happen in Mexico where the majority of this species' habitat occurs, but where we have less information with regard to the threats affecting the lesser long-nosed bats. In the SSA report, all three scenarios were evaluated over both time frames (Service 2017, pp. 52-56). The evaluation results of future viability in the SSA report were identical for both timeframes (high viability), except in the worst-case scenario where, unlike the moderate- and best-case scenarios, the viability was moderate for the 15-year timeframe and low for the 50-year timeframe. For each future scenario, we describe how confident we are that that particular scenario will occur. This confidence is based on the following confidence categories: Highly likely (greater than 90 percent sure of the scenario occurring); moderately likely (70 to 90 percent sure); somewhat likely (50 to 70 percent sure); moderately unlikely (30 to 50 percent sure); unlikely (10 to 30 percent sure); and highly unlikely (less than 10 percent sure).
The SSA report concluded that it is unlikely that the worst-case scenario will actually occur. The worst case scenario describes a drastic increase in negative public attitudes towards bats and lesser long-nosed bat conservation, a greater influence from white-nose syndrome, and the worst possible effects from climate change. Based on our experience and the past and ongoing actions of the public and the commitment of management agencies in their land-use planning documents to address lesser long-nosed bat conservation issues, both now and in the future in both the United States and Mexico, such drastic impacts are unlikely to occur (10 to 30 percent sure this scenario will occur). In fact, for the conditions outlined in the worst-case scenario, we find that certainty of the worst-case scenario occurring is closer to 10 percent than to 30 percent sure that this scenario would actually occur based on the commitment to conservation of this species and the adaptability of the lesser long-nosed bat.
Subsequent to the publication of the proposed delisting rule for the lesser long-nosed bat (82 FR 1665, January 6, 2017), we have been in communication with our public and agency conservation partners to determine the extent of their participation in the post-delisting monitoring of the lesser long-nosed bat. Conservation partners will continue to implement management plans, such as the Forest Service's LRMPs, Bureau of Land Management's Resource Management Plans, Department of Defense's Integrated Natural Resources Management Plan that will result in continued coordination and implementation of existing and future conservation actions related to the lesser long-nosed bat as appropriate and as resources are available. Such ongoing commitment to lesser long-nosed bat conservation has already been seen subsequent to the delisting of this bat in Mexico and our experience has been that it will also continue in the United States after delisting.
Our SSA evaluated the current status of the population in relation to the population's resiliency, redundancy, and representation (Service 2017; pp. 3-4). Resiliency addresses the population's health and ability to withstand stochastic events (numbers of individuals and population trajectory). Redundancy addresses the population's ability to withstand catastrophic events (number and distribution of population segments). Representation addresses diversity within the population (genetic
The future viability of this subspecies is dependent on a number of factors. First, an adequate number of roosts in the appropriate locations is needed. As detailed in the SSA report, adequate roosts of all types (maternity, mating, transition, and migratory) currently exist and are likely to exist into the foreseeable future (Service 2017; pp. 8-14). Second, sufficient available forage resources are located in appropriate areas, including in proximity to maternity roosts and along the “nectar trail” used during migration. The discussion above and the SSA report detail our analysis and determination that forage resources are adequate and that the lesser long-nosed bat is likely to adapt to any changes in forage availability in the future (Service 2017; pp. 15-20). In addition, the SSA report analyses the contribution of current and future management of threats to the subspecies' long-term viability. The future viability of the lesser long-nosed bat will also depend on continued positive human attitudes towards the conservation of bats, implementation of conservation actions protecting roost sites and forage and migration resources, and implementation of needed research and monitoring to inform adaptive management as discussed above and in our SSA report.
Section 4 of the Act and its implementing regulations, 50 CFR part 424, set forth the procedures for listing, reclassifying, or removing species from the Federal Lists of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants. “Species” is defined by the Act as including any species or subspecies of fish or wildlife or plants, and any distinct vertebrate population segment of fish or wildlife that interbreeds when mature (16 U.S.C. 1532(16)). Once the “species” is determined, we then evaluate whether that species may be endangered or threatened because of one or more of the five factors described in section 4(a)(1) of the Act. We must consider these same five factors in reclassifying or delisting a species. The Act defines an “endangered species” as a species that is “in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range,” and a “threatened species” as a species that is “likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range.” The analysis of threats must include an evaluation of both the threats currently facing the species and the threats that are reasonably likely to affect the species in the foreseeable future. We may delist a species according to 50 CFR 424.11(d) if the best available scientific and commercial data indicate that the species is neither endangered or threatened for the following reasons: (1) The species is extinct; (2) the species has recovered and is no longer endangered or threatened; and/or (3) the original scientific data used at the time the species was classified were in error.
The total numbers of lesser long-nosed bats across its range are stable or increasing at nearly all roost sites being monitored based on the professional judgment of biologists and others involved in these efforts. While we acknowledge that the data we have does not allow us to draw statistically defensible population trend conclusions, the total number of bats currently documented is many times greater than the total number of bats documented at the time of listing in 1988. At the time of listing, fewer than 500 lesser long-nosed bats were estimated to remain in the United States; current estimates are greater than 100,000 bats. At the time of listing, the estimated rangewide population was fewer than 1,000 lesser long-nosed bats. Current range-wide estimates are approximately 200,000 lesser long-nosed bats. While this may, in large part, reflect a better approach to survey and monitoring in subsequent years, it changes our view of the danger of extinction of the species and gives us better information upon which to evaluate the status of the lesser long-nosed bat population.
This better information is related to the species' population size, the number of roosts, and its distribution. In addition, there have been increased efforts related to habitat protection (identification of roost sites and forage resources in planning efforts, implementation of protective measures for roosts and forage resources, increased awareness of habitat needs, etc.) and additional efforts for habitat protection are planned to be implemented in the future, regardless of the listing status of this subspecies. Threats identified at the time of listing are not as significant as thought or have been addressed to such an extent that they no longer threaten the lesser long-nosed bat population, now or in the future. For example, effects to agaves, a key lesser long-nosed bat forage resource, from prescribed burning and livestock grazing is not a significant impact to lesser long-nosed bat forage
In the case of the lesser long-nosed bat, we have determined that, while the above threats may be affecting individuals or specific sites or areas within the range of the lesser long-nosed bat, they do not represent significant threats to the overall population of the lesser long-nosed bat. Therefore, after assessing the best available information, we conclude that the lesser-long nosed bat has recovered and no longer meets the definition of endangered or threatened under the Act. We conclude that the lesser long-nosed bat is not in danger of extinction throughout all of its range and we also find that the lesser long-nosed bat is not likely to be in danger of extinction throughout all of its range in the foreseeable future.
On July 1, 2014, we published a final policy interpreting the phrase “significant portion of its range” (SPR) (79 FR 37578) (SPR Policy). Aspects of that policy were vacated for species that occur in Arizona by the United States District Court for the District of Arizona.
The procedure for analyzing whether any portion is a SPR is similar, regardless of the type of status determination we are making. When we conduct a SPR analysis, we first identify any portions of the species' range that warrant further consideration. The range of a species can theoretically be divided into portions in an infinite number of ways. However, there is no purpose in analyzing portions of the range that have no reasonable potential to be significant or in analyzing portions of the range in which there is no reasonable potential for the species to be endangered or threatened. To identify only those portions that warrant further consideration, we determine whether substantial information indicates that: (1) The portions may be “significant”; and (2) the species may be in danger of extinction there or likely to become so within the foreseeable future. Depending on the biology of the species, its range, and the threats it faces, it might be more efficient for us to address the significance question first or the status question first. Thus, if we determine that a portion of the range is not “significant,” we do not need to determine whether the species is endangered or threatened there; if we determine that the species is not endangered or threatened in a portion of its range, we do not need to determine if that portion is “significant.” In practice, a key part of the determination that a species is in danger of extinction in a significant portion of its range is whether the threats are geographically concentrated in some way. If the threats to the species are affecting it uniformly throughout its range, no portion is likely to have a greater risk of extinction, and thus would not warrant further consideration. Moreover, if any concentration of threats apply only to portions of the range that clearly do not meet the biologically based definition of “significant” (
We identified portions of the lesser long-nosed bat's range that may be significant, and examined whether any threats are geographically concentrated in some way that would indicate that those portions of the range may be in danger of extinction, or likely to become so in the foreseeable future. Within the current range of the lesser long-nosed bat, some distinctions can be made between Mexico and the United States, such as the presence of an international border with associated differences in laws and culture, areas of different vegetation communities, areas of different management approaches, etc. However, we have not found that any of these geographic distinctions are characterized as areas where threats are concentrated. Therefore, our analysis indicates that the species is unlikely to be in danger of extinction or to become so in the foreseeable future in any geographic region within the range of the lesser long-nosed bat. The primary driver of the status of the species continues to be roost site disturbance or loss. This and other factors affecting the viability of the lesser long-nosed bat population as discussed above occur throughout the range of the bat. We have found no areas where the threats are concentrated in any geographic region. Therefore, we have not identified any portion of the range that warrants further consideration to determine whether they are a significant portion of its range.
We also evaluated representation across the lesser long-nosed bat's range to determine if certain areas were in danger of extinction, or likely to become so, due to isolation from the larger range. Ramirez (2011, entire) investigated population structure of the lesser long-nosed bat through DNA sampling and analysis and reported that combined results indicated sampled individuals belong to single population including both the United States and Mexico. Consequently, individuals
Our analysis indicates that there is no geographic portion of the range that is in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future. Therefore, based on the best scientific and commercial data available, no portion warrants further consideration to determine whether the species may be endangered or threatened in a significant portion of its range.
We have determined that none of the existing or potential threats cause the lesser long-nosed bat to be in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range, nor is the subspecies likely to become endangered within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range. We may delist a species according to 50 CFR 424.11(d) if the best available scientific and commercial data indicate that: (1) The species is extinct; (2) the species has recovered and is no longer endangered or threatened; or (3) the original scientific data used at the time the species was classified were in error. On the basis of our evaluation, we conclude that, due to recovery, the lesser long-nosed bat is not an endangered or threatened species. We therefore remove the lesser long-nosed bat from the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife at 50 CFR 17.11(h).
This final rule revises 50 CFR 17.11(h) by removing the lesser long-nosed bat from the Federal List of Endangered and Threatened Wildlife. The prohibitions and conservation measures provided by the Act, particularly through sections 7 and 9, no longer apply to this subspecies. Federal agencies are no longer required to consult with the Service under section 7 of the Act in the event that activities they authorize, fund, or carry out may affect the lesser long-nosed bat. Because no critical habitat was ever designated for the lesser long-nosed bat, this rule would not affect 50 CFR 17.95. State laws related to the lesser long-nosed bat will remain in place. State and Federal laws related to protection of habitat for the lesser long-nosed bat, such as those addressing effects to caves and abandoned mines, as well as protected plant species such as columnar cacti and agaves, will remain in place.
Section 4(g)(1) of the Act requires the Secretary of the Interior, through the Service and in cooperation with the States, to implement a system to monitor, for not less than 5 years, all species that have been recovered and delisted. The purpose of this requirement is to develop a program that detects the failure of any delisted species to sustain populations without the protective measures provided by the Act. If, at any time during the monitoring period, data indicate that protective status under the Act should be reinstated, we can initiate listing procedures, including, if appropriate, emergency listing.
To fulfill the post-delisting monitoring requirement, we developed a draft post-delisting monitoring plan for the lesser long-nosed bat in coordination with the State wildlife agencies from Arizona and New Mexico. We will be publishing a notice of the availability of the draft post-delisting monitoring plan for comment shortly. We will continue to coordinate with other Federal agencies, State resource agencies, interested scientific organizations, and others as appropriate to implement an effective post-delisting monitoring plan for the lesser long-nosed bat.
In the proposed rule published on January 6, 2017 (82 FR 1665) in the
Section 4(b)(5)(A)(ii) of the Act states that the Secretary must give actual notice of a proposed regulation under section 4(a) to the State agency in each state in which the species is believed to occur, and invite the comments of such agency. Section 4(i) of the Act directs that the Secretary will submit to the State agency a written justification for his or her failure to adopt regulations consistent with the agency's comments or petition. The Service submitted the proposed regulation to both the AGFD and the New Mexico Department of Game and Fish (NMGFD). We received comments supporting the proposed rule from both agencies.
In accordance with our peer review policy, which was published July 1, 1994 (59 FR 34270), we solicited expert opinion on the SS) from which the proposed delisting rule was developed. Specifically, we solicited peer review from six knowledgeable, independent individuals with scientific expertise and background related to bats in general and to lesser long-nosed bats specifically. We received responses from two of the invited peer reviewers. Editorial and clarifying comments, as well as additional data and supporting citations, have been incorporated into this final delisting rule and the SSA.
We reviewed all comments received from the peer reviewers and the State agencies for substantive issues and new information regarding the delisting of the lesser long-nosed bat. These comments are addressed below.
Despite this decline, significantly more lesser long-nosed bats remain than when we listed the species, and the threats are not as significant as we concluded at the time of listing. When looking at the overall data from the past 20 years and applying our best professional judgment, we find that the overall lesser long-nosed bat population trend is positive, a conclusion that our conservation partners in Mexico also relied upon when they delisted the lesser long-nosed bat in 2013. Consequently, stable and increasing numbers of lesser long-nosed bats, in conjunction with the various analyses included in our SSA have led us to conclude that the lesser long-nosed bat no longer meets the definition of threatened or endangered under the Endangered Species Act.
Overall, the threats to foraging areas have been reduced since the species was listed under the Act. Foraging habitat for the species is primarily on public lands and is managed and conserved through inclusion in resource management plans as noted in Factor D above. Thus, land use plans, State regulatory mechanisms, and ongoing conservation measures support increased conservation efforts for the lesser long-nosed bat habitat and forage resources in the United States.
During the public comment period for the proposed rule, we received comments from 19 individuals or organizations. Of these, six provided substantial comments which we address below.
We believe that we have conservatively estimated the overall lesser long-nosed bat population to be at least 200,000. The count data used in the SSA and the proposed delisting rule represent more of an index of population size and not the exact number of lesser long-nosed bats that exist within its range. Again, we acknowledged that the population numbers used in the SSA and the proposed delisting rule do not represent actual population numbers. We are required to make decisions based on the best available scientific and commercial data and have used this count data to evaluate the current status of the species. While numbers fluctuate both within and between years, the count data we used was generally gathered using a consistent approach and over a relatively long period of time such that we believe this does provide an index of population size. The total number of bats currently being documented is many times greater than those numbers upon which the listing of this species relied, and while this may, in large part, reflect a better approach to survey and monitoring in subsequent years, it gives us better information upon which to evaluate the status of the lesser long-nosed bat population.
In addition, a documented expansion of the known range of the lesser long-nosed bat in the United States has occurred subsequent to listing. According to Bat Conservation International (lit 2017), recent reports from Dr. Keith Geluso at the University of Nebraska have identified the presence of lesser long-nosed bats near Gila, New Mexico. This is an expansion of over 100 miles north of known occurrences in Hidalgo County, NM. Additional data collected by Buecher Biological Consulting confirmed the presence of this species in the southern Big Burros Mountains at hummingbird feeders (HEG 2015, entire). These reports are approximately 100 miles north of the historic northern extent of their range in the Peloncillo and Big Hatchet Mountains.
Much of the debate as to the legitimacy of the 1988 listing of the lesser long-nosed bat centers around the population numbers and trends recorded from roost site monitoring. At the time of listing, population numbers and trends used by the Service in determining the endangered status of the lesser long-nosed bat showed low numbers and a declining trend (Wilson 1985). Information gathered since the listing show higher population numbers and a generally stable to increasing trend (Cockrum and Petryszyn 1991, AGFD 2005, entire, AGFD 2016, entire). Further, the increasing trend in Mexico warranted and resulted in the removal of the lesser long-nosed bat from Mexico's Law for Endangered Protection in 2013.
We anticipate that ongoing post-delisting monitoring will detect any significant changes in population health and allow for adaptive management responses, including possible re-listing, if necessary. As is the case with many listed species, we have not had, nor do we anticipate that we will have in the future, adequate resources to gather all the information we would like or feel is necessary to evaluate prior to delisting the lesser long-nosed bat. We rely on the best available scientific and commercial information. Based on this information, we have determined that the population of the lesser long-nosed bat is currently viable and will likely maintain viability into the future based on the analysis contained in our SSA and this final rule.
We acknowledge that sustaining efforts of post-delisting monitoring can be challenging and subject to competing priorities for available resources. Nonetheless, we have designed the draft post-delisting monitoring plan to be realistic given limited resources and will continue to work with our conservation partners to obtain the resources necessary to implement post-delisting monitoring. As occurred prior to delisting, we anticipate protection and conservation of the lesser long-nosed bat will continue to be implemented as the result of existing management and land use plans, as well as other State and Federal laws related to protection of bats and their habitats, including caves used as roosts. These laws and plans will continue to be implemented and used to benefit the conservation of the lesser long-nosed bat following delisting. We acknowledge that the level of support for ongoing lesser long-nosed bat conservation actions changes over time and is often focused on species listed under the Act. However, we have reached out to our Federal and non-Federal lesser long-nosed bat conservation partners as we worked to address comments on and finalize the delisting rule for the lesser long-nosed bat to assess their level of participation in future conservation actions for this species. They have indicated that they will continue to implement conservation actions as appropriate and as resources are available.
Our discussion in Factor A above includes a number of specific examples of conservation actions that our conservation partners have and are implementing; many of which are regulatory requirements. We are confident that actions similar to those discussed above in this section will continue to benefit the conservation of lesser long-nosed bat even absent the regulatory protections of the Act as such actions have done in Mexico. Lesser long-nosed bat recovery has occurred because of the commitments of our conservation partners that have gone well beyond the requirements of the Act. The recovery of the lesser long-nosed bat is evidence of how effective species conservation can be when supported by a committed, active group of binational conservation partners.
We have determined that, while activities associated with illegal border crossing may be affecting individuals or specific sites or areas within the range of the lesser long-nosed bat, they do not represent significant threats to the overall population of the lesser long-nosed bat.
In 2006, in southern Arizona, there was a significant failure of blooming agaves. As a result, many members of the public reported that bats were using their hummingbird feeders that year. The Service, AGFD, and the Town of Marana initiated a citizen scientist program to track use of hummingbird feeders in 2007 based on Wolf (2006, entire) and, over the past approximately 10 years, the volunteer network of feeder watchers has grown to more than 100 individuals monitoring their hummingbird feeders across southern Arizona. This has resulted in a tremendous amount of data and some very interesting results.
The existence of this ongoing study related to lesser long-nosed bat use of hummingbird feeders provides us an opportunity to continue to assess and evaluate the potential benefits and negative effects of hummingbird feeders on the landscape within the range of the lesser long-nosed bat. Currently, there is no evidence that this resource in the landscape is negatively affecting the lesser long-nosed bat population.
We are committed to using the best available scientific and commercial information in our analysis of the current and future status of the lesser long-nosed bat. We acknowledge that ecosystems within the southwestern United States are thought to be particularly susceptible to climate change and variability (Strittholt et al. 2012, pp. 104-152; Munson et al. 2012, pp. 1-2; Archer and Predick 2008, p. 23). Documented trends and model projections most often show changes in two variables: temperature and precipitation. Recent warming in the southwest is among the most rapid in the nation, significantly more than the global average in some areas (Guido et al. 2009, pp. 3-5). Bagne and Finch (2012 and 2013; pp. 107-116; pp. 150-160) assessed the vulnerability of the lesser long-nosed bat to the effects of climate change in the areas of the Barry M. Goldwater Range (southwestern Arizona) and at Fort Huachuca (southeastern Arizona). They concluded that the lesser long-nosed bat was moderately vulnerable to declines related to global climate change. Vulnerability was increased by reliance on the quantity and timing of flowering of a limited number of plant species, while resilience is incurred by flexible migratory behaviors and the probable resilience of forage plant populations to increasing temperatures.
They also predicted that changes in climate are expected to exacerbate current threats. One of the primary factors related to the vulnerability of this species to climate change was the adaptability of non-native grasses and the potential changes in fire regime that are expected under most climate change scenarios. However, current climate change modeling efforts do not allow us to predict what the effects of this climate change will be beyond a relatively short timeframe. We are not able to conclude what the effects of climate change will be on the lesser long-nosed bat population distribution and viability given the current level of information we have related to climate change on forage resources such as saguaros and agaves. However, we acknowledge the potential for climate change to affect lesser long-nosed bat forage availability, and we have included an assessment of this issue as part of the draft post-delisting monitoring plan. This will provide us with information to make a better informed evaluation of the potential effects of climate change on lesser long-nosed bat forage resources. Results of this monitoring will allow us to formulate potential adaptive management actions to address these effects, or consider relisting the species if necessary.
The best available scientific and commercial information indicates that the current population condition of the lesser long-nosed bat appears to indicate that lesser long-nosed bats may be showing some resiliency with regard to fluctuating food plant flowering cycles.
The impact of wind energy development on lesser long-nosed bats is unknown and more attention must be paid to characterizing and avoiding potential impacts. Because lesser long-nosed bats are migratory, and impacts from wind energy facilities to migratory bats are well documented, the construction of new facilities should be carefully sited to avoid roosts and migratory flyways. Moreover, construction of sites within the range of the lesser long-nosed bat should be monitored and fatalities reported with adaptive management strategies in place to reduce fatalities over time.
We have determined that environmental assessments and environmental impact statements, as defined under the authority of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
In accordance with the President's memorandum of April 29, 1994, “Government-to-Government Relations with Native American Tribal Governments” (59 FR 22951), Executive Order 13175, and the Department of the Interior's manual at 512 DM 2, we readily acknowledge our responsibility to communicate meaningfully with recognized Federal Tribes on a government-to-government basis. Therefore, we solicited information from Native American Tribes during the comment period to determine potential effects on them or their resources that may result from the delisting of the lesser long-nosed bat, and we fully considered their comments in this final rule.
A complete list of all references cited in this rule is available on
The primary authors of this document are the staff members of the Arizona Ecological Services Field Office, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (see
Endangered and threatened species, Exports, Imports, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Transportation.
Accordingly, we hereby amend part 17, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
16 U.S.C. 1361-1407; 1531-1544; and 4201-4245, unless otherwise noted.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; annual adjustment of Atlantic bluefin tuna Purse Seine and Reserve category quotas; inseason quota transfer from the Reserve category to the Longline category.
NMFS is adjusting the Atlantic bluefin tuna (BFT) Purse Seine and Reserve category quotas for 2018, as it has done annually since 2015. NMFS also is transferring 44.5 metric tons (mt) of BFT quota from the Reserve category
Effective April 13, 2018, through December 31, 2018.
Sarah McLaughlin, Tom Warren, or Brad McHale, (978) 281-9260, or Carrie Soltanoff, (301) 427-8503.
Regulations implemented under the authority of the Atlantic Tunas Convention Act (ATCA; 16 U.S.C. 971
In 2015, NMFS implemented a final rule that established the U.S. BFT quota and subquotas consistent with ICCAT Recommendation 14-05 (80 FR 52198, August 28, 2015). As a result, based on the currently codified U.S. quota of 1,058.79 mt (not including the 25 mt allocated by ICCAT to the United States to account for bycatch of BFT in pelagic longline fisheries in the Northeast Distant Gear Restricted Area), the baseline Purse Seine, Longline, and Reserve category quotas are codified as 184.3 mt, 148.3 mt, and 24.8 mt, respectively. See § 635.27(a). For 2018 to date, NMFS has made the following inseason quota transfers: 14.3 mt from the General category December 2018 subquota period to the January 2018 subquota period (82 FR 60680, December 22, 2017) and 10 mt from the Reserve category to the General category (83 FR 9232, March 5, 2018), resulting in an adjusted 2018 Reserve category quota of 14.8 mt.
Pursuant to § 635.27(a)(4), NMFS has determined the amount of quota available to the Atlantic Tunas Purse Seine category participants in 2018, based on their BFT catch (landings and dead discards) in 2017. In accordance with the regulations, NMFS makes available to each Purse Seine category participant either 100 percent, 75 percent, 50 percent, or 25 percent of the individual baseline quota allocations based on the previous year's catch, as described in § 635.27(a)(4)(ii), and reallocates the remainder to the Reserve category. NMFS has calculated the amounts of quota available to the Purse Seine category participants for 2018 based on their individual catch levels in 2017 and the codified process adopted in Amendment 7. NMFS did not open the Purse Seine fishery in 2017 because there were no purse seine vessels permitted to fish for BFT and thus on catch in 2017. As a result, each Purse Seine category participant will receive 25 percent of the individual baseline quota amount, which is the required distribution even with no fishing activity under the current regulations. The individual baseline amount is 36.9 mt (184.3 mt divided by five Purse Seine category participants), 25 percent of which is 9.2 mt. Consistent with § 635.27(a)(4)(v)(C), NMFS will notify Atlantic Tunas Purse Seine category participants of the amount of quota available for their use this year through the IBQ electronic system established under § 635.15 and in writing.
By summing the individual available allocations, NMFS has determined that 46.1 mt are available to the Purse Seine category for 2018. Thus, the amount of Purse Seine category quota to be reallocated to the Reserve category is 138.2 mt (184.3 mt − 46.1 mt). This reallocation results in an adjusted 2018 Reserve category quota of 153 mt (14.8 mt + 138.2 mt), before any further transfers to other categories.
Under § 635.27(a)(9), NMFS has the authority to transfer quota among fishing categories or subcategories after considering the 14 regulatory determination criteria provided under § 635.27(a)(8). NMFS has considered all of these criteria, and discuss specific consideration of the criteria relevant for the quota transfer below.
NMFS considered the catches of the Longline category quota to date and the likelihood of closure of that segment of the fishery if no adjustment is made (§ 635.27(a)(8)(ii)). As of March 31, the Longline category has landed about 28.2 mt (19 percent) of its 148.3-mt baseline quota. Thus, this is not a situation in which NMFS is transferring quota to avoid the need for closure of the whole Longline category. However, as discussed in more detail in the next section, the additional quota will be distributed to active vessels in the Longline category to help vessel owners account for BFT catch while fostering conditions in which permit holders become more willing to lease IBQ to other vessels through the IBQ system.
Longline vessels must use IBQ to account for their incidental BFT landings and dead discards while fishing for swordfish and yellowfin tuna. In 2018, NMFS modified HMS regulations to require vessels in the pelagic longline fishery to account for bycatch of BFT using IBQ on a quarterly basis instead of on a trip-level basis (82 FR 61489, December 28, 2017). If a vessel has insufficient IBQ to account for such landings and dead discards within a quarter, it goes into “quota debt.”
For the first fishing trip in a calendar year quarter, as defined at § 635.15(b)(3), a vessel is not allowed to fish with pelagic longline gear if it has outstanding quota debt or does not have the minimum amount of quota (
NMFS also considered the estimated amounts by which quotas for other gear categories of the fishery might be exceeded (§ 635.27(a)(8)(iv)) and the ability to account for all 2018 landings and dead discards. A small portion of the overall commercial BFT quota has been used in 2018 to date, consistent with the amount of quota used in the early months of previous years. NMFS will need to account for all 2018 landings and dead discards within the adjusted U.S. quota, consistent with ICCAT recommendations and anticipates having sufficient quota to do that even with this transfer from the Reserve category.
This transfer is consistent with the current quotas, which were established and analyzed in the Atlantic BFT quota final rule (80 FR 52198, August 28, 2015), and with objectives of the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and amendments (§ 635.27(a)(8)(v) and (vi)). The adjusted Longline category quota of 192.8 mt remains within the ICCAT quota. The revised Longline category quota supports the broader objectives of Amendment 7, which include reducing BFT interactions and dead discards while maintaining an economically viable swordfish and yellowfin tuna directed fishery.
Regarding “optimizing fishing opportunity” (§ 635.27(a)(8)(x)), the ability of pelagic longline vessel owners to account for BFT with allocated quota or to lease IBQ at an affordable price is key to the success of the IBQ Program and thus to optimize fishing opportunity. An inseason transfer of quota to the Longline category would optimize fishing opportunity, contribute to full accounting for landings and dead discards, and reduce uncertainty in the fishery as a whole. Quota transferred from the Reserve category and distributed directly to active vessels should reduce situations where fishing opportunity for target species is constrained by the unavailability of quota (
Regarding accounting for dead discards (§ 635.27(a)(8)(xi)) and variations in seasonal distribution or abundance, a quota transfer from the Reserve category to the Longline category would contribute to full accounting of BFT catch by vessels that accrue quota debt (
Based on the considerations above, NMFS is transferring 44.5 mt of the adjusted Reserve category quota to the Longline category. As a result of this quota transfer, the adjusted 2018 Reserve category quota is 108.5 mt (153 mt − 44.5 mt), and the adjusted 2018 Longline category quota is 192.8 mt.
After transferring additional BFT quota inseason to the Longline category, NMFS may then distribute the quota either to all qualified IBQ share recipients (
One hundred thirty-six IBQ share recipients were designated under Amendment 7, and the baseline Longline category quota is distributed to those share recipients at the beginning of the year, regardless of their fishing activity. Other permitted Longline vessels may also fish but do not automatically receive annual IBQ allocation from shares. NMFS has examined the logbook, Vessel Monitoring System (VMS), dealer, and electronic monitoring data for 2017 and for 2018 as of March 31, and has determined that 89 vessels have recent fishing activity and that, of those, 85 were IBQ share recipients. Any vessel activity in the pelagic longline fishery during this date range is sufficient to qualify as “recent fishing activity” (§ 635.15(b)(9)).
Preliminary data indicate that, in 2017, 58 Atlantic Tunas Longline vessels landed a total of 494 BFT (226,738 lb) and 93 BFT were discarded dead. Data from the IBQ system indicate that in 2018 through March 31, 25 Atlantic Tunas Longline vessels landed a total of 122 BFT (59,134 lb). These landings and dead discards (as well as VMS data that document BFT released alive) indicate that pelagic longline vessels have been interacting with BFT in 2017 (and early 2018). The vessels
There were 118 IBQ lease transactions in the relevant time period analyzed (85 in 2017; 33 in 2018 through March 31), with 55 distinct share recipients leasing. A total of 200,823 lb were leased (156,148 lb in 2017; 44,675 lb in 2018 through March 31). Seventeen IBQ lessors did not have recent fishing activity. Overall, the average amount of IBQ leased was 1,837 lb in 2017 with an average lease price of $1.67 per pound, and 1,354 lb in 2018 through March 31 with an average lease price of $2.84 per pound (weighted average). In discussions with vessel operators, some have indicated that the ex-vessel price of BFT was variable, and relatively low, and that they essentially made little or no money from BFT given expenses including the cost to lease IBQ. Data indicate that the ex-vessel price of BFT from pelagic longline vessels ranged from $0.01 to $35 per pound, with an average of $4.95 per pound. There were four active vessels that were not associated with IBQ shares that leased quota from share recipients in order to fish with pelagic longline gear. Fifteen distinct vessels had quota debt at any given point in 2017, with an average of 900 lb. Nine vessels had quota debt at any given point in 2018 through March 31, with an average of 1,526 lb. This price and leasing information demonstrates that the leasing market is active, vessels are paying out of pocket to obtain additional IBQ as needed, and that BFT landings are generally not profitable. It also indicates that influxes of quota inseason were helpful in facilitating the effective functioning of the IBQ Program and system. Furthermore, share recipients that are not actively fishing are earning some revenue through leasing to those vessels that are fishing (
The annual amount of Longline category quota allocated in the IBQ system for 2017 was the baseline Longline category quota of 148.3 mt plus the 45-mt transfer that was effective February 28, 2017, for a total of 193.3 mt (not including the 25 mt for the Northeast Distant Gear Restricted Area). The annual amount of Longline category quota currently allocated in the IBQ system for 2018 is the baseline Longline category quota of 148.3 mt. NMFS has not made any inseason transfers to the Longline category thus far in 2018. As described above, the amount of quota in the Reserve category following this action's reallocation from the Purse Seine category is 153 mt. As described in the Quota Transfer section above, a small portion of the overall commercial BFT quota has been used in 2018 to date, consistent with the amount of quota used in the early months of previous years. Thus, substantial quota remains available in the Reserve category for future transfers, as appropriate.
NMFS has determined that distribution of quota only to Atlantic Tunas Longline vessels with recent fishing activity fulfills IBQ Program objectives. Such a distribution would provide transferred quota only to the vessels that have recently fished and are therefore most likely to need quota in order to account for BFT interactions. This would include the four Atlantic Tunas Longline vessels with recent fishing activity that are not associated with IBQ shares, as well as the 85 IBQ share recipients with recent fishing activity (representing 63 percent of all IBQ share recipients). For comparison, if the 44.5 mt were distributed to all qualified IBQ share recipients, each would receive 721 lb (0.33 mt) rather than 1,102 lb (0.5 mt) to each of the 89 vessels with recent fishing activity. Some inactive share recipients participate in the IBQ Program through leasing out quota; however, a majority of inactive share recipients (36 of 51) did not lease out quota in the period analyzed. After considering this information, NMFS has decided to distribute the 44.5 mt of quota transferred from the Reserve to the Atlantic Tunas Longline vessels with recent fishing activity.
For those vessels with recent fishing activity that are not associated with valid (
NMFS anticipates that it will announce additional BFT quota adjustments during 2018 for all quota categories, to provide reasonable fishing opportunities throughout the year. An ICCAT recommendation adopted at the annual meeting in November 2017 for western Atlantic BFT management would result in an increase to the baseline U.S. BFT quota (
NMFS will continue to monitor the BFT fisheries, including the pelagic longline fishery, closely through the mandatory landings and catch reports. Dealers are required to submit landing reports within 24 hours of a dealer receiving BFT through the electronic BFT dealer reporting system as well as through the online IBQ system. Pelagic longline vessels are required to enter BFT dead discard information through the IBQ system and confirm the accuracy of dealer-reported data. Pelagic longline vessels are also required to report BFT catch through VMS, as well as through the online IBQ system.
Longline category permit holders are reminded that all BFT discarded dead must be reported through VMS, and accounted for in the online IBQ system, consistent with requirements at § 635.15(a).
If needed, subsequent adjustments will be published in the
The Assistant Administrator for NMFS (AA) finds that it is impracticable and contrary to the public interest to provide prior notice of and an opportunity for public comment on, the transfer from the Reserve category to the Longline category for the following reasons:
The regulations implementing the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP, as amended, provide for inseason adjustments to quotas and other aspects of BFT fishery management, to respond to the diverse range of factors which may affect BFT fisheries, including ecological (
NMFS has determined that adjustments to the Reserve and Longline category BFT quotas are warranted. This transfer is consistent with the current quotas, which were established and analyzed in the Atlantic BFT quota final rule (80 FR 52198, August 28, 2015), and with objectives of the 2006 Consolidated HMS FMP and amendments. The adjusted Longline category quota of 192.8 mt remains within the ICCAT quota. The revised Longline category quota supports the broader objectives of Amendment 7, which include reducing BFT interactions and dead discards while maintaining an economically viable swordfish and yellowfin tuna directed fishery. Transferring quota relatively early in 2018 helps to address the diversity of the fishery with respect to the timing of fishing activities in different geographic areas. A quota transfer later in the year may disadvantage those fishing early in the year.
Affording prior notice and opportunity for public comment to implement the quota transfer is impracticable. The transfer of 44.5 mt of quota from the Reserve category to the Longline category needs to happen early in the year to facilitate effective leasing and more certainty in operational decisions. NMFS only recently received updated data from the 2017 fishery, as it recently closed, and from the first couple of months of the 2018 fishery. If NMFS were to offer an opportunity for public comment, it would unnecessarily preclude fishing opportunities for some vessel operators, particularly those that fish early in the fishing season. In addition, the first quarter of 2018 has ended, and some vessels that have gone into debt or have a low balance (below the minimum amount of allocation needed to fish) are not able to fish, as of April 1, until they account for quota debt and obtain the minimum amount of allocation needed to fish with pelagic longline gear. Without this inseason quota transfer, permit holders may be unnecessarily conservative in a way that does not optimize fishing opportunities nor encourage the appropriate functioning of the IBQ leasing program, which is contrary to the public interest. As explained earlier, NMFS conducted notice-and-comment rulemaking on the underlying regulations that set forth the criteria used for this action, and therefore notice-and-comment rulemaking is not necessary for this inseason action.
Delays in adjusting the Reserve and Longline category quotas would adversely affect those permitted Atlantic Tunas Longline vessels that would otherwise have an opportunity to reduce or resolve quota debt, lease quota to other vessels, as well as delay potential beneficial effects on the ability for vessel operators to make business plans for their future. NMFS is trying to balance providing opportunity to the pelagic longline fishery, with the reduction of BFT bycatch, and delaying this action would be contrary to the public interest. Therefore, the AA finds good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) to waive prior notice and the opportunity for public comment. For all of the above reasons, there is good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d) to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness.
This action is being taken under §§ 635.15(b), 635.15(f), 635.27(a)(4) and (a)(7), 635.27(a)(8) and (9), and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 971
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; correction.
NMFS is correcting the final 2018 and 2019 harvest specifications for groundfish in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands management area (BSAI). The amounts of Atka mackerel specified for the Amendment 80 sector in the Central Aleutian District (CAI) and the Western Aleutian District (WAI) were incorrect.
Effective April 18, 2018, through 2400 hours, Alaska local time (A.l.t) December 31, 2019.
Steve Whitney, 907-586-7228.
NMFS published the final 2018 and 2019 BSAI groundfish harvest specifications on February 27, 2018 (83 FR 8365). The document contains incorrect amounts of Atka mackerel specified for the Amendment 80 sector in the CAI and the WAI. These corrections are necessary to provide the correct information about the amount of Atka mackerel allocated to the Amendment 80 sector in these districts, and to avoid confusion by the fishery participants.
In the
The Assistant Administrator for Fisheries, NOAA (AA), finds good cause to waive the requirement to provide prior notice and opportunity for public comment pursuant to the authority set forth at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) as such requirement is impracticable and contrary to the public interest. This action corrects errors made in the allocations to the Amendment 80 sector of Atka mackerel in the CAI and WAI districts of the BSAI. This correction does not change operating practices in the fisheries. Corrections should be made as soon as possible to avoid confusion for participants in the fisheries.
The AA also finds good cause to waive the 30-day delay in the effective date of this action under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This finding is based upon the reasons provided above for waiver of prior notice and opportunity for public comment.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Federal Trade Commission.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Federal Trade Commission (“Commission”) seeks comment on the proposed repeal of its Trade Regulation Rule Concerning the Deceptive Advertising as to Sizes of Viewable Pictures Shown by Television Receiving Sets (“Picture Tube Rule” or “Rule”). This Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPR”) provides background on the Picture Tube Rule and this proceeding, discusses public comments received by the Commission in response to its Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“ANPR”), and solicits further comment on the proposed repeal of the Rule.
Written comments must be received on or before May 14, 2018. Parties interested in an opportunity to present views orally should submit a written request to do so as explained below, and such requests must be received on or before May 14, 2018.
Interested parties may file a comment online or on paper by following the instructions in the Request for Comments part of the
John Andrew Singer, Attorney, (202) 326-3234, Division of Enforcement, Bureau of Consumer Protection, Federal Trade Commission, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20580.
The Commission finds that using expedited procedures in this rulemaking will serve the public interest. Specifically, such procedures support the Commission's goals of clarifying, updating, or repealing existing regulations without undue expenditure of resources, while ensuring that the public has an opportunity to submit data, views, and arguments on whether the Commission should amend or repeal the Rule. Because written comments should adequately present the views of all interested parties, the Commission is not scheduling a public hearing or roundtable. However, if any person would like to present views orally, he or she should follow the procedures set forth in the
The Commission promulgated the Picture Tube Rule in 1966
Based on these facts, the Rule sets forth the means to non-deceptively advertise the dimensions of television screens.
The Commission reviews its rules and guides periodically to seek information about their costs and benefits, regulatory and economic impact, and general effectiveness in protecting consumers and helping industry avoid deceptive claims. These reviews assist the Commission in identifying rules and guides that warrant modification or repeal. The Commission last reviewed the Rule in 2006, leaving it unchanged.
In its 2017 ANPR initiating the review of the Rule, the Commission solicited comment on, among other things: The economic impact of and the continuing need for the Rule; the Rule's benefits to consumers; and the burdens it places on industry, including small businesses.
The Commission received two comments in response,
Both commenters characterized the Rule as an unnecessary relic from when televisions used curved cathode ray tubes and asserted the Rule is no longer needed to prevent consumer deception about television screen sizes.
An individual consumer, Jonathan Applebaum, stated that, unlike 50 years ago, comparative information about televisions, including screen size, is now widely available to consumers on the internet and by visiting retail showrooms. He also stated that, due to advances in technology, overall picture quality, not screen size, drives consumers' purchasing decisions. Specifically, in addition to screen size, consumers consider pixels, aspect ratios, screen material, backlighting, contrast, and refresh rate. He also noted that since the Commission introduced the Rule, many different devices, such as computer monitors and cellphones, are capable of receiving programming once only available on televisions. To include these types of devices in the scope of the Rule would require the Commission to expand its coverage significantly. However, he urged the Commission not to do so because the relevant information already is readily available in the marketplace.
A trade association representing the U.S. consumer technology industry, the Consumer Technology Association (CTA), commented that when the Commission adopted the Rule in 1966, televisions used curved cathode ray tubes, and manufacturers often placed portions of screens behind casings. Now, however, televisions with fully viewable, single plane, flat screens have become “ubiquitous.”
Alternatively, if the Commission were to retain the Rule, CTA urged the Commission not to modify it or expand its coverage. Since marketers of devices such as computer monitors, tablets, and smartphones already represent viewing screen size based on the screen's diagonal measurement, CTA asserted that no consumer benefit would accrue from expanding the Rule to include such devices. Nor would there be any consumer benefit from modifying the Rule to make a screen's diagonal measurement the default measurement since it is already the marketplace standard.
Commission staff visited retail stores, reviewed newspaper circulars, and surfed websites offering televisions for sale. Staff observed that virtually every television had a flat screen and that the entire screen was visible. Staff further observed that marketers advertised the size of every television screen, as well as the viewing screens for devices such as computer monitors, tablets, and cellphones, using a diagonal measurement.
Section 18 of the FTC Act, 15 U.S.C. 57a, authorizes the Commission to promulgate, amend, and repeal trade regulation rules that define with specificity acts or practices that are unfair or deceptive in or affecting commerce within the meaning of section 5(a)(1) of the FTC Act, 15 U.S.C. 45(a)(1). The Commission regularly reviews its rules to ensure they are up-to-date, effective, and not overly burdensome, and has repealed a number of trade regulation rules after finding they were no longer necessary to protect consumers.
Since the Commission adopted the Rule in 1966, there have been substantial changes in television screen technology, particularly in the past decade. The Rule appears to be neither necessary nor appropriate in light of these changes.
In 1966, television screens had cathode ray tubes (CRTs).
There have been significant changes in television screen technology, particularly in the past decade.
In 1966, the Commission found that television marketers represented screen size using a variety of inconsistent and, at times, deceptive, methods.
In the over 50 years since the Rule's promulgation, the record demonstrates that the industry standard for representing television screen size has been the screen's diagonal dimension.
The record lacks evidence of deception supporting retaining the Rule. The Commission received only two comments in response to the ANPR, both urging the Commission to repeal the Rule because it is obsolete and unnecessary. The Commission received no comments advocating for the Rule's retention or submitting information indicating that manufacturers are making deceptive screen size claims. Therefore, the record provides no basis for concluding that maintaining the Rule is necessary to prevent deception. Specifically, in the over 50 years since its adoption, the Commission has never brought an enforcement action against marketers making such claims.
For the reasons described above, the Commission preliminarily concludes that the Rule is outdated and no longer necessary to protect consumers. Nothing in the record suggests that repealing the Rule would likely result in any consumer deception. Therefore, the record suggests that even the minimal costs associated with the Rule for businesses now outweigh any benefits.
You can file a comment online or on paper. For the Commission to consider your comment, we must receive it on or before May 14, 2018. Write “Picture Tube Rule (No. P174200)” on your comment. Your comment—including your name and your state—will be placed on the public record of this proceeding, including, to the extent practicable, on the public FTC website, at
Postal mail addressed to the Commission is subject to delay due to heightened security screening. As a result, we encourage you to submit your comments online. To make sure that the Commission considers your online comment, you must file it at
If you file your comment on paper, write “Picture Tube Rule (No. P174200)” on your comment and on the envelope, and mail your comment to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, 600 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Suite CC-5610, Washington, DC 20580, or deliver your comment to the following address: Federal Trade Commission, Office of the Secretary, Constitution Center, 400 7th Street SW, 5th Floor, Suite 5610, Washington, DC 20024. If possible, please submit your paper comment to the Commission by courier or overnight service.
Because your comment will be placed on the publicly accessible FTC website at
Comments containing material for which confidential treatment is requested must be filed in paper form, must be clearly labeled “Confidential,” and must comply with FTC Rule 4.9(c). In particular, the written request for confidential treatment that accompanies the comment must include the factual and legal basis for the request, and must identify the specific portions of the comment to be withheld from the public record.
Visit the FTC website to read this Notice and the news release describing it. The FTC Act and other laws that the Commission administers permit the collection of public comments to consider and use in this proceeding as appropriate. The Commission will consider all timely and responsive public comments that it receives on or before May 14, 2018. For information on the Commission's privacy policy, including routine uses permitted by the Privacy Act, see
The Commission seeks comment on the costs, benefits, and market effects of repealing the Rule, and particularly the cost on small businesses. Please identify any data and empirical evidence that supports your answer. Comments opposing the proposed repeal should explain the reasons they believe the Rule is still needed and, if appropriate, suggest specific alternatives.
1. Have changes in technology made the Rule unnecessary?
2. Do television marketers uniformly use the diagonal dimension of the viewing screen when representing screen size?
3. Is there any basis to conclude that, if the Commission repeals the Rule, television marketers will use a measurement other than the diagonal dimension of a screen to represent its size?
4. What would be the benefits and costs of the Rule's continuance to consumers?
5. Will repealing the Rule increase the likelihood of any consumer deception regarding the size of television screens and, if so, why?
6. What are the benefits and costs of the Rule's repeal to businesses subject to its requirements, particularly small businesses?
7. Should the Commission address deceptive acts or practices concerning how television marketers represent screen size through case-by-case enforcement rather than through an industry-wide trade regulation rule?
The Commission proposes to repeal the Rule effective 90 days after publication of its Final Rule Notice. The Commission seeks comment on whether such an effective date provides sufficient notice to those affected by the proposed repeal of the Rule.
Pursuant to Commission Rule 1.18(c)(1), the Commission has determined that communications with respect to the merits of this proceeding from any outside party to any Commissioner or Commissioner advisor shall be subject to the following treatment. Written communications and summaries or transcripts of oral communications shall be placed on the rulemaking record if the communication is received before the end of the comment period on the staff report. They shall be placed on the public record if the communication is received later. Unless the outside party making an oral communication is a member of Congress, such communications are permitted only if advance notice is published in the Weekly Calendar and Notice of “Sunshine” Meetings.
Under Section 22 of the FTC Act, 15 U.S.C. 57b-3, the Commission must issue a preliminary regulatory analysis for a proceeding to amend a rule only when it: (1) Estimates that the amendment will have an annual effect on the national economy of $100 million or more; (2) estimates that the amendment will cause a substantial change in the cost or price of certain categories of goods or services; or (3) otherwise determines that the amendment will have a significant effect upon covered entities or upon consumers. The Commission has preliminarily determined that the rescission of the Rule will not have such effects on the national economy; on the cost of televisions; or on covered parties or consumers. Accordingly, the proposed repeal of the Rule is exempt from Section 22's preliminary regulatory analysis requirements.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (“RFA”), 5 U.S.C. 601-612, requires that the Commission conduct an analysis of the anticipated economic impact of the proposed amendments on small entities. The purpose of a regulatory flexibility analysis is to ensure that an agency considers the impacts on small entities and examines regulatory alternatives that could achieve the regulatory purpose while minimizing burdens on small entities. Section 605 of the RFA, 5 U.S.C. 605, provides that such an analysis is not required if the agency head certifies that the regulatory action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The Commission believes that the repeal of the Rule would not have a significant economic impact upon small entities because the Rule's repeal will eliminate any regulatory compliance costs regarding representations of the screen size of televisions. In the Commission's view, a repeal of the Rule should not have a significant or disproportionate impact on the costs of small entities that sell televisions. These entities appear to provide consumers with the screen size as measured by a television's manufacturer and that typically appears on a television's packaging. In addition,
Therefore, based on available information, the Commission certifies that repealing the Rule as proposed will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. To ensure the accuracy of this certification, however, the Commission requests comment on the economic effects of the proposed repeal of the Rule, including whether the proposed repeal will have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. Specifically, the Commission seeks comment on the number of entities that would be affected by the proposed repeal of the Rule, the number of these companies that are small entities, and the average annual burden for each entity.
Advertising, Electronic funds transfer, Television, Trade practices
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Coast Guard proposes to establish a safety zone for certain waters of the Upper Potomac River. This action is necessary to provide for the safety of life on navigable waters during a fireworks display in the Washington Channel at Washington, DC on May 10, 2018. This proposed rulemaking would prohibit persons and vessels from entering the safety zone unless authorized by the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region or a designated representative. We invite your comments on this proposed rulemaking.
Comments and related material must be received by the Coast Guard on or before May 2, 2018.
You may submit comments identified by docket number USCG-2018-0215 using the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
If you have questions about this proposed rulemaking, call or email Mr. Ronald Houck, Sector Maryland-National Capital Region Waterways Management Division, U.S. Coast Guard; telephone 410-576-2674, email
On February 27, 2018, The Wharf DC of Washington, DC notified the Coast Guard that it will be conducting a fireworks display on May 10, 2018, at 9 p.m. Details of the event were provided to the Coast Guard by the event sponsor on March 23, 2018. The fireworks display will be conducted by Pyrotecnico, Inc. and launched from a barge located within the waters of the Washington Channel, at The Wharf DC in Washington, DC. Hazards from the fireworks display include accidental discharge of fireworks, dangerous projectiles, and falling hot embers or other debris. The COTP has determined that potential hazards associated with the fireworks to be used in this display would be a safety concern for anyone within 200 feet of the fireworks barge.
The purpose of this rulemaking is to ensure the safety of vessels and the navigable waters of the Washington Channel before, during, and after the scheduled events. The Coast Guard proposes this rulemaking under authority in 33 U.S.C. 1231.
The COTP proposes to establish a temporary safety zone in the Washington Channel on May 10, 2018. The safety zone will cover all navigable waters of the Washington Channel within 200 feet of the fireworks barge located within an area bounded on the south by latitude 38°52′30″ W, and bounded on the north by the Francis Case (I-395) Memorial Bridge, located at Washington, DC. The safety zone would be enforced from 8:30 p.m. until 10 p.m. on May 10, 2018. The duration of the safety zone is intended to ensure the safety of vessels and these navigable waters before, during, and after the scheduled fireworks display. No vessel or person would be permitted to enter the safety zone without obtaining permission from the COTP or a designated representative. The regulatory text we are proposing appears at the end of this document.
We developed this proposed rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive Orders related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on a number of these statutes and Executive Orders and we discuss First Amendment rights of protestors.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits. Executive Order 13771 directs agencies to control regulatory costs through a budgeting process. This NPRM has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the NPRM has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), and pursuant to OMB guidance it is exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 13771.
This regulatory action determination is based on the size, duration, and time-of-day of the safety zone. Although vessel traffic will not be able to safely transit around this safety zone, the impact would be for 1.5 hours during the evening when vessel traffic in Washington Channel is normally low. Moreover, the Coast Guard will issue a Broadcast Notice to Mariners via VHF-FM marine channel 16 about the zone.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, as amended, requires Federal agencies to consider the potential impact of regulations on small entities during rulemaking. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations
While some owners or operators of vessels intending to transit the safety zone may be small entities, for the reasons stated in section IV.A above, this proposed rule would not have a significant economic impact on any vessel owner or operator.
If you think that your business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction qualifies as a small entity and that this rule would have a significant economic impact on it, please submit a comment (see
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (Pub. L. 104-121), we want to assist small entities in understanding this proposed rule. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please contact the person listed in the
This proposed rule would not call for a new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for federalism under Executive Order 13132, Federalism, if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this proposed rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental federalism principles and preemption requirements described in Executive Order 13132.
Also, this proposed rule does not have tribal implications under Executive Order 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it would not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. If you believe this proposed rule has implications for federalism or Indian tribes, please contact the person listed in the
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this proposed rule would not result in such an expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
We have analyzed this proposed rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD, which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f), and have made a preliminary determination that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This proposed rule involves a safety zone lasting less than 2 hours that would prohibit entry within a portion of the Washington Channel. Normally such actions are categorically excluded from further review under paragraph L60(a) of Appendix A, Table 1 of DHS Instruction Manual 023-01-001-01, Rev. 01. A preliminary Record of Environmental Consideration supporting this determination is available in the docket where indicated under
The Coast Guard respects the First Amendment rights of protesters. Protesters are asked to contact the person listed in the
We view public participation as essential to effective rulemaking, and will consider all comments and material received during the comment period. Your comment can help shape the outcome of this rulemaking. If you submit a comment, please include the docket number for this rulemaking, indicate the specific section of this document to which each comment applies, and provide a reason for each suggestion or recommendation.
We encourage you to submit comments through the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
We accept anonymous comments. All comments received will be posted without change to
Documents mentioned in this NPRM as being available in the docket, and all public comments, will be in our online docket at
Harbors, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Security measures, Waterways.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard proposes to amend 33 CFR part 165 as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1231; 50 U.S.C. 191, 33 CFR 1.05-1, 6.04-1, 6.04-6, and 160.5; and; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(b)
(c)
(1) All persons are required to comply with the general regulations governing safety zones found in 33 CFR 165.23.
(2) Entry into or remaining in this zone is prohibited unless authorized by the Coast Guard Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region. All vessels underway within this safety zone at the time it is implemented are to depart the zone.
(3) Persons desiring to transit the area of the safety zone must first obtain authorization from the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region or designated representative. To request permission to transit the area, the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region and or designated representatives can be contacted at telephone number 410-576-2693 or on Marine Band Radio VHF-FM channel 16 (156.8 MHz). The Coast Guard vessels enforcing this section can be contacted on Marine Band Radio VHF-FM channel 16 (156.8 MHz). Upon being hailed by a U.S. Coast Guard vessel, or other Federal, State, or local agency vessel, by siren, radio, flashing light, or other means, the operator of a vessel shall proceed as directed. If permission is granted, all persons and vessels must comply with the instructions of the Captain of the Port Maryland-National Capital Region or designated representative and proceed as directed while within the zone.
(4)
(d)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve Kentucky's February 28, 2018, draft State Implementation Plan (SIP) submission pertaining to the “good neighbor” provision of the Clean Air Act (CAA or Act) for the 2008 8-hour ozone National Ambient Air Quality Standard (NAAQS) that was submitted by Kentucky for parallel processing. The good neighbor provision requires each state's SIP to address the interstate transport of air pollution in amounts that contribute significantly to nonattainment, or interfere with maintenance, of a NAAQS in any other state. In this action, EPA is proposing to approve Kentucky's draft submission demonstrating that no additional emission reductions are necessary to address the good neighbor provision for the 2008 ozone NAAQS beyond those required by the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule Update (CSAPR Update) federal implementation plan (FIP). Accordingly, EPA is proposing to approve Kentucky's draft submission as partially addressing the requirements of the good neighbor provision for the 2008 ozone NAAQS, and resolving any obligation remaining under the good neighbor provision after promulgation of the CSAPR Update FIP. EPA is proposing this action because it is consistent with the CAA.
Comments must be received on or before May 18, 2018.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. at EPA-R04-OAR-2018-0142
Ashten Bailey, Air Regulatory Management Section, Air Planning and Implementation Branch, Air, Pesticides and Toxics Management Division, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Region 4, 61 Forsyth Street SW, Atlanta, Georgia 30303-8960. Ms. Bailey can be reached by telephone at (404) 562-9164 or via electronic mail at
On March 27, 2008 (73 FR 16436), EPA promulgated an ozone NAAQS that revised the levels of the primary and secondary 8-hour ozone standards from 0.08 parts per million (ppm) to 0.075 ppm. Pursuant to CAA section 110(a)(1), within three years after promulgation of a new or revised NAAQS (or shorter, if EPA prescribes), states must submit SIPs that meet the applicable requirements of section 110(a)(2). EPA has historically referred to these SIP submissions made for the purpose of satisfying the requirements of sections 110(a)(1) and 110(a)(2) as “infrastructure SIP” submissions. One of the structural requirements of section 110(a)(2) is section 110(a)(2)(D)(i), also known as the “good neighbor” provision, which generally requires SIPs to contain adequate provisions to prohibit in-state emissions activities from having certain adverse air quality effects on neighboring states due to interstate transport of air pollution. There are four sub-elements, or “prongs,” within section 110(a)(2)(D)(i) of the CAA. CAA section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) requires SIPs to include provisions prohibiting any source or other type of emissions activity in one state from emitting any air pollutant in amounts that will
On July 17, 2012, Kentucky submitted a SIP submission to EPA, addressing a number of the CAA requirements for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS infrastructure SIPs. With respect to the interstate transport requirements of 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I), EPA disapproved the submission, effective April 8, 2013 (78 FR 14681). In the notice, EPA explained that the disapproval of the good neighbor portion of the Commonwealth's infrastructure SIP submission did not trigger a mandatory duty for EPA to promulgate a FIP to address these requirements.
In October 2016, EPA promulgated the CSAPR Update to address the requirements of CAA section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) concerning interstate transport of air pollution for the 2008 ozone NAAQS.
In the CSAPR Update, EPA found that the CSAPR FIP for Kentucky and 20 other states may provide only a partial remedy with respect to the good neighbor provision requirements as to the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS. EPA's analysis showed persisting downwind air quality problems after implementation of the CSAPR Update in 2017, including two of the receptors to which Kentucky was linked in Harford County, Maryland, and Richmond County, New York. Because EPA's analysis showed persisting downwind air quality problems and did not assess available emissions reductions after 2017, EPA could not definitively conclude, without further analysis, that the CSAPR Update fully addressed the requirements of the good neighbor provision in upwind states, including Kentucky.
On October 27, 2017, EPA issued a memorandum
On February 28, 2018, Kentucky provided a draft SIP submission to address the remaining interstate transport obligations for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS, which contains a demonstration
In its February 28, 2018, draft submission, Kentucky reviewed air quality modeling and data files that EPA disseminated in the October 2017 Transport Memo, which indicated that the air quality problems at monitors to which Kentucky was linked in the CSAPR Update would be resolved in 2023. Kentucky's draft SIP submission agrees with the October 2017 Transport Memo's preliminary projections, and provides information intended to demonstrate that use of the modeling is appropriate. In addition, the draft submission contains air quality modeling conducted by Alpine Geophysics, LLC, that concludes that none of the nonattainment and maintenance receptors identified in the CSAPR Update are predicted to be in nonattainment or have issues with maintenance in 2023. Additionally, Kentucky cites information related to emissions trends—such as reductions in ozone precursor emissions and controls on Kentucky sources—as further evidence that, after implementation of all on-the-books measures including those identified in the CSAPR Update, emissions from the Commonwealth will no longer contribute significantly to nonattainment or interfere with maintenance of the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS in any other state.
Kentucky requests that EPA approve the draft SIP submission and find that Kentucky is not required to make any further reductions, beyond those required by the CSAPR Update, to address its statutory obligation under CAA section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) for the 2008 ozone NAAQS.
In Kentucky's draft submission, the Commonwealth relies on modeling performed by EPA, which was summarized in the October 2017 Transport Memo, in support of its conclusion that the emissions reductions required by the CSAPR Update are adequate to prohibit emissions within Kentucky from significantly contributing to nonattainment, or interfering with the maintenance, of downwind states with respect to the 2008 ozone NAAQS. Accordingly, before undertaking the specific analysis of Kentucky's SIP submittal, it is helpful to understand how EPA developed the October 2017 Transport Memorandum. EPA applied the same four-step framework used in previous federal regulatory actions addressing interstate transport of ozone pollution, including most recently the CSAPR Update. While some aspects of these previous regulatory actions have been challenged in court—and some aspects of these challenges have been upheld—each of these rulemakings essentially followed the same four-step interstate transport framework to quantify and implement emission reductions necessary to address the interstate transport requirements of the good neighbor provision. These steps are described in the following four paragraphs.
(1) Identifying downwind air quality problems relative to the 2008 ozone NAAQS. EPA has historically identified downwind areas with air quality problems considering monitored ozone data where appropriate and air quality modeling projections to a future compliance year. In the CSAPR Update, the Agency identified not only those areas expected to be in nonattainment with the ozone NAAQS, but also those areas that may struggle to maintain the NAAQS, despite clean monitored data or projected attainment.
(2) Determining which upwind states are “linked” to these identified downwind air quality problems and thereby warrant further analysis to determine whether their emissions violate the good neighbor provision. In CSAPR and the CSAPR Update, EPA identified such upwind states as those modeled to contribute at or above a threshold equivalent to one percent of the applicable NAAQS. Upwind states linked to one of these downwind nonattainment or maintenance areas were then evaluated to determine what level of emissions reductions, if any, should be required of each state.
(3) For states linked to downwind air quality problems, identifying upwind emissions on a statewide basis that significantly contribute to nonattainment or interfere with maintenance of a standard. In all of EPA's prior rulemakings addressing interstate ozone pollution transport, the Agency apportioned emission reduction responsibility among multiple upwind states linked to downwind air quality problems by considering feasible NO
(4) For states that are found to have emissions that significantly contribute to nonattainment or interfere with maintenance of the NAAQS downwind, implementing the necessary emission reductions within the state. EPA has done this by requiring affected sources in upwind states to participate in allowance trading programs (
EPA's proposed action on Kentucky's draft submission is based on a finding that 2023 is a reasonable analytic year for evaluating ozone transport problems with respect to the 2008 ozone NAAQS and that interstate ozone transport air quality modeling projections for 2023 indicate that Kentucky is not expected to significantly contribute to nonattainment or interfere with maintenance of the 2008 ozone NAAQS in downwind states. As explained in more detail in the following paragraphs, EPA's selection of 2023 as a reasonable analytic year is supported by an assessment of attainment dates for the 2008 ozone NAAQS and feasibility for control strategies to reduce NO
One of the first steps in conducting air quality modeling analysis to evaluate steps 1 and 2 of the four-step interstate transport framework is selecting a future analytic year. In determining the appropriate future analytic year for purposes of assessing remaining interstate transport obligations for the 2008 ozone NAAQS, including Kentucky's, EPA considered two primary factors: Attainment dates and NO
First, EPA considered the downwind attainment dates for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. In
Second, EPA considered the timeframes that may be required for implementing further emissions reductions as expeditiously as practicable. In considering potential emissions reductions, EPA notes that emissions levels are already expected to decline in the future through implementation of existing local, state and federal emissions reduction programs. This is an important consideration because the U.S. Supreme Court and the D.C. Circuit Court have both held that EPA may not require emissions reductions greater than necessary to achieve attainment and maintenance of the NAAQS in downwind areas.
For its analysis of NO
Further, EPA believes that the feasibility of new emissions controls should be considered on multiple upwind source categories in order to ensure that the Agency properly evaluates NO
In establishing the CSAPR Update EGU NO
EPA identified, but did not account for, the following two EGU NO
Scheduled curtailment, or planned outage, for pollution control installation would be necessary to complete either SCR or SNCR projects. Given that peak demand and rule compliance would both fall in the ozone-season, sources would likely try to schedule installation projects for the shoulder season (
In addition to the coordination of scheduled curtailment, an appropriate compliance timeframe should accommodate the additional coordination of labor and material supply necessary for any fleet-wide mitigation efforts. The total construction labor for an SCR system associated with a 500 megawatt (MW) EGU is in the range of 300,000 to 500,000 man-hours, with boilermakers
In addition to labor supply, NO
The time lag identified between planning and in-service date of SCR and SNCR operations also illustrates that conditions sometimes lead to
While individual unit-level SCR and SNCR projects can average 39 and 10 months respectively going from bid to start up, a comprehensive and regional emissions reduction effort requires more time to accommodate the labor, materials, and outage coordination. And since these post-combustion control strategies share similar input resources and are part of regional reduction programs rather than unit-specific technology mandates, the timeframes for one are inherently linked to another. This means that SNCR projects cannot simply be put on an early schedule because of the reduced construction timing without impacting the available resources to SCRs and the potential start dates of those projects. Given the market and regulatory circumstances in which EPA evaluated this effort, it determined that 4 years would be a reasonable time to coordinate the planning and completion of any mitigation efforts necessary in this instance.
In the CSAPR Update, EPA also evaluated the feasibility of NO
Finally, in the CSAPR Update, EPA also identified one EGU NO
For these reasons, EPA believes it is appropriate to assume that planning for, installing, and commencing operation of new controls for both EGUs and non-EGUs would take up to 48 months following promulgation of a final rule requiring appropriate emission reductions. Specifically, EPA believes that it is reasonable to assume that the installation of new post-combustion controls for state- or regional-level fleets of EGUs or controls for non-EGU point sources may take up to 4 years following promulgation of a final rule.
While 2023 is later than the next attainment date for nonattainment areas classified as Serious (July 20, 2021), as explained earlier, EPA does not believe it is likely that emissions control requirements could be promulgated and implemented by the serious area attainment date. Likewise, EPA also
In conclusion, in selecting its future analytic year for the air quality modeling, EPA balanced considerations such as attainment dates in downwind states, including the obligation to attain as expeditiously as practicable, EPA's obligation to avoid unnecessary over-control of upwind state emissions, the timeframe in which any necessary emissions reductions could be feasibly implemented, and the timeframe required for rulemaking to impose any such emissions reductions that might be required. In light of these considerations, EPA believes that 2023 is a reasonable year to assess downwind air quality to evaluate any remaining requirements under the good neighbor provision for the 2008 ozone NAAQS.
EPA used the Comprehensive Air Quality Model with Extensions (CAMx v6.40)
When identifying areas with potential downwind air quality problems, EPA's updated modeling used the same “receptor” definitions as those developed during the CSAPR rulemaking process and used in the CSAPR Update.
EPA's 2023 updated modeling, using either the “3 x 3” approach or the alternative approach described above for projecting design values for monitoring sites in coastal areas, indicates that there are no monitoring sites outside of California that are projected to have nonattainment or maintenance problems with respect to the 2008 ozone NAAQS in 2023.
As discussed above, Kentucky's draft submission demonstrates that emission activities from the State will not contribute significantly to nonattainment or interfere with maintenance of the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS in any other state after implementation of all on-the-books measures, including the CSAPR Update. EPA's modeling indicates that there are no monitoring sites (outside of California) that are projected to have nonattainment or maintenance problems with respect to the 2008 ozone NAAQS in 2023, and EPA's analysis supports the use of 2023 as the proper analytic year. Kentucky has provided information that shows the use of this modeling is appropriate in this context, such as emissions trends data and information about on-the-books controls that supports the likelihood of reduced emissions from Kentucky between 2017 and 2023. For example, Kentucky's submission notes that retirements of coal-fired units at the E.W. Brown Generating Station and the Elmer Smith Plant are planned to occur before 2023, which means that emissions of NO
Because Kentucky is not linked to any downwind nonattainment or maintenance receptors in 2023, EPA is proposing to approve Kentucky's draft SIP submission and to determine that—after implementation of all on-the-books measures, including the CSAPR
Parallel processing refers to a concurrent state and federal proposed rulemaking action. Generally, the state submits a copy of the proposed regulation or other revisions to EPA before conducting its public hearing. EPA reviews this proposed state action, and prepares a notice of proposed rulemaking. EPA's notice of proposed rulemaking is published in the
The Commonwealth of Kentucky, through the Kentucky Division for Air Quality (DAQ), requested parallel processing of the February 28, 2018 draft SIP revision regarding the “good neighbor” provision of the CAA. This revision was noticed for public comment by the Commonwealth on March 1, 2018, and is not yet state-effective. Through this proposed rulemaking, EPA is proposing parallel approval of this draft SIP revision.
Once the February 28, 2018, draft revision is state-effective, Kentucky will need to provide EPA with a formal SIP revision that meets the requirements outlined in 40 CFR part 51 Appendix V “Criteria for Determining the Completeness of Plan Submissions.” After Kentucky submits the formal SIP revision (including a response to any public comments raised during the State's public participation process), EPA will evaluate the revision. If the formal SIP revision is changed from the draft SIP revision, EPA will evaluate those changes for significance. If any such changes are found by EPA to be significant, then the Agency intends to re-propose the action based upon the revised submission.
While EPA may not be able to have a concurrent public comment process with the Commonwealth, the DAQ-requested parallel processing allows EPA to begin to take action on the Commonwealth's draft SIP submission in advance of the formal SIP submission. As stated above, the final rulemaking action by EPA will occur only after the SIP submission has been: (1) Adopted by Kentucky; (2) submitted formally to EPA for incorporation into the SIP; and (3) evaluated for changes.
EPA is proposing to approve Kentucky's February 28, 2018, draft SIP submission and to find that Kentucky is not required to make any further reductions, beyond those required by the CSAPR Update, to address its statutory obligation under CAA section 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) for the 2008 8-hour ozone NAAQS. If EPA finalizes approval of this draft submission, Kentucky's obligations under 110(a)(2)(d)(i)(I) will be fully addressed through the combination of the CSAPR Update FIP and the demonstration showing that no further reductions are necessary. As a result, EPA is also proposing to amend the regulatory text at 40 CFR 52.940(b)(2) to reflect that the CSAPR Update represents a full remedy with respect to Kentucky's transport obligation for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. EPA requests comment on this proposed action.
EPA's proposed approval is contingent on Kentucky's submission of a final SIP revision that does not differ significantly from the February 28, 2018 draft. Should Kentucky not submit such a final SIP revision to EPA or should EPA not be able to approve a final revision, EPA will undertake further action to address any outstanding obligations that Kentucky may have under 110(a)(2)(D)(i)(I) for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. The Agency has made the preliminary determination that this proposed action is consistent with the CAA.
Under the CAA, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations.
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Is not an Executive Order 13771 (82 FR 9339, February 2, 2017) regulatory action because SIP approvals are exempted under Executive Order 12866;
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the CAA; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
The SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000), nor will it impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law.
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Air pollution control, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone,, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
42 U.S.C. 7401
Federal Communications Commission.
Proposed rule.
In this document, the Federal Communications Commission proposes additional steps to enhance the usefulness of signal boosters in improving access to wireless service while continuing to guard against unacceptable interference to the operations of wireless providers. The proposals are intended to extend additional benefits to users of both Provider-Specific and Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters. Thus, the Commission proposes to expand the service bands on which all Consumer Signal Boosters may operate, develop consumer advisory requirements suitable for any embedded Consumer Signal Boosters (whether Provider-Specific or Wideband), and facilitate enterprise use of both Provider-Specific Consumer Signal Boosters and Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters.
Interested parties may file comments on or before May 18, 2018, and reply comments on or before June 18, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by WT Docket No. 10-4, by any of the following methods:
•
•
• Filings can be sent by hand or messenger delivery, by commercial overnight courier, or by first-class or overnight U.S. Postal Service mail. All filings must be addressed to the Commission's Secretary, Office of the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission.
• All hand-delivered or messenger-delivered paper filings for the Commission's Secretary must be delivered to FCC Headquarters at 445 12th St. SW, Room TW-A325, Washington, DC 20554. The filing hours are 8:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m. All hand deliveries must be held together with rubber bands or fasteners. Any envelopes and boxes must be disposed of
• Commercial overnight mail (other than U.S. Postal Service Express Mail and Priority Mail) must be sent to 9300 East Hampton Drive, Capitol Heights, MD 20743.
• U.S. Postal Service first-class, Express, and Priority mail must be addressed to 445 12th Street SW, Washington DC 20554.
Amanda Huetinck at
This is a summary of the Commission's
Alternative formats are available for people with disabilities (Braille, large print, electronic files, audio format), by sending an email to
1. In the
2. To ensure that Consumer Signal Boosters continue to meet the needs of American telecommunications users, no matter what type of mobile device they use or on what band(s) that device operates, the Commission seeks comment on whether and how the Commission can expand the number of spectrum bands for which Consumer Signal Boosters are authorized. The Commission specifically seeks comment on whether to permit the operation of Consumer Signal Boosters in certain additional wireless radio service spectrum bands and how its technical rules would need to be amended to accommodate the additional bands.
3. In determining which, if any, new bands are appropriate for use with Consumer Signal Boosters, the Commission considers: (1) Whether the band is used to provide services to consumers or other non-licensee users such as public safety responders (assuming they are using commercial spectrum rather than spectrum specifically designated for public safety); (2) whether a meaningful number of the licensees in the band will consent to Consumer Signal Booster operation; (3) the impact of other technologies and operations both within the band and in adjacent bands and whether Consumer Signal Booster operation would harm other users within the band or in adjacent bands (and vice versa); and (4) whether the current technical rules for signal boosters must be adjusted to
4. With this criteria in mind, the Commission specifically seeks comment on whether it should authorize the operation of Consumer Signal Boosters in the 600 MHz (617-652 MHz and 663-698 MHz), WCS (2305-2320 MHz and 2345-2360 MHz), and BRS/EBS (2495-2690 MHz) bands. Commenters should address how each consideration identified above weighs for or against including any of the proposed bands in its Consumer Signal Booster rules. Are there any other considerations that the Commission should take into account in determining whether new bands are appropriate for use with Consumer Signal Boosters? Are there other bands it should consider adding to its Consumer Signal Booster rules? To the extent that commenters support adding other bands to its Consumer Signal Booster rules, they should address the above listed considerations, and any others that commenters demonstrate are relevant, in relation to those specific band(s) as well.
5. Further, are there costs associated with adding additional spectrum bands to the signal booster regime? What would be the benefits, quantifiable and otherwise, of permitting operation of Consumer Spectrum Boosters on additional bands? Are there any changes the Commission would need to make to its Consumer Signal Booster requirements and technical specifications to accommodate any additional bands that may be added to the rules? How can it balance the risk of releasing into the market Consumer Signal Boosters with the ability to operate on bands for which not all licensees have consented with the benefit to consumers of using the devices on the networks for which there is consent? Finally, the Commission also urges commenters to provide suggestions for other ways to expand the use of safe and reliable Consumer Signal Boosters.
6. Despite the success of the Consumer Signal Booster regulatory regime, it appears that businesses that wish to embed Consumer Signal Boosters within vehicles have been stymied by section 20.21(f)(1)'s requirement that advisories be placed on the outside packaging of the device and on a label affixed to the device. Because these Consumer Signal Boosters are embedded within a vehicle, and the consumer neither has access to nor sees the device or its packaging, these businesses, as a practical matter, are unable to comply with section 20.21(f)(1).
7. In light of the evolving use of Consumer Signal Boosters and the Commission's desire to encourage technological innovation, the Commission proposes to amend section 20.21(f)(1) for embedded Consumer Signal Boosters to provide alternative advisory language to that now found in section 20.21(f)(1)(iv)(A)(
8. To achieve this goal, the Commission proposes that in lieu of placing the required advisory on the device and its packaging, vehicle manufacturers, distributors, and retailers of embedded Consumer Signal Boosters instead be required to provide an alternative advisory to consumers in any materials provided at vehicle delivery, as well as to consumers when they register their vehicle with the vehicle manufacturer. The Commission emphasizes that these manufacturers, distributors, and retailers would remain responsible for ensuring that the alternative advisory is provided in any on-line, point-of-sale marketing materials and in any print or on-line owner's manual, as required by section 20.21(f)(1)(i)-(ii).
9. Under the proposal, the alternative advisory would provide all the same warnings to consumers, including that they must register the embedded signal booster with and receive the consent of the appropriate wireless provider(s), and it additionally would include instructions for the consumer on how to disable the device for the specific vehicle. To provide maximum flexibility to manufacturers, distributors, and retailers of vehicles with embedded signal boosters, the Commission proposes to permit them both to craft their own processes for their customers to disable the device and to insert a description of that process into the advisory but would expect that the chosen mode be one that the average consumer easily can undertake.
10. The Commission seeks comment on the above approach and asks commenters to provide information on the costs of complying with such a requirement. Do the benefits of providing an alternative delivery method for the advisory language for embedded Consumer Signal Boosters justify the costs that would be involved? Is the alternative advisory language sufficient to provide adequate notice to consumers? Is the method of delivery—via materials at vehicle delivery and in response to consumer registration of their vehicle with the vehicle manufacturer—a sufficient means of ensuring that consumers receive the advisory? Is this approach the best way the Commission can reduce the burden on businesses that wish to embed signal boosters in vehicles while ensuring consumers receive all necessary information? Is there a better way that the Commission can achieve this goal? If so, what is that approach and why is it superior? Commenters should discuss the costs and benefits of any proposals.
11. In addition, how can the Commission address the situation where a vehicle owner who has complied with all obligations associated with the embedded Consumer Signal Booster in his vehicle sells the vehicle to a third party in a private transaction? Would a new signal booster registration be required for this new user? How can the Commission ensure that the new owner will satisfy the requirements for signal booster operation? What would be the responsibilities of a manufacturer, distributor, and/or retailer that has complied with all of its associated obligations for the original sale in such a scenario? Are there any other rules that the Commission would need to revise to achieve its goal of balancing the limitations faced in connection with providing sufficient information about operation in connection with embedded signal boosters with ensuring that the owner of the vehicle meets all the applicable obligations? Are there other types of embedded uses that the Commission should consider? If so, what other considerations are there? Finally, are there any other considerations regarding embedded Consumer Signal Boosters for which the Commission has not accounted and should?
12. The Commission also seeks comment on how to treat waivers of section 21.20(f)(1) that it has granted to several companies for this purpose (WT Docket No. 10-4) (Labeling Waivers) following any rule change it adopts based upon the record compiled in response to the
13. The rules adopted in the
14. The Commission observes that, to effect such a change and achieve the related public interest benefits, it would need to amend its Consumer Signal Booster rules both to: (1) Eliminate the personal use restriction on Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters, and (2) prescribe a method for non-subscribers to register a Consumer Signal Booster (whether Provider-Specific or Wideband) with and receive the consent of all relevant wireless providers.
15. The personal use restriction guards against unauthorized operation of a signal booster on a wireless provider's network, while also providing a streamlined consent and registration process for consumers. This risk of unauthorized operation is present for Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters because they can operate on spectrum licensed to multiple wireless providers. While the personal use restriction was devised to stem this risk while providing convenience to consumers, it also effectively prevents enterprise use of Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters, thereby denying a crucial tool for improving wireless service access to a range of entities—including businesses of all sizes, public safety entities (using commercial spectrum), educational institutions, and others.
16. On December 21, 2016, Wilson Electronics, LLC, filed a Petition for Further Rulemaking asking the Commission to eliminate the personal use restriction on the operation of Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters and adopt a multi-provider registration requirement for Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters (WT Docket No. 10-4). On March 3, 2017, the Wireless Telecommunications Bureau sought comment on the Wilson Petition (WT Docket No. 10-4) (
17. Based upon the success of the Consumer Signal Booster rules thus far and the record before it, the Commission proposes to eliminate the personal use restriction on Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters and requests comment on this proposal. What are the potential benefits of eliminating the personal use restriction on Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters? Are there quantifiable economic benefits associated with this proposal? Would removal of this restriction on Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters increase the likelihood of harmful interference to wireless providers' networks? Are there, as one commenter claims, different and possibly more extensive technical and performance issues? Are there other possible costs associated with the possible removal of the personal use restriction on Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters? How might any costs or adverse effects balance against any benefits resulting from this proposed rule change? The Commission requests that commenters provide as much documentation and detail as possible in their comments on this proposal so that it can fairly evaluate the issues.
18. Under the current rules, operators must be subscribers of the wireless provider on whose spectrum they use a Consumer Signal Booster and may register only with said provider. To use a Wideband Consumer Signal Booster for multiple providers under its current rules, a subscriber of each provider must register that same device with each respective provider.
19. Accordingly, even if the Commission eliminates the personal use restriction for Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters as proposed, enterprise users still would be unable to operate a Wideband booster across multiple providers' spectrum unless they subscribed to each provider. The Commission therefore considers whether and how to permit non-subscribers to operate Provider-Specific or Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters and proposes a means for non-subscribers to register with and receive consent from providers to which they do not subscribe, while ensuring that providers maintain control over their networks.
20. Section 301 of the Communications Act requires a valid FCC license to operate a radio frequency transmitting device, such as a signal booster. The Commission in the
21. The Commission proposes to extend this paradigm so that a non-subscriber may operate a Consumer Signal Booster under the provider's blanket license subject to an arrangement with the provider. This arrangement would serve as a substitute for the subscriber relationship while retaining the consent and registration components of its framework. Similar to a subscriber agreement, such an arrangement could include any appropriate rights, restrictions, and obligations the provider believes it must impose on the non-subscriber. In this way, wireless providers would continue to maintain control over their licensed spectrum in compliance with section
22. The Commission also proposes that non-subscriber registrants would have to agree to and accept certain terms established by the wireless provider on whose spectrum the Consumer Signal Booster would operate. The details of the arrangement between the wireless provider and a non-subscriber registrant generally would be left to the wireless providers to implement, but at minimum the Commission proposes that any such arrangement must require that the registrant:
• Prior to operation, obtain the consent of the licensee for any network operating in the range of the signal booster;
• Prior to operation, register the signal booster with the licensee for any network on which the booster will be operated;
• Operate the Consumer Signal Booster only with approved antennas, cables, and/or coupling devices as specified by the manufacturer of the booster;
• Operate the signal booster only on frequencies used for the provision of subscriber-based services, as specified in section 20.21(e)(3);
• Because operation of Consumer Signal Boosters is on a secondary, non-interference basis to primary services licensed for the frequency bands on which they transmit, upon request of an FCC representative or a licensee experiencing harmful interference,
○ Cooperate in determining the source of the interference, and
○ If necessary, deactivate the signal booster immediately, or as soon as practicable, if immediate deactivation is not possible;
• Use a signal booster that meets the Network Protection Standard in Section 20.21(e);
• Use a signal booster that is appropriately labeled as required by Section 20.21(f); and
• Not deactivate any features of the signal booster that are designed to prevent harmful interference to wireless networks. These features must be enabled and operating at all times that the signal booster is in use.
23. The Commission seeks comment on these proposed terms. Are they adequate to achieve its goals? More specifically, is the requirement that operators receive consent of all providers “operating in the range of the signal booster” feasible? What costs would this requirement entail for the purchasers/operators of Consumer Signal Boosters? The Commission seeks comment on whether wireless providers may charge a registration fee to non-subscribers. Should it set up a system for registrants to determine which providers are in range of their signal booster? Should the providers themselves set up such a system? Should the Commission include any additional protections for consumers? How could these arrangements be enforced against a non-subscriber? Are there other ways in which the Commission can ease the registration and consent requirements for small businesses? If a commenter suggests alternative or additional terms, or a different approach to the establishment of an arrangement between a wireless provider and a non-subscriber Consumer Signal Booster registrant, its comments should explain the purpose and feasibility of such different or additional terms, and should also address how any arrangement meets the requirements of sections 301 and 310(d) of the Communications Act.
24. As with the current subscriber framework, the Commission intends that this registration process (which also would include the establishment of the relationship between the wireless provider and the non-subscriber Consumer Signal Booster operator) would constitute the provider's consent to the non-subscriber registrant's operation of the signal booster. To be clear, the signal booster's operator would need to register with each and every provider on whose network the signal booster might operate. The registered operator would remain responsible for the signal booster as defined by the Commission's rules, while other users could utilize the signal booster without registering. If an individual chose to operate a booster for his personal use on his subscribing provider's network, however, the individual simply would follow the current framework and register only with that provider. The Commission seeks comment on this proposed framework. Does it achieve the goals of expanding access to Consumer Signal Boosters while adequately providing licensees with control over their networks? Is there a better way to achieve this goal?
25. If the Commission allows individuals and enterprises to register with and seek consent from wireless providers other than those to which they subscribe, it observes it also must alter the required advisory language for Consumer Signal Boosters, specifically the statement that “BEFORE USE, you MUST REGISTER THIS DEVICE with
26. The Commission also considers what action it should take with respect to Mobile Consumer Signal Boosters if it moves forward with its overall proposal. While Mobile Consumer Signal Boosters generally are used by consumers for their personal use and only on their own provider's mobile network (
27. Finally, the Commission seeks comment on whether either or both of its proposals above (to eliminate the personal use restriction for Wideband Consumer Signal Boosters and to allow non-subscribers to operate Consumer Signal Boosters on the networks of all wireless providers) require any additional rule changes. For example, would either proposal require any technical rule changes? Are enterprise users likely to place their Consumer Signal Boosters in locations that are more prone to causing interference, for example, outdoors or on top of tall buildings? Should the Commission consider placing restrictions on where Consumer Signal Boosters may be operated? Is there a technical reason to limit how many Consumer Signal Boosters one operator may deploy? Sprint, for example, points out that using multiple Consumer Signal Boosters to cover a large industrial, retail, or other facility is not ideal, “as the performance of the boosters is not optimized for such deployments.” Are there any other considerations?
28. The
29. The Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) is in Appendix D of the
30. As required by the RFA, the Commission has prepared an Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis (IRFA) of the possible significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities of the rule revisions proposed in the
31. This proceeding shall continue to be treated as a “permit-but-disclose” proceeding in accordance with the Commission's
32.
33. Accordingly,
34.
35.
Communications common carriers, Communications equipment, Radio.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal Communications Commission proposes to amend 47 CFR part 20 as follows:
47 U.S.C. 151, 152(a) 154(i), 157, 160, 201, 214, 222, 251(e), 301, 302, 303, 303(b), 303(r), 307, 307(a), 309, 309(j)(3), 316,
(a)
(i) Prior to operation, the subscriber obtains the consent of the licensee providing service to the subscriber;
(ii) Prior to operation, the subscriber registers the Consumer Signal Booster with the licensee providing service to the subscriber;
(iii) The subscriber only operates the Consumer Signal Booster with approved antennas, cables, and/or coupling devices as specified by the manufacturer of the Consumer Signal Booster;
(iv) The subscriber operates the Consumer Signal Booster on frequencies used for the provision of subscriber-based services as specified by paragraph (e)(3) of this section;
(v) The Consumer Signal Booster complies with paragraphs (e), (f), (g), and (h) of this section and § 2.907 of this chapter; and
(vi) The subscriber may not deactivate any features of the Consumer Signal Booster that are designed to prevent harmful interference to wireless networks. These features must be enabled and operating at all times the signal booster is in use.
(2)
(i) Prior to operation, the operator obtains the consent of the licensee(s) of the spectrum on which the Consumer Signal Booster operates;
(ii) Prior to operation, the operator registers the Consumer Signal Booster with the licensee(s) of the spectrum on which the Consumer Signal Booster operates;
(iii) The operator only operates the Consumer Signal Booster with approved antennas, cables, and/or coupling devices as specified by the manufacturer of the Consumer Signal Booster;
(iv) The operator operates the Consumer Signal Booster on frequencies used for the provision of subscriber-based services as specified by paragraph (e)(3) of this section;
(v) The Consumer Signal Booster complies with paragraphs (e), (f), (g), and (h) of this section and § 2.907 of this chapter; and
(vi) The operator may not deactivate any features of the Consumer Signal Booster that are designed to prevent harmful interference to wireless networks. These features must be enabled and operating at all times the signal booster is in use.
(f)
(1) Consumer Signal Boosters.
(i) Consumer Signal Booster manufacturers, distributors, and retailers must ensure that all signal boosters include the following advisory:
This is a CONSUMER device.
BEFORE USE, you MUST REGISTER THIS DEVICE with the appropriate wireless provider(s) and have that provider's consent. Most wireless providers consent to the use of signal boosters. Some providers may not consent to the use of this device on their network. Please visit
You MUST operate this device with approved antennas and cables as specified by the manufacturer. Antennas MUST be installed at least 20 cm (8 inches) from any person.
You MUST cease operating this device immediately if requested by the FCC or a licensed wireless service provider.
WARNING. E911 location information may not be provided or may be inaccurate for calls served by using this device.
(ii) The label for Consumer Signal Boosters certified for fixed indoor operation also must include the following language:
This device may be operated ONLY in a fixed location for in-building use.
(iii) These advisories must be included:
(A) In on-line, point-of-sale marketing materials,
(B) In any owner's manual and installation instructions (whether in print or on-line),
(C) On the outside packaging of the device, and
(D) On a label affixed to the device.
(iv) In lieu of the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)(i), and (f)(1)(iii)(C and (D) of this section, vehicle manufacturers, vehicle distributors, and vehicle retailers of vehicles with embedded Consumer Signal Boosters must use the following alternative advisory in any materials provided at vehicle delivery and when the consumer registers the vehicle with the vehicle manufacturer:
This vehicle contains a CONSUMER SIGNAL BOOSTER device.
BEFORE USE, you MUST REGISTER THIS SIGNAL BOOSTER DEVICE with the appropriate wireless provider(s) and have that provider's consent. Most wireless providers consent to the use of signal boosters. Some providers may not consent to the use of this device on their network. Please visit
If a wireless provider does not consent to the use of this device on its network, or if you are directed to cease operating the device by the FCC or a licensed wireless service provider, you MUST [
WARNING. E911 location information may not be provided or may be inaccurate for calls served by using this device.
(v) A Consumer Signal Booster label may contain an acknowledgement that particular provider(s) have given their consent for all consumers to use the device. Such an acknowledgement shall be inserted prior to, “Some providers may not consent to the use of this device on their network.” The remaining language of the advisory shall remain the same.
(2)
WARNING. This is NOT a CONSUMER device. It is designed for installation by FCC LICENSEES and QUALIFIED INSTALLERS. You MUST have an FCC LICENSE or express consent of an FCC Licensee to operate this device. Unauthorized use may result in significant forfeiture penalties, including penalties in excess of $100,000 for each continuing violation.
(g)
(h)
(i) The name of the Consumer Signal Booster owner and/or operator, if different individuals;
(ii) The make, model, and serial number of the device;
(iii) The location of the device; and
(iv) The date of initial operation. Licensee consent is voluntary and may be withdrawn at the licensee's discretion.
(2) In addition, for any non-subscriber registration, at a minimum, the registrant must:
(i) Prior to operation, obtain the consent of the licensee for any network operating in the range of the signal booster;
(ii) Prior to operation, register the signal booster with the licensee for any network on which the booster will be operated;
(iii) Operate the Consumer Signal Booster only with approved antennas, cables, and/or coupling devices as specified by the manufacturer of the booster;
(iv) Operate the signal booster only on frequencies used for the provision of subscriber-based services, as specified by paragraph (e)(3) of this section;
(v) Because operation of Consumer Signal Boosters is on a secondary, non-interference basis to primary services licensed for the frequency bands on which they transmit, upon request of an FCC representative or a licensee experiencing harmful interference,
(A) Cooperate in determining the source of the interference, and
(B) If necessary, deactivate the signal booster immediately, or as soon as practicable, if immediate deactivation is not possible;
(vi) Use a signal booster that meets the Network Protection Standard as required by paragraph (e) of this section;
(vii) Use a signal booster that is appropriately labeled as required by paragraph (f) of this section; and
(viii) Not deactivate any features of the signal booster that are designed to prevent harmful interference to wireless networks. These features must be enabled and operating at all times the signal booster is in use.
Agricultural Marketing Service, USDA.
Notice.
AMS is announcing the designations of Grain Inspection, Inc. (Jamestown); Lincoln Grain Inspection Service, Inc. (Lincoln); and Midsouth Grain Inspection Service (Midsouth) to provide official services under the United States Grain Standards Act (USGSA), as amended. The realignment of offices within the U.S. Department of Agriculture authorized by the Secretary's Memorandum dated November 14, 2017, eliminates the Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyard Administration (GIPSA) as a standalone agency. The grain inspection activities formerly part of GIPSA are now organized under AMS.
Mark Wooden, Compliance Officer, USDA, AMS, FGIS, QACD, 10383 North Ambassador Drive, Kansas City, MO 64153.
Mark Wooden, 816-659-8413,
In the September 5, 2017,
The current official agencies, Lincoln and Midsouth, were the only applicants for designation to provide official services in their respective areas. As a result, GIPSA did not ask for additional comments.
The current official agency, Jamestown, applied for most of the territory within its current geographic area except for a small eastern portion. North Dakota Grain Inspection Service, Inc. (North Dakota) applied for the small eastern portion of Jamestown's territory.
AMS evaluated the designation criteria in section 7(f) of the USGSA (7 U.S.C. 79(f)) and determined that Jamestown, Lincoln, Midsouth, and North Dakota are qualified to provide official services in the geographic areas specified in the
The designation to provide official services in the specified area by Jamestown is effective April 1, 2018, to March 31, 2023. Jamestown's geographic area is amended as follows:
Pursuant to Section 7(f)(2) of the USGSA, the following geographic area, in the States of Minnesota and North Dakota, is assigned to this official agency.
Traverse, Grant, Douglas, Todd, Morrison, Mille Lacs, Kanabec, Pine, Big Stone, Stevens, Pope, Stearns, Benton, Isanti, Chisago, Swift, Kandiyohi, Meeker, Wright, Sherburne, Anoka, Lac Qui Parle, and Chippewa Counties.
Bounded on the north by Interstate 94 east to U.S. Route 85; U.S. Route 85 north to State Route 200; State Route 200 east to U.S. Route 83; U.S. Route 83 southeast to State Route 41; State Route 41 north to State Route 200; State Route 200 east to State Route 3; State Route 3 north to the northern Wells County line, the northern Wells and Eddy County lines east; the eastern Eddy County line south to the northern Griggs County line; the northern Griggs county line east to State Route 32; bounded on the east by State Route 32 south to State Route 45; State Route 45 south to State Route 200; State Route 200 west to State Route 1; State Route 1 south to Interstate 94; Interstate 94 East to State Route 1; State Route 1 south to the Dickey County line; bounded on the South by the southern Dickey County line west to U.S. Route 281; U.S. Route 281 north to the Lamoure County line; the southern Lamoure County line; the southern Logan County line west to State Route 13; State Route 13 west to U.S. Route 83; U.S. Route 83 south to the Emmons County line; the southern Emmons County line; the southern Sioux County line west to State Route 49; State Route 49 north to State Route 21; State Route 21 west to the Burlington-Northern line; the Burlington-Northern line northwest to State Route 22; State Route 22 south to U.S. Route 12; U.S. Route 12 west-northwest to the North Dakota State line; and bounded on the west by the western North Dakota State line north to Interstate 94.
The following grain elevators are not part of this geographic area assignment and are assigned to Minot Grain Inspection, Inc.: Benson Quinn Company, Underwood, McLean County and SRS Commodities, Washburn, McLean County, North Dakota.
The designation to provide official services in the specified area by North Dakota remains effective from January 1, 2016, to December 31, 2020. North Dakota's geographic area is amended effective April 1, 2018, as follows:
Pursuant to Section 7(f)(2) of the USGSA, the following geographic area, in the States of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Minnesota, North Dakota, and Ohio is assigned to this official agency.
Bounded on the east by the eastern Cumberland County line; the eastern Jasper County line south to State Route 33; State Route 33 east-southeast to the Indiana-Illinois State line; the Indiana-Illinois State line south to the southern Gallatin County line; bounded on the south by the southern Gallatin, Saline, and Williamson County lines; the southern Jackson County line west to U.S. Route 51; U.S. Route 51 north to State Route 13; State Route 13 northwest to State Route 149; State Route 149 west to State Route 3; State Route 3 northwest to State Route 51; State Route 51 south to the Mississippi River; and bounded on the west by the Mississippi River north to the northern Calhoun County line; bounded on the north by the northern and eastern Calhoun County lines; the northern and eastern
Bartholomew, Blackford, Boone, Brown, Carroll (south of State Route 25), Cass, Clinton, Delaware, Fayette, Fulton (bounded on east by eastern Fulton County line south to State Route 19; State Route 19 south to State Route 114; State Route 114 southeast to eastern Fulton County line), Grant, Hamilton, Hancock, Hendricks, Henry, Howard, Jay, Johnson, Madison, Marion, Miami, Monroe, Montgomery, Morgan, Randolph, Richmond, Rush (north of State Route 244), Shelby, Tipton, Union, and Wayne Counties.
Bounded on the west by State Route 127 at the Michigan-Ohio State line north to State Route 50; bounded on the north by State Route 50 at State Route 127 east to the Michigan State line; the Michigan state line south to the Michigan-Ohio State line.
Koochiching, St. Louis, Lake, Cook, Itasca, Norman, Mahnomen, Hubbard, Cass, Clay, Becker, Wadena, Crow Wing, Aitkin, Carlton, Wilkin, and Otter Tail Counties, except those export port locations within the State, which are serviced by AMS.
Bounded on the north by the northern Steele County line from State Route 32 east; the northern Steele and Trail County lines east to the North Dakota State line; bounded on the east by the eastern North Dakota State line; bounded on the south by the southern North Dakota State line west to State Route 1; and bounded on the west by State Route 1 north to Interstate 94; Interstate 94 west to State Route 1; State Route 1 north to State Route 200; State Route 200 east to State Route 45; State Route 45 north to State Route 32; State Route 32 north.
The northern Ohio State line east to the to the Ohio-Pennsylvania State line; bounded on the east by the Ohio-Pennsylvania State line south to the Ohio River; bounded on the south by the Ohio River south-southwest to the western Scioto County line; and bounded on the west by the western Scioto County line north to State Route 73; State Route 73 northwest to U.S. Route 22; U.S. Route 22 west to U.S. Route 68; U.S. Route 68 north to Clark County; the northern Clark County line west to Valley Pike Road; Valley Pike Road north to State Route 560; State Route 560 north to U.S. 36; U.S. 36 west to eastern Miami County Line; eastern Miami County line to Northern Miami County line; Northern Miami County line west to Interstate 75; Interstate 75 north to State Route 47; State Route 47 northeast to U.S. Route 68 (including all of Sidney, Ohio); U.S. Route 68 north to the southern Hancock County line; the southern Hancock County line west to the western Hancock, Wood and Lucas County lines north to the Michigan-Ohio State line; the Michigan-Ohio State line west to State Route 127; plus all of Darke County.
North Dakota's assigned geographic area does not include the export port locations inside the State of Ohio area which are serviced by AMS.
The following grain elevators are not part of this geographic area assignment and are assigned to Titus Grain Inspection, Inc.: The Andersons, Delphi, Carroll County; Frick Services, Inc., Leiters Ford, Fulton County; and Cargill, Inc., Linden, Montgomery County, Indiana.
Interested persons may obtain official services by contacting these agencies at the following telephone numbers:
Section 7(f) of the USGSA authorizes the Secretary to designate a qualified applicant to provide official services in a specified area after determining that the applicant is better able than any other applicant to provide such official services (7 U.S.C. 79 (f)).
Forest Service, Department of Agriculture.
Request for applications.
The U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service, State and Private Forestry, Cooperative Forestry staff, requests applications for the Community Forest and Open Space Conservation Program (Community Forest Program or CFP). This is a competitive grant program whereby local governments, qualified nonprofit organizations, and Indian tribes are eligible to apply for grants to establish community forests through fee simple acquisition of private forest land from a willing seller. The purpose of the program is to establish community forests by protecting forest land from conversion to non-forest uses and provide community benefits such as sustainable forest management, environmental benefits including clean air, water, and wildlife habitat; benefits from forest-based educational programs; benefits from serving as models of effective forest stewardship; and recreational benefits secured with public access.
Eligible lands for grants funded under this program are private forest that is at least five acres in size, suitable to
Interested local government and nonprofit applicants must submit applications to the State Forester. Tribal applicants must submit applications to the appropriate Tribal government officials. All applications, either hardcopy or electronic, must be received by State Foresters or Tribal governments by June 29, 2018. State Foresters or Tribal government officials must forward applications to the Forest Service Region, Northeastern Area, or International Institute of Tropical Forestry by July 27, 2018.
All local government and qualified nonprofit organization applications must be submitted to the State Forester of the State where the property is located. All Tribal applications must be submitted to the equivalent Tribal government official. Applicants are encouraged to contact and work with the Forest Service Region, Northeastern Area or International Institute of Tropical Forestry, and State Forester or equivalent Tribal government official when developing their proposal. Applicants must consult with the State Forester and equivalent Tribal government official prior to requesting technical assistance for a project. The State Forester's member roster may be found on
State Foresters and Tribal government officials shall submit applications, either electronic or hardcopy, to the appropriate Forest Service Regional/Area/Institute contact noted below.
For questions regarding the grant application or administrative regulations, contact Scott Stewart, Program Coordinator, 202-205-1618,
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service (FRS) at 1-800-877-8339 twenty-four hours a day, every day of the year, including holidays.
Detailed information regarding what to include in the application, definitions of terms, eligibility, and necessary prerequisites for consideration can be found in the final program rule, published October 20, 2011 (76 FR 65121-65133), which is available at
a.
b.
c.
d.
Funds have been appropriated for CFP in FY 2018. Individual grant applications may not exceed $600,000, which does not include technical assistance requests. The Federal Government's obligation under this program is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds.
No legal liability on the part of the Government shall be incurred until funds are committed by the grant officer for this program to the applicant in writing. The initial grant period shall be for two years, and acquisition of lands should occur within that timeframe. Lands acquired prior to the grant award are not eligible for CFP funding. The grant may be reasonably extended by the Forest Service when necessary to accommodate unforeseen circumstances in the land acquisition process. Written annual financial performance reports and semi-annual project performance reports shall be required and submitted to the appropriate grant officer.
Technical assistance funds, totaling not more than 10 percent of all funds, may be allocated to State Foresters and equivalent officials of the Indian tribe. Technical assistance, if provided, will be awarded at the time of the grant. Applicants shall work with State Foresters and equivalent officials of the Indian Tribe to determine technical assistance needs and include the technical assistance request in the project budget.
As funding allows, applications submitted through this request may be funded in future years, subject to the availability of funds and the continued feasibility and viability of the project.
All applicants must also send an email to
All State Foresters and Tribal government officials must forward applications to the Forest Service by July 27, 2018.
The following section outlines grant application requirements:
a. The application can be no more than eight pages long, plus no more than two maps (eight and half inches by eleven inches in size), the grant forms specified in (b), and the draft community forest plan specified in (e).
b. The following grant forms and supporting materials must be included in the application:
(1) An Application for Federal Assistance (Standard Form 424);
(2) Budget information (Standard Form SF 424c—Construction Programs); and
(3) Assurances of compliance with all applicable Federal laws, regulations, and policies (Standard Form 424d— Construction Programs).
c. Documentation verifying that the applicant is an eligible entity and that the land proposed for acquisition is eligible (see § 230.2 of the final rule).
d. Applications must include the following, regarding the property proposed for acquisition:
(1) A description of the property, including acreage and county location;
(2) A description of current land uses, including improvements;
(3) A description of forest type and vegetative cover;
(4) A map of sufficient scale to show the location of the property in relation to roads and other improvements as well as parks, refuges, or other protected lands in the vicinity;
(5) A description of applicable zoning and other land use regulations affecting the property;
(6) A description of the type and extent of community benefits, including to underserved communities (see selection criteria);
(7) A description of relationship of the property within and its contributions to a landscape conservation initiative; and
(8) A description of any threats of conversion to non-forest uses, including any encumbrances on the property that prevent conversion to non-forest uses.
e. Information regarding the proposed establishment of a community forest, including:
(1) A description of the benefiting community, including demographics, and the associated benefits provided by the proposed land acquisition;
(2) A description of community involvement to-date in the planning of the community forest acquisition and of community involvement anticipated long-term management;
(3) An identification of persons and organizations that support the project and their specific role in establishing and managing the community forest; and
(4) A draft community forest plan. The eligible entity is encouraged to work with the State Forester or equivalent Tribal government official for technical assistance when developing or updating the Community Forest Plan. In addition, the eligible entity is encouraged to work with technical specialists, such as professional foresters, recreation specialists, wildlife biologists, or outdoor education specialists, when developing the Community Forest Plan.
f. Information regarding the proposed land acquisition, including:
(1) A proposed project budget not exceeding $600,000 and technical assistance needs as coordinated with the State Forester or equivalent Tribal government official (section § 230.6 of the final program rule);
(2) The status of due diligence, including signed option or purchase and sale agreement, title search, minerals determination, and appraisal;
(3) Description and status of cost share (secure, pending, commitment letter, etc.) (section § 230.6 of the final rule);
(4) The status of negotiations with participating landowner(s) including purchase options, contracts, and other terms and conditions of sale;
(5) The proposed timeline for completing the acquisition and establishing the community forest; and;
(6) Long term management costs and funding source(s).
g. Applications must comply with the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards also referred to as the Omni Circular (2 CFR 200).
h. Applications must also include the forms required to process a Federal grant. Section 6
A sample grant outline and scoring guidance can be found on the CFP website at
a. Using the criteria described below, to the extent practicable, the Forest Service will give priority to applications that maximize the delivery of community benefits, as defined in the final rule (see section § 230.2 of the final rule); and
b. The Forest Service will evaluate all applications received by the State Foresters or equivalent Tribal government officials and award grants based on the following criteria:
(1) Type and extent of community benefits provided, including to underserved communities. Community benefits are defined in the final program rule as:
(i) Economic benefits, such as timber and non-timber products;
(ii) Environmental benefits, including clean air and water, stormwater management, and wildlife habitat;
(iii) Benefits from forest-based experiential learning, including K-12 conservation education programs; vocational education programs in disciplines such as forestry and environmental biology; and environmental education through individual study or voluntary participation in programs offered by organizations such as 4-H, Boy or Girl Scouts, Master Gardeners, etc.;
(iv) Benefits from serving as replicable models of effective forest stewardship for private landowners; and
(v) Recreational benefits such as hiking, hunting, and fishing secured through public access.
(2) Extent and nature of community engagement in the establishment and long-term management of the community forest;
(3) Amount of cost share leveraged;
(4) Extent to which the community forest contributes to a landscape conservation initiative;
(5) Extent of due diligence completed on the project, including cost share committed and status of appraisal;
(6) Likelihood that, unprotected, the property would be converted to non-forest uses; and
(7) Costs to the Federal Government.
a. Once an application is selected, funding will be obligated to the grant recipient through a grant adhering to the Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements for Federal Awards also referred to as the Omni Circular (2 CFR 200).
d. Forest Service must approve any amendments to a proposal or request to reallocate funding within a grant proposal. If negotiations on a selected project fail, the applicant cannot substitute an alternative site.
e. The grant recipient must comply with the requirements in section § 230.8 in the final rule before funds will be released.
f. After the project has closed, as a requirement of the grant, grant recipients will be required to provide the Forest Service with a Geographic Information System (GIS) shapefile: a digital, vector-based storage format for storing geometric location and associated attribute information, of CFP project tracts and cost share tracts, if applicable.
g. Any funds not expended within the grant period must be de-obligated and revert to the Forest Service.
h. All media, press, signage, and other documents discussing the creation of the community forest must reference the partnership and financial assistance by the Forest Service through the CFP.
Additional information may be found in section § 230.9 of the final rule.
An application has been submitted to the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board by the Louisville & Jefferson County Riverport Authority, grantee of FTZ 29, requesting authority to reorganize the zone under the alternative site framework (ASF) adopted by the FTZ Board (15 CFR 400.2(c)). The ASF is an option for grantees for the establishment or reorganization of zones and can permit significantly greater flexibility in the designation of new subzones or “usage-driven” FTZ sites for operators/users located within a grantee's “service area” in the context of the FTZ Board's standard 2,000-acre activation limit for a zone. The application was submitted pursuant to the Foreign-Trade Zones Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 81a-81u), and the regulations of the Board (15 CFR part 400). It was formally docketed on April 11, 2018.
FTZ 29 was approved by the FTZ Board on May 26, 1977 (Board Order 118, 42 FR 29323; June 8, 1977) and expanded on January 31, 1989 (Board Order 429, 54 FR 5992; February 7, 1989), December 15, 1997 (Board Order 941, 62 FR 67044; December 23, 1997), July 17, 1998 (Board Order 995, 63 FR 40878; July 31, 1998), December 11, 2000 (Board Order 1133, 65 FR 79802; December 20, 2000), January 15, 2002 (Board Order 1204, 67 FR 4391; January 30, 2002), November 20, 2003 (Board Order 1305, 68 FR 67400; December 2, 2003), January 27, 2005 (Board Order 1364, 70 FR 6616; February 8, 2005), and January 31, 2012 (Board Order 1808, 77 FR 6058; February 7, 2012).
The current zone includes the following sites:
The grantee's proposed service area under the ASF would be Anderson, Boyle, Breckinridge, Bullitt, Butler, Carroll, Crittenden, Daviess, Fayette, Franklin, Gallatin, Hancock, Henderson, Henry, Hopkins, Jefferson, Jessamine, Larue, Marion, McLean, Meade, Mercer, Muhlenberg, Nelson, Ohio, Oldham, Owen, Scott, Shelby, Spencer, Trimble,
The applicant is requesting authority to reorganize its existing zone to include existing Sites 1, 4, 7, 9, 11 and 15 as “magnet” sites and existing Sites 5, 6, 8, 13 and 14 as usage-driven sites. The ASF allows for the possible exemption of one magnet site from the “sunset” time limits that generally apply to sites under the ASF, and the applicant proposes that Site 1 be so exempted. The application would have no impact on FTZ 29's previously authorized subzones.
In accordance with the FTZ Board's regulations, Elizabeth Whiteman of the FTZ Staff is designated examiner to evaluate and analyze the facts and information presented in the application and case record and to report findings and recommendations to the FTZ Board.
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the FTZ Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is June 18, 2018. Rebuttal comments in response to material submitted during the foregoing period may be submitted during the subsequent 15-day period to July 2, 2018.
A copy of the application will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the FTZ Board's website, which is accessible via
The Town of Limon, Colorado, grantee of FTZ 293, submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board on behalf of Laser Galicia America LLC (Laser Galicia), located in Aurora, Colorado. The notification conforming to the requirements of the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR 400.22) was received on April 6, 2018.
The applicant indicates that it will be submitting a separate application for FTZ usage-driven designation at the Laser Galicia facility within FTZ 293. The facility is used for the bending and assembly of trafo wall. Pursuant to 15 CFR 400.14(b), FTZ activity would be limited to the specific foreign-status materials and components and specific finished products described in the submitted notification (as described below) and subsequently authorized by the FTZ Board.
Production under FTZ procedures could exempt Laser Galicia from customs duty payments on the foreign-status components used in export production. On its domestic sales, for the foreign-status materials/components noted below, Laser Galicia would be able to choose the duty rate during customs entry procedures that apply to front section trafo wall, top section trafo wall, and left section trafo wall (duty rate—3.0%). Laser Galicia would be able to avoid duty on foreign-status components which become scrap/waste. Customs duties also could possibly be deferred or reduced on foreign-status production equipment.
The components and materials sourced from abroad include: Small nut plate (galvanized steel thickness 10 mm); bracket for lubrication system—unfolded (stainless steel thickness 3 mm); frame assembly—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 2 mm); cross plate trafo wall—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 1.5 mm); shield for trafo component—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 1.5 mm); structural sections of trafo wall—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 1.5 mm); bracket angle front lock plate trafo—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 2 mm); front section trafo wall—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 1.5 mm); holder for cross plate—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 1.5 mm); bracket for right trafo wall (galvanized steel thickness 2 mm); cover for actuator—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 2 mm); cover for vibration sensor—unfolded (galvanized steel thickness 2 mm); outlet air guide—unfolded (aluminum thickness 3 mm); and, air choke plate—unfolded (aluminum thickness 3 mm) (duty rates range from 2.5% to 2.9%).
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is May 29, 2018.
A copy of the notification will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the Board's website, which is accessible via
For further information, contact Juanita Chen at
GE Renewables North America, LLC (GE Renewables) submitted a notification of proposed production activity to the FTZ Board for its facility in Pensacola, Florida. The notification conforming to the requirements of the regulations of the FTZ Board (15 CFR 400.22) was received on April 9, 2018.
GE Renewables already has authority to produce wind turbines, related hubs and nacelles, and drivetrains within Subzone 249A. The current request would add foreign status materials/components to the scope of authority. Pursuant to 15 CFR 400.14(b), additional FTZ authority would be limited to the specific foreign-status materials/components described in the submitted notification (as described below) and subsequently authorized by the FTZ Board.
Production under FTZ procedures could exempt GE Renewables from customs duty payments on the foreign-status materials/components used in export production. On its domestic sales, GE Renewables would be able to choose the duty rate during customs entry procedures that applies to the finished products in the existing scope of authority for the foreign-status materials/components noted below. Customs duties also could possibly be deferred or reduced on foreign-status production equipment. GE Renewables would be able to avoid duty on foreign-status components which become scrap/waste. Customs duties also could possibly be deferred or reduced on foreign-status production equipment.
The materials/components sourced from abroad include: top box kits; polypropylene clamps; fiberglass locknuts; fiber optic harnesses with temperature detectors; electrical harnesses; cable-assembly wind sensors; ground cables; cable harnesses; cable glands; steel washers; steel nuts; copper ferrules; desiccants; steel screws; panel assembly adaptors; steel bars; transformers; pitch cabinet kits; cable ties; steel bushings; limit switches, and steel brackets (duty rate ranges from duty-free to 8.5%). The request indicates that steel bars will be admitted to the zone in privileged foreign status (19 CFR 146.41), thereby precluding inverted tariff benefits on such items.
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is May 29, 2018.
A copy of the notification will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the Board's website, which is accessible via
For further information, contact Christopher Wedderburn at
An application has been submitted to the Foreign-Trade Zones (FTZ) Board by the Greater Mississippi Foreign-Trade Zone, Inc., grantee of FTZ 158, requesting authority to reorganize the zone under the alternative site framework (ASF) adopted by the FTZ Board (15 CFR Sec. 400.2(c)). The ASF is an option for grantees for the establishment or reorganization of zones and can permit significantly greater flexibility in the designation of new subzones or “usage-driven” FTZ sites for operators/users located within a grantee's “service area” in the context of the FTZ Board's standard 2,000-acre activation limit for a zone. The application was submitted pursuant to the Foreign-Trade Zones Act, as amended (19 U.S.C. 81a-81u), and the regulations of the Board (15 CFR part 400). It was formally docketed on April 10, 2018.
FTZ 158 was approved by the FTZ Board on April 11, 1989 (Board Order 430, 54 FR 15480 April 18, 1989) and expanded on March 8, 2005 (Board Order 1378, 70 FR 13449, March 21, 2005), on October 18, 2002 (Board Order 1864, 77 FR 65359-65360, October 26, 2012), and on May 23, 2013 (Board Order 1900, 78 FR 33340, June 4, 2013).
The current zone includes the following sites:
The grantee's proposed service area under the ASF would be Claiborne, Hinds, Madison, Marshall, Pontotoc, Rankin, Tate, Warren and Washington Counties, Mississippi in their entirety, and portions of Lee and Tishomingo Counties, Mississippi, as described in the application. If approved, the grantee would be able to serve sites throughout the service area based on companies' needs for FTZ designation. The application indicates that the proposed service area is within and adjacent to the following Customs and Border Protection ports of entry: Vicksburg and Greenville, Mississippi; Memphis, Tennessee; and, Huntsville, Alabama.
The applicant is requesting authority to reorganize its existing zone to include all of the existing sites as “magnet” sites. The ASF allows for the possible exemption of one magnet site from the “sunset” time limits that generally apply to sites under the ASF, and the applicant proposes that Site 2 be so exempted. The application would have no impact on FTZ 158's previously authorized subzones.
In accordance with the FTZ Board's regulations, Qahira El-Amin of the FTZ Staff is designated examiner to evaluate and analyze the facts and information presented in the application and case record and to report findings and recommendations to the FTZ Board.
Public comment is invited from interested parties. Submissions shall be addressed to the FTZ Board's Executive Secretary at the address below. The closing period for their receipt is June 18, 2018. Rebuttal comments in response to material submitted during the foregoing period may be submitted during the subsequent 15-day period to July 2, 2018.
A copy of the application will be available for public inspection at the Office of the Executive Secretary, Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Room 21013, U.S. Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230-0002, and in the “Reading Room” section of the FTZ Board's website, which is accessible via
On September 7, 2017, in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York, Erdal Kuyumcu (“Kuyumcu”) was convicted of violating the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1701,
Section 766.25 of the Export Administration Regulations (“EAR” or “Regulations”)
BIS has received notice of Kuyumcu's conviction for violating the IEEPA, and has provided notice and an opportunity for Kuyumcu to make a written submission to BIS, as provided in Section 766.25 of the Regulations. BIS has not received a submission from Kuyumcu.
Based upon my review and consultations with BIS's Office of Export Enforcement, including its Director, and the facts available to BIS, I have decided to deny Kuyumcu's export privileges under the Regulations for a period of 10 years from the date of Kuyumcu's conviction. I have also decided to revoke all licenses issued pursuant to the Act or Regulations in which Kuyumcu had an interest at the time of his conviction.
Accordingly, it is hereby
A. Applying for, obtaining, or using any license, license exception, or export control document;
B. Carrying on negotiations concerning, or ordering, buying, receiving, using, selling, delivering, storing, disposing of, forwarding, transporting, financing, or otherwise servicing in any way, any transaction involving any item exported or to be exported from the United States that is subject to the Regulations, or engaging in any other activity subject to the Regulations; or
C. Benefitting in any way from any transaction involving any item exported or to be exported from the United States that is subject to the Regulations, or from any other activity subject to the Regulations.
A. Export or reexport to or on behalf of the Denied Person any item subject to the Regulations;
B. Take any action that facilitates the acquisition or attempted acquisition by the Denied Person of the ownership, possession, or control of any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States, including financing or other support activities related to a transaction whereby the Denied Person acquires or attempts to acquire such ownership, possession or control;
C. Take any action to acquire from or to facilitate the acquisition or attempted acquisition from the Denied Person of any item subject to the Regulations that has been exported from the United States;
D. Obtain from the Denied Person in the United States any item subject to the Regulations with knowledge or reason to know that the item will be, or is intended to be, exported from the United States; or
E. Engage in any transaction to service any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States and which is owned, possessed or controlled by the Denied Person, or service any item, of whatever origin, that is owned, possessed or controlled by the Denied Person if such service involves the use of any item subject to the Regulations that has been or will be exported from the United States. For purposes of this paragraph, servicing means installation, maintenance, repair, modification or testing.
International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice; Correction.
The International Trade Administration published a document in the
Written comments must be submitted on or before May 14, 2018. Comments must be in English.
Cary Ingram; 202-482-2872.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (Commerce) determines that SeAH Steel Corporation (SeAH) and NEXTEEL Co., Ltd. (NEXTEEL), producers/exporters of certain oil country tubular goods (OCTG) from the Republic of Korea (Korea), sold subject merchandise in the United States at prices below normal value (NV) during the period of review (POR) September 1, 2015 through August 31, 2016.
Applicable April 18, 2018.
Deborah Scott or Michael J. Heaney, AD/CVD Operations, Office VI, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-2657 or (202) 482-4475, respectively.
On October 10, 2017, Commerce published the
Commerce exercised its discretion to toll all deadlines affected by the closure of the Federal Government from January 20 through 22, 2018.
These final results cover 31 companies.
The merchandise covered by the order is certain OCTG, which are hollow steel products of circular cross-section, including oil well casing and tubing, of iron (other than cast iron) or steel (both carbon and alloy), whether seamless or welded, regardless of end finish (
All issues raised in the case and rebuttal briefs filed by parties in this review are addressed in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, which is hereby adopted with this notice. The issues are identified in Appendix I to this notice. The Issues and Decision Memorandum is a public document and is on file electronically
Based on our analysis of the comments received, and for the reasons explained in the Issues and Decision Memorandum, we made certain changes to the
For these final results, we find that NEXTEEL withheld necessary information and significantly impeaded the proceeding and, thus, failed to cooperate to the best of its ability in responding to Commerce's requests for information. Therefore, we find that the application of adverse facts available, pursuant to section 776(a)-(b) of the Act, is warranted with respect to NEXTEEL. For a full description of the methodology and rationale underlying our conclusions,
In the
In the
The statute and Commerce's regulations do not address the establishment of a rate to be applied to companies not selected for examination when Commerce limits its examination in an administrative review pursuant to section 777A(c)(2) of the Act. Generally, Commerce looks to section 735(c)(5) of the Act, which provides instructions for calculating the all-others rate in a market economy investigation, for guidance when calculating the rate for companies which were not selected for individual review in an administrative review. Under section 735(c)(5)(A) of the Act, the all-others rate is normally “an amount equal to the weighted average of the estimated weighted average dumping margins established for exporters and producers individually investigated, excluding any zero or
For these final results, we calculated a weighted-average dumping margin that is not zero,
Commerce determines that the following weighted-average dumping margins exist for the period September 1, 2015 through August 31, 2016:
Commerce intends to disclose the calculations performed for these final results of review within five days of the date of publication of this notice in the
Pursuant to section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.212(b), Commerce shall determine, and CBP shall assess, antidumping duties on all appropriate entries of subject merchandise in accordance with the final results of this review. Commerce intends to issue assessment instructions to CBP 15 days after the date of publication of the final results of this administrative review in the
Where the respondent reported reliable entered values, we calculated importer- (or customer-) specific
For the companies which were not selected for individual review, we will assign an assessment rate based on the methodology described in the “Rates for Non-Examined Companies” section, above.
Consistent with Commerce's assessment practice, for entries of subject merchandise during the POR produced by SeAH, NEXTEEL, or the non-examined companies for which the producer did not know that its merchandise was destined for the United States, we will instruct CBP to liquidate unreviewed entries at the all-others rate if there is no rate for the intermediate company(ies) involved in the transaction.
As noted in the “Final Determination of No Shipments” section, above, Commerce will instruct CBP to liquidate any existing entries of merchandise produced by but exported by other parties, at the rate for the intermediate reseller, if available, or at the all-others rate.
The following cash deposit requirements will be effective for all shipments of subject merchandise entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption on or after the publication date of the final results of this administrative review, as provided for by section 751(a)(2)(C) of the Act: (1) The cash deposit rates for the companies listed in these final results will be equal to the weighted-average dumping margins established in the final results of this review; (2) for merchandise exported by producers or exporters not covered in this review but covered in a prior segment of this proceeding, the cash deposit rate will continue to be the company-specific rate published for the most recently completed segment in which the company was reviewed; (3) if the exporter is not a firm covered in this review or the original less-than-fair-value (LTFV) investigation, but the producer is, the cash deposit rate will be the rate established for the most recently completed segment of this proceeding for the producer of the subject merchandise; and (4) the cash deposit rate for all other producers or exporters will continue to be 5.24 percent,
This notice serves as a final reminder to importers of their responsibility under 19 CFR 351.402(f)(2) to file a certificate regarding the reimbursement of antidumping duties prior to liquidation of the relevant entries during this POR. Failure to comply with this requirement could result in Commerce's presumption that reimbursement of antidumping duties occurred and the subsequent assessment of double antidumping duties.
This notice also serves as the only reminder to parties subject to administrative protective order (APO) of their responsibility concerning the disposition of proprietary information disclosed under APO in accordance with 19 CFR 351.305(a)(3), which continues to govern business proprietary information in this segment of the proceeding. Timely written notification of the return or destruction of APO materials or conversion to judicial protective order is hereby requested. Failure to comply with the regulations and the terms of an APO is a sanctionable violation.
We are issuing and publishing this notice in accordance with sections 751(a)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act and 19 CFR 351.213(h).
National Geodetic Survey (NGS), National Ocean Service (NOS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Department of Commerce.
Notice of proposed change to the State Plane Coordinate System; request for comments.
NOAA's National Geodetic Survey (NGS) will establish the State Plane Coordinate System of 2022 (SPCS2022) as part of the transition to the 2022 Terrestrial Reference Frames (TRFs). SPCS2022 is the successor to previous versions referenced to the North American Datums of 1983 and 1927. Like its predecessors, SPCS2022 will be a system of conformal map projections for the entire National Spatial Reference System (NSRS). It will provide surveyors, engineers, and other geospatial professionals with a practical means for accessing and using the NSRS. NGS has developed draft policy and procedures that propose defining characteristics and requirements for SPCS2022. These documents also provide mechanisms for user input on initial design of SPCS2022 and subsequent changes. The aim is for SPCS2022 to meet the needs of NGS customers for the future NSRS. To achieve that goal, NGS is inviting written comments on the draft SPCS2022 policy.
In addition, NGS seeks feedback on purposed “special purpose” zones.
Comments will be accepted until Friday, August 31, 2018.
Comments should be submitted in writing to NGS Feedback, NOAA/NOS/National Geodetic Survey, 1315 East-West Hwy, Rm. 9340 N/NGS1, Silver Spring, MD 20910; or via Email to:
Michael Dennis, SPCS2022 Project Manager, NOAA/NOS/National Geodetic Survey, 1315 East-West Hwy, Rm. 9340 N/NGS1, Silver Spring, MD 20910; or Email:
The SPCS was originally established in the 1930s. Since that time it has evolved, and there has been substantial variability in how it was defined, maintained, and used. The history and current status of SPCS is discussed in
Pursuant to the authority provided in the Coast and Geodetic Survey Act, 33 U.S.C. 883a
1. Usage of current SPCS in your organization, how your organization expects to use SPCS2022, and whether it will facilitate migration to the 2022 TRFs.
2. Whether the proposed default SPCS2022 definitions will impose a hardship or be beneficial to your organization.
3. Whether there is insufficient or excessive flexibility in the characteristics of SPCS2022 that can be established through user input.
4. Whether the deadlines are acceptable and realistic for making requests or proposing characteristics for SPCS2022.
5. Whether including “special purpose” zones as part of SPCS2022 would be beneficial, problematic, or irrelevant to your organization.
NGS notes that the draft SPCS2022 policy and procedures do not currently include a “special purpose” zone option, in part, because it would create areas where zones partially overlap other zones. Special purpose zones would, however, provide contiguous coverage for regions that are not adequately covered by SPCS2022, primarily those that fall within two or more SPCS2022 zones. These zones would be for major urbanized areas, large American Indian reservations, or federal applications covering large geographic areas. Examples for each category are:
•
•
•
Although these types of zones were included as a possibility in the 1977 policy, none were created as part of the SPCS.
Office of the Chief Information Officer, DoD.
Information collection notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the White House Communications Agency announces a proposed public information collection and seeks public comment on the provisions thereof. Comments are invited on: Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection; ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and ways to minimize the burden of the information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Consideration will be given to all comments received by June 18, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by docket number and title, by any of the following methods:
To request more information on this proposed information collection or to obtain a copy of the proposal and associated collection instruments, please write to the White House Communications Agency (WHCA/WACC/ESB), ATTN: Kevin A. Gifford, 2743 Defense Boulevard SW, Washington, DC 20373-5815 or call (202) 757-5667.
Respondents are DoD contractors, retired military members who have departed the agency, and agency visitors. The data collected is used for security background checks, training records, and also to encompass the historical travel records of members of the agency. This data collection is essential in maintaining the integrity of the agency's personnel, training, and travel programs.
Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense.
Arms sales notice.
The Department of Defense is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.
Pamela Young, (703) 697-9107,
This 36(b)(1) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Transmittal 16-48 with attached Policy Justification.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
* as defined in Section 47(6) of the Arms Export Control Act.
The Government of Saudi Arabia has requested a possible sale of one hundred and eighty (180) 155mm M109A5/A6 Medium Self-Propelled Howitzer structures for conversion to one hundred and seventy-seven (177) 155mm M109A6 Paladin Medium Self-Propelled Howitzer systems; three (3) Fire Support Combined Arms Tactical Trainers (FSCATT) static training devices; one hundred and eighty (180) M2 HB .50 Cal Machine Guns; and eight (8) Advanced Field Artillery Tactical Data Systems (AFATDS). Also included are M109A5/A6 overhaul, conversion and refurbishment services; Special Tools and Test Equipment; Basic Issue Items (BII); Driver's Vision Enhancer (DVE) Wide system; Program Management Support; Verification Testing; System Technical Support; Transportation; spare and repair parts; communications equipment; personnel training and training equipment; tool and test equipment; repair and return; publications and technical documentation; Quality Assurance Team (QAT); U.S. Government and contractor engineering; technical and logistics support services; and other related elements of logistics and program support. The estimated cost is $1.31 billion.
This proposed sale will contribute to the foreign policy and national security of the United States by helping to improve the security of an important partner which has been and continues to be a leading contributor of political stability and economic progress in the Middle East. This sale will increase the Royal Saudi Land Force's (RSLF) interoperability with U.S. forces and conveys U.S. commitment to Saudi Arabia's security and armed forces modernization.
The proposed sale will improve Saudi Arabia's capability to meet current and future threats and provide greater security for its border regions and critical infrastructure. The RSLF currently has M109A2, A3 and A5 howitzers in its inventory. These additional modernized howitzers will enhance Saudi Arabia's ability to support its deployed forces and defend its borders. Saudi Arabia will have no difficulty absorbing these vehicles into its armed forces.
The prime contractor for this requirement is unknown at this time. There are no known offset agreements in connection with this potential sale.
Implementation of this proposed sale will not require the assignment of any additional U.S. or contractor representatives to Saudi Arabia. Support teams will travel to the country on a temporary basis.
There will be no adverse impact on U.S. defense readiness as a result of this proposed sale.
(vii)
1. This sale will involve the release of sensitive technology to Saudi Arabia. The RSLF seeks to purchase the 155mm M109A6 Paladin Medium Self-Propelled Howitzer system. The Paladin M109A6 howitzer is the fourth product improvement to the original M109 self-propelled howitzer. It features improvements in the areas of survivability, reliability, availability, maintainability, responsiveness, and terminal effects. The M109A6 is an armored, full tracked howitzer carrying 37 complete conventional rounds and two Copperhead projectiles and operated by a crew of four. It is designed with a new turret structure that facilitates integration of the various turret improvements and vulnerability reduction measures. It improves overall crew compartment layout and space. The howitzer can travel at a maximum speed of 38 miles per hour and has a maximum cruising range of 186 miles. The Ml09A6 can operate independently, from on the move, it can receive a fire mission, compute firing data, select and take up its firing position, automatically unlock and point its cannon, fire and move—all without external technical assistance. Firing the first round following a move in under 60 seconds, a “shoot and scoot” capability protects the crew from counterbattery fire. The M109A6 is capable of firing up to four rounds per minute to ranges of 30 kilometers. The Ml09A6 features increased survivability characteristics such as day/night operability and Nuclear, Biological, Chemical (NBC) protection with climate control and secure voice and digital communications. The crew remains in the vehicle throughout the mission.
2. The Electronic Fire Control System (EFCS). Commonly referred to as the Paladin Fire Control System (PFCS), it is the major change for the Paladin M109A6 Howitzer from the manual fire control system used on the M109A5. The integrated electronic digital Fire Control System includes an Embedded Trainer. It gives the howitzer the ability to operate over a widely dispersed area and to move and emplace using the onboard fire control system (Dynamic Reference Unit Hybrid Replacement Inertial Navigation System) and a plug-in AN/PCN-13A Defense Advanced Global Positioning System Receiver with a Selective Availability Anti-spoofing Module (SAASM). The M109A6 can move and position within an assigned position area, process technical firing data, and fire a mission without relying on aiming circles and wire lines. The M109A6 can change position more frequently, an advantage against enemy fire.
3. The Advanced Field Artillery Tactical Data System (AFATDS) provides the multi-service automated Fire Support Command, Control and Communications portion of the Army Battle Command System (ABCS). AFATDS enables the maneuver commander to plan and execute attacks on the right target, at the right time, with the right weapons system, and the right munitions. It provides for maximum utilization of the fire support assets available on an expanding battlefield. It supports the close, deep, and rear battle fire support requirements of land and littoral doctrine. AFATDS is designed for full interoperability with the other ABCS Battlefield Functional Areas as well as with the Fire Support capabilities of the Navy's Joint Maritime Command Information System (JMCIS) and the Air Force's Theater Battle Management Core System (TBMCS).
4. The Driver's Vision Enhancer Wide (DVE Wide) improves survivability and mission capability by providing drivers with wider fields of view as well as the elimination of blind spots to safely navigate through dust, sand, haze, smoke, light fog and the blackest night. The front facing DVE Wide integrates three state-of-the-art 640 x 480, 17 µm uncooled infrared sensors, which output a stitched video of a 107 x 30 field of view (POV). The DVE Wide can receive, manage and display video from multiple external cameras on the vehicle. The driver can electronically pan through the 107° total horizontal field of view allowing the driver the ability to see both sides of the road. The vehicle wheel track indicators aid the driver in clearly identifying any potential impediments to safe operation. The DVE Wide is fully backwards compatible with all fielded DVE units, which means that any vehicle currently equipped with a DVE system can be readily upgraded. It is also forward compatible with new, high resolution, touch-screen displays. The DVE Wide is an UNCLASSIFIED system.
5. If a technologically advanced adversary were to obtain knowledge of the specific hardware and software elements of the M109A6, the information could be used to develop countermeasures or equivalent systems which might reduce weapon system effectiveness or be used in the development of a system with similar or advanced capabilities.
6. A determination has been made that Saudi Arabia can provide the same degree of protection for the sensitive technology being released as the U.S. Government. This sale is necessary in furtherance of the U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives outlined in the Policy Justification.
7. All defense articles and services listed in this transmittal have been authorized for release and export to the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia.
Department of Defense.
Renewal of Federal Advisory Committee.
The Department of Defense (DoD) is publishing this notice to announce that it is renewing the charter for the Defense Innovation Board.
Jim Freeman, Advisory Committee Management Officer for the Department of Defense, 703-692-5952.
This committee's charter is being renewed in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended) and 41 CFR 102-3.50(d). The charter and contact information for the Designated Federal Officer (DFO) can be obtained at
The Board provides the Secretary of Defense and the Deputy Secretary of Defense independent advice and recommendations on innovative means to address future challenges in terms of integrated change to organizational structure and process, business and functional concepts, and technology applications. The Board shall be composed of no more than 20 members who must possess some or all of the following: (a) Proven track record of sound judgment in leading or governing complex, private sector corporations or organizations; (b) demonstrated performance in identifying and adopting new technology innovations in either the public or private sector; (c) demonstrated performance in developing new technology concepts. Members of the Board who are not full-time or permanent part-time Federal officers or employees will be appointed as experts or consultants pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 3109 to serve as special government employee members. Members of the Board who are full-time or permanent part-time Federal officers or employees will be appointed pursuant to 41 CFR 102-3.130(a) to serve as regular government employee members. All members of the Board are appointed to provide advice on the basis of their best judgment without representing any particular point of view and in a manner that is free from conflict of interest. Except for reimbursement of official Committee-related travel and per diem, members serve without compensation. The DoD, as necessary and consistent with the Board's mission and DoD policies and procedures, may establish subcommittees, task forces, or working groups to support the Board, and all subcommittees must operate under the provisions of FACA and the Government in the Sunshine Act. Subcommittees will not work independently of the Board and must report all recommendations and advice solely to the Board for full deliberation and discussion. Subcommittees, task forces, or working groups have no authority to make decisions and recommendations, verbally or in writing, on behalf of the Board. No subcommittee or any of its members can update or report, verbally or in writing, directly to the DoD or any Federal officers or employees. The Board's DFO, pursuant to DoD policy, must be a full-time or permanent part-time DoD employee, and must be in attendance for the duration of each and every Board/subcommittee meeting. The public or interested organizations may submit written statements to the Board membership about the Board's mission and functions. Such statements may be submitted at any time or in response to the stated agenda of planned Board meetings. All written statements must be submitted to the Board's DFO who will ensure the written statements are provided to the membership for their consideration.
Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense.
Arms sales notice.
The Department of Defense is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.
Pamela Young, (703) 697-9107,
This 36(b)(1) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Transmittal 17-72 with attached Policy Justification.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
* As defined in Section 47(6) of the Arms Export Control Act.
The Government of Australia has requested to buy two thousand, five hundred four (2,504) rounds of M795 with Insensitive Munitions Explosive (IMX) 101 Explosive Fill 155mm High Explosive (HE) Projectile. Also included are 155mm High Explosive, Illumination and White Phosphorous munitions, point detonating fuzes, electronic-timed fuzes, M231 and M232/M232A1 propelling charges, percussion primers, technical publications and books, technical data for operational maintenance, technical assistance and services, and other related elements of logistics and program support. The total estimated program cost is $148 million.
This proposed sale will enhance the foreign policy and national security objectives of the United States by helping to improve the security of a strategic partner which has been, and continues to be an important force for political stability and economic progress in the East Asia and Pacific region.
The proposed sale of 155mm howitzer ammunition will improve Australia's capability to meet out-year Operational Readiness Training requirements. Australia will use this capability to strengthen its homeland defense and deter regional threats. Australia will
The proposed sale of this equipment and support will not alter the basic military balance in the region.
The principal contractor will be determined at a later date. Material could potentially be sourced from a combination of stock and procurement. There are no known offset agreements proposed in connection with this potential sale.
Implementation of this proposed sale will not require the assignment of any additional U.S. Government or contractor representatives to Australia.
There will be no adverse impact on U.S. defense readiness as a result of this proposed sale.
(vii)
1. The M795 Insensitive Munitions Explosive (IMX) 101 Explosive Fill 155mm HE Projectile is UNCLASSIFIED. The M231/M232A1 Modular Artillery Charge System (MACS) consists of two propelling charges, the M231 and the M232/232A1, and associated packaging. The system is compatible with all current and planned 155mm field artillery weapons. MACS uses a “build-a-charge” concept in which increments are identical to all others in the same lot desiccation, retained for future use. The M231 is fired either singly (Charge 1-L) or in pairs (Charge-2L) to engage targets. The M232/M232A1 is fired in groups of 3 (Charge-3H) or groups of 4 (Charge-4H) or groups of 5 (Charge-5H) to engage targets. The highest classification level of the charge is UNCLASSIFED.
2. Although the charges are UNCLASSIFIED, they have associated technology that is sensitive. Certain aspects of the performance, specifically the interior ballistics characteristics, and some of the design features are considered sensitive data. This UNCLASSIFIED sensitive data could be used by a technologically advanced potential enemy to duplicate the charges through reverse engineering. No technical data packages or test information should be supplied.
3. A determination has been made that Australia can provide substantially the same degree of protection for the sensitive technology being released as the U.S. Government. This sale is necessary in furtherance of the U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives outlined in the Policy Justification.
4. All defense articles and services listed in this transmittal have been authorized for release and export to Australia.
Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense.
Arms sales notice.
The Department of Defense is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.
Pamela Young, (703) 697-9107,
This 36(b)(1) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Transmittal 18-04 with attached Policy Justification.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
Defense articles and services for continued follow-on support to the MQ-9 Reaper program including: contractor logistics support, manpower and base support, publication and technical documentation, depot and organizational level maintenance and equipment, minor modifications and upgrades, software support, spare and repair/return parts, program studies, U.S. Government and contractor engineering and technical support, and other related elements of program support.
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
* As defined in Section 47(6) of the Arms Export Control Act.
The Government of the United Kingdom has requested to buy defense articles and services for continued follow-on support to the MQ-9 Reaper program including: contractor logistics support, manpower and base support, publication and technical documentation, depot and organizational level maintenance and equipment, minor modifications and upgrades, software support, spare and repair/return parts, program studies, U.S. Government and contractor engineering and technical support, and other related elements of program support. The total estimated program cost is $500 million.
This proposed sale will support the foreign policy and national security policies of the United States by helping to improve the security of a NATO ally which has been, and continues to be, an important partner on critical foreign policy and defense issues.
The proposed sale is required to maintain the operational readiness of the United Kingdom's MQ-9 Reaper program and enable the United Kingdom to continue to operate its fleet of MQ-9 Reapers in support of coalition operations. The United Kingdom will have no difficulty absorbing this equipment into its armed forces.
The proposed sale will not alter the basic military balance in the region.
The prime contractors will be General Atomics Aeronautical Systems, Inc. in San Diego, CA, and MAG Aerospace in Woodland, VA. At this time, there are no known offset agreements. Any offset agreements will be defined in negotiations between the purchaser and the contractor(s).
Implementation of this proposed sale will not require any additional U.S. Government or contractor representatives to the United Kingdom.
There will be no adverse impact on U.S. defense readiness as a result of this proposed sale.
Defense Security Cooperation Agency, Department of Defense.
Arms sales notice.
The Department of Defense is publishing the unclassified text of an arms sales notification.
Pamela Young, (703) 697-9107,
This 36(b)(1) arms sales notification is published to fulfill the requirements of section 155 of Public Law 104-164 dated July 21, 1996. The following is a copy of a letter to the Speaker of the House of Representatives, Transmittal 17-71 with attached Policy Justification.
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(viii)
* As defined in Section 47(6) of the Arms Export Control Act.
The Government of Germany has requested to buy four (4) MQ-4C Triton Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS), one (1) Mission Control Station (MCS) comprised of one (1) Main Operating Base (MOB) (MD-3A) and one (1) Forward Operating Base (FOB) (MD-3B), ten (10) Kearfott Inertial Navigation System/Global Positioning System (INS/GPS), units (2 per aircraft plus 2 spares), and ten (10) LN-251 INS/GPS units (2 per aircraft plus 2 spares). This proposed MQ-4C UAS sale will be a modified version of the USN Triton configuration. Also included is one Rolls Royce Engine (spare), communication equipment, support equipment, mission planning element to include Joint Mission Planning System (JMPS) Global Positioning System (GPS) items, Communications Security (COMSEC) equipment, mapping, training, support equipment, consumables, spare and repair parts, tools and test equipment, ground support equipment, flight test support, airworthiness support, personnel training and training devices, applicable software, hardware, publications and technical data, facilities and maintenance support, U.S. Government and contractor engineering, technical, and logistics supports services, and other elements of unique engineering efforts required to support the integration, installation and functional platform compatibility testing of Germany's indigenous payload and other related elements of logistics and program support, and other related elements of logistics and program support. The estimated total case value is $2.50 billion.
This proposed sale will contribute to the foreign policy and national security of the United States by helping to improve the security of a NATO ally which has been, and continues to be, an important force for political and economic stability in Europe.
Germany is one of the major political and economic powers in Europe and NATO and a key partner of the United States in ensuring global peace and stability. The proposed sale of the MQ-4C Triton will support legitimate national security requirements and significantly enhance Germany's intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance (ISR) capabilities and the overall collective security of the European Union and NATO.
The proposed sale of the MQ-4C Triton will close a crucial capability gap and will enhance bilateral and NATO interoperability and will help ensure that Germany is able to continue to monitor and deter regional threats. This proposed MQ-4C UAS sale will be a modified version of the United States Navy (USN) Triton configuration. The German Armed Forces will have no difficulty absorbing these systems into its armed forces.
The proposed sale of this equipment and support will not alter the basic military balance in the region.
The prime contractor will be Northrop Grumman Corporation Rancho Bernardo, CA, responsible for integration, installation and functional platform compatibility testing of the payload. Airbus Defence and Space, located in Germany, will be the prime contractor to Germany for the development and manufacturing, and will be responsible for the functional test, end-to-end test and installed performance. There are no known offset agreements in connection with this potential sale.
Implementation of this proposed sale will require the assignment of contractor representatives to Germany to perform contractor logistics support and to support establishment of required security infrastructure.
There will be no adverse impact on U.S. defense readiness as a result of this proposed sale.
(vii)
1. The MQ-4C Triton hardware and software procured for this potential sale are UNCLASSIFIED. The MQ-4C is optimized for long range and prolonged flight endurance. The MQ-4C Triton will be a forward deployed, land-based, autonomously operated system that provides a persistent maritime Intelligence, Surveillance, and Reconnaissance (ISR) capability to include data collection, analysis, and situational reporting. Aircraft system, sensor, and navigational status are provided continuously to the ground operators through a health and status downlink for mission monitoring. Navigation is via inertial navigation with integrated global positioning system (GPS) updates. The vehicle is capable of operating from a standard paved runway. Real time missions are flown under the control of a pilot in a Mission Control Station (MCS). It is designed to carry a non-weapons maximum internal payload of 3,200 lbs, maximum external payload of 2,400 lbs, consisting primarily of sensors and avionics. The MQ-4C will include the Mission Control Station (MCS) which consists of the following components:
a. The Mission Control Station (MCS) is the MQ-4C Triton UAS ground control station required to operate the MQ-4C Triton UAS. The MOB MCS (MD-3A) provides MQ-4C Triton Aircraft Command & Control (C2). The MOB MCS consists of a primary and back-up system, an embedded training capability, requisite data links, communication systems, antennas, computer work-stations and hardware/software for air vehicle, and tactical coordinator. The MOB MCS communications consists of both Line of Sight (LOS) and Beyond Line of Sight (BLOS) capabilities to control the Triton Unmanned Aircraft world-wide. The MOB technical data and documentation are UNCLASSIFIED.
b. The MQ-4C Triton UAS Forward Operating Base (FOB) (MD-3B) is used for aircraft launch and recovery and is physically located at the same location as the MQ-4C Triton aircraft. The FOB
c. The MQ-4C employs a quad-redundant Inertial Navigation System/Global Positioning System (INS/GPS) configuration. The system utilizes two different INS/GPS systems for greater redundancy. The system consists of two LN-251 units and two Kearfott KN-4074E INS/GPS Units. The LN-251 is a fully integrated, non-dithered navigation system with an embedded Selective Availability/Anti-Spoofing Module (SAASM), P(Y) code or Standard Positioning Service (SPS) GPS. It utilizes a Fiber-Optic Gyro (FOG) and includes three independent navigation solutions: blended INS/GPS, INS-only, and GPS-only. The Kearfott KN-4074E features a Monolithic Ring Laser Gyro (MRLG) and accelerometer. The inertial sensors are tightly coupled with an embedded SAASM P(Y) code GPS. Both systems employ crypto graphic technology that can be classified up to SECRET.
2. If a technologically advanced adversary were to obtain knowledge of specific hardware, the information could be used to develop countermeasures which might reduce weapons system effectiveness or be used in the development of a system with similar or advanced capabilities.
3. A determination has been made that Germany can provide substantially the same degree of protection for sensitive technology being released as the U.S. Government. This proposed sustainment program is necessary to the furtherance of the U.S. foreign policy and national security objectives outlined in the policy justification.
4. All defense articles and services listed on this transmittal are authorized for release and export to the Government of Germany.
National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a revision of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 18, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Kashka Kubzdela, 202-245-7377.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
National Center for Education Statistics (NCES), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a revision of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before May 18, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Kashka Kubzdela, 202-245-7377.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of Education.
Notice.
The Department of Education is issuing a notice inviting applications for new awards for fiscal year (FY) 2018 for the Innovative Approaches to Literacy (IAL) Program, Catalog of
For the addresses for obtaining and submitting an application, please refer to our Common Instructions for Applicants to Department of Education Discretionary Grant Programs, published in the
Beth Yeh, U.S. Department of Education, 400 Maryland Avenue SW, Room 3E230, Washington, DC 20202-6450. Telephone: (202) 205-5798. Email:
If you use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) or a text telephone (TTY), call the Federal Relay Service (FRS), toll free, at 1-800-877-8339.
In accordance with the Senate report accompanying the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2018, S. Rep. No. 115-150, at 163 (2017), the Department will reserve no less than 50 percent of funds under the IAL program for grants to develop and enhance effective school library programs, which may include providing professional development to librarians in high-need schools or books and other up-to-date library materials to such schools. Further, the Department will ensure that grants are distributed among eligible entities that will serve geographically diverse areas, including rural areas.
This priority is:
To meet this priority, applicants must submit a plan that
The applicant must submit a plan with the following information:
(a) A description of the proposed book distribution, childhood literacy activities, or both, that are designed to improve the literacy skills of children and students by one or more of the following—
(1) Promoting early literacy and preparing young children to read;
(2) Developing and improving students' reading ability;
(3) Motivating older children to read; and
(4) Teaching children and students to read.
(b) The age or grade spans of children and students from birth through 12th grade to be served.
(c) A detailed description of the key goals, the activities to be undertaken, the rationale for those activities, the timeline, the parties responsible for implementing the activities, and the credibility of the plan (as judged, in part, by the information submitted that
(d)(1) A description of how the proposed project
(2) The corresponding
These priorities are:
To meet this priority, an applicant must propose a project designed to improve student achievement or other educational outcomes in one or more of the following areas: Science, technology, engineering, math, or
(a) Utilizing technology for educational purposes in communities served by
(b) Utilizing technology to provide access to
(c) Working with schools, municipal libraries, or other partners to provide new and accessible methods of accessing digital learning resources, such as by digitizing books or expanding access to such resources to a greater number of children or students.
(d) Making coursework, books, or other materials available as open educational resources or taking other steps so that such materials may be inexpensively and widely used.
To meet this priority, an applicant must propose a project designed to provide high-quality literacy programming, or distribute books, or both, to students served by a
In addition to coding, the expanding field of
Opportunities made available to a student through a grant program are those that supplement what is provided by a child's or student's geographically assigned school or the institution in which he or she is currently enrolled and may include one or more of the options listed below:
(1) Public educational programs or courses including those offered by traditional public schools, public charter schools, public magnet schools, public online education providers, or other public education providers.
(2) Private or home-based educational programs or courses including those offered by private schools, private online providers, private tutoring providers, community or faith-based organizations, or other private education providers.
(3) Internships, apprenticeships, or other programs offering access to learning in the workplace.
(4) Part-time coursework or career preparation offered by a public or private provider in person or through the internet or another form of distance learning, that serves as a supplement to full-time enrollment at an educational institution, as a stand-alone program leading to a credential, or as a supplement to education received in a homeschool setting.
(5) Dual or concurrent enrollment programs or early college high schools (as defined in section 8101(15) and (17) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act, as amended
(1) Except for LEAs referenced in paragraph (2), an LEA in which at least 20 percent
(2) For an LEA that is not included on the Census list, such as a charter school LEA, an LEA for which the State educational agency (SEA) determines, consistent with the manner described under section 1124(c) of the ESEA, as amended by the No Child Left Behind Act of 2001, in which the SEA determines an LEA's eligibility for Title I allocations, that 20 percent of the students aged 5-17 in the LEA are from families with incomes below the poverty line. (IAL NFP.)
A local affiliate of an
Section 2226 of the ESEA (20 U.S.C. 6646).
The regulations in 34 CFR part 79 apply to all applicants except federally recognized Indian Tribes.
IAL has received $27,000,000 for new awards for this program for FY 2018, of which we intend to use an estimated $26,730,000 for this competition.
Contingent upon the availability of funds and the quality of applications, we may make additional awards in subsequent years from the list of unfunded applications from this competition.
The Department is not bound by any estimates in this notice.
1.
(a) Be one of the following:
(1) A
(2) An
(3) A consortium of
(4) The Bureau of Indian Education; and
(b) Coordinate with school libraries in developing project proposals.
2.
3.
1.
2.
Because we plan to make successful applications available to the public, you may wish to request confidentiality of business information.
Consistent with Executive Order 12600, please designate in your application any information that you believe is exempt from disclosure under Exemption 4. In the appropriate Appendix section of your application, under “Other Attachments Form,” please list the page number or numbers on which we can find this information. For additional information please see 34 CFR 5.11(c).
3.
4.
5.
• A “page” is 8.5″ x 11″, on one side only, with 1″ margins at the top, bottom, and both sides.
• Double space (no more than three lines per vertical inch) all text in the application narrative.
• Use a font that is either 12 point or larger or no smaller than 10 pitch (characters per inch).
• Use one of the following fonts: Times New Roman, Courier, Courier New, or Arial.
The recommended page limit does not apply to the cover sheet; the budget section, including the narrative budget justification; the assurances and certifications; the one-page abstract, resumes, bibliography,
The applicant should include, as an attachment, the
1.
(a)
The Secretary considers the need for the proposed project. In determining the need for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the extent to which specific gaps or weaknesses in services, infrastructure, or opportunities have been identified and will be addressed by the proposed project, including the
(b)
The Secretary considers the significance of the proposed project. In determining the significance of the proposed project, the Secretary considers the extent to which the proposed project is likely to build local capacity to provide, improve, or expand services that address the needs of the target population.
(c)
The Secretary considers the quality of the design of the proposed project. In determining the quality of the design of the proposed project, the Secretary considers the following factors:
(1) The extent to which the goals, objectives, and outcomes to be achieved by the proposed project are clearly specified and measurable. (5 points)
(2) The extent to which the proposed project will establish linkages with other appropriate agencies and organizations providing services to the target population. (5 points)
(3) The extent to which the proposed project is part of a comprehensive effort to improve teaching and learning and support rigorous academic standards for students. (5 points)
(4) The extent to which the proposed project
(d)
The Secretary considers the quality of the services to be provided by the proposed project. In determining the quality of the services to be provided by the proposed project, the Secretary considers:
(1) The quality and sufficiency of strategies for ensuring equal access and treatment for eligible project participants who are members of groups that have traditionally been underrepresented based on race, color, national origin, gender, age, or disability. (10 points)
(2) The extent to which the services to be provided by the proposed project are appropriate to the needs of the intended recipients or beneficiaries of those services. (10 points)
(3) The extent to which the training or professional development services to be provided by the proposed project are of sufficient quality, intensity, and duration to lead to improvements in practice among the recipients of those services. (5 points)
(e)
The Secretary considers the adequacy of resources for the proposed project. In determining the adequacy of resources for the proposed project, the Secretary considers the extent to which the costs are reasonable in relation to the number of persons to be served and to the anticipated results and benefits.
(f)
The Secretary considers the quality of the management plan for the proposed project. In determining the quality of the management plan for the proposed project, the Secretary considers:
(1) The adequacy of the management plan to achieve the objectives of the proposed project on time and within budget, including clearly defined responsibilities, timelines, and milestones for accomplishing project tasks. (10 points)
(2) The extent to which the time commitments of the project director and principal investigator and other key project personnel are appropriate and adequate to meet the objectives of the proposed project. (10 points)
(g)
The Secretary considers the quality of the evaluation to be conducted of the proposed project. In determining the quality of the evaluation, the Secretary considers the extent to which the methods of evaluation are thorough, feasible, and appropriate to the goals, objectives, and outcomes of the proposed project.
2.
In addition, in making a competitive grant award, the Secretary requires various assurances including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
3.
4.
Please note that, if the total value of your currently active grants, cooperative agreements, and procurement contracts from the Federal Government exceeds $10,000,000, the reporting requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, require you to report certain integrity information to FAPIIS semiannually. Please review the requirements in 2 CFR part 200, Appendix XII, if this grant plus all the other Federal funds you receive exceed $10,000,000.
1.
If your application is not evaluated or not selected for funding, we notify you.
2.
We reference the regulations outlining the terms and conditions of an award in the
3.
4.
(b) At the end of your project period, you must submit a final performance report, including financial information, as directed by the Secretary. If you receive a multiyear award, you must submit an annual performance report (APR) that provides the most current performance and financial expenditure information as directed by the Secretary under 34 CFR 75.118. The Secretary may also require more frequent performance reports under 34 CFR 75.720(c). For specific requirements on reporting, please go to
5.
All grantees will be expected to submit an APR that includes data addressing these performance measures to the extent that they apply to the grantee's project.
6.
In making a continuation award, the Secretary also considers whether the grantee is operating in compliance with the assurances in its approved application, including those applicable to Federal civil rights laws that prohibit discrimination in programs or activities receiving Federal financial assistance from the Department (34 CFR 100.4, 104.5, 106.4, 108.8, and 110.23).
You may also access documents of the Department published in the
Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of Energy (DOE).
Notice.
The Department of Energy has submitted an information collection package to the OMB for extension under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. The package requests a three-year extension of its “Superior Energy Performance (SEP) Certification and 50001 Ready Recognition,” OMB Control Number 1910-5177. The proposed collection of information relates to tracking partner participation and calculating the energy efficiency impact of DOE's Superior Energy Performance certification and 50001 Ready recognition programs.
Comments regarding this collection must be received on or before May 18, 2018. If you anticipate that you will be submitting comments, but find it difficult to do so within the period of time allowed by this notice, please advise the OMB Desk Officer of your intention to make a submission as soon as possible. The Desk Officer may be telephoned at 202-395-4650 or contacted by email at
Written comments should be sent to the: Desk Officer for the Department of Energy, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10102, 735 17th Street NW, Washington, DC 20503.
And to: Mr. Paul Scheihing, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy (EE-5A), U.S. Department of Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585, or by fax at 202-586-9234, or by email at
Requests for additional information or
This package contains: (1) OMB No. 1910-5177; (2) Information Collection Request Title: Department of Energy Superior Energy Performance (SEP) Certification and 50001 Ready Recognition; (3) Type of Review: Renewal; (4) Purpose: This Information Collection Request applies to the Department of Energy (DOE) voluntary ISO 50001 programs for industrial facilities: Superior Energy Performance® (SEP®) and 50001 Ready
DOE's 50001 Ready provides an on-ramp towards SEP certification. It is a self-guided approach for facilities to establish an energy management system and self-attest to the structure of the ISO 50001 energy management system. SEP certification builds on ISO 50001 provides a rigorous, internationally-recognized business process for companies to continually improve their energy performance. The SEP third-party verification of energy performance improvement is unique in the marketplace, and assists to differentiate certified companies from their competitors. This request for information consists of a voluntary data collection process for SEP participation: to manage and track certification cycles, and provide recognition for verified energy performance improvements. 50001 Ready collects a minimal amount of self-attested information to manage and track recognition cycles and to recognize the achievements of its participants.
The following types of information are collected from primary participants: (1) Background data, including contact information and basic information and basic facility information about its energy use, energy consumption, and energy performance indicators—collected in the SEP Application Form; (2) Information on energy performance improvement in SEP-certified facilities—collected in the SEP Energy Performance Improvement Report. 50001 Ready collects only a subset of the same types of information, and without the need for external audit. Background data will primarily be used to track basic information about SEP and 50001 Ready participants and identify opportunities to provide participants with technical assistance. Basic information about a facility's energy use, energy consumption, and energy performance indicators will be used to administer SEP and 50001 Ready. Information on energy performance improvement will be used by DOE to manage and track participation cycles, and to track the results of participation in SEP and 50001 Ready. Responses to the DOE's Information Collection Request will be voluntary. (5) Annual Estimated Number of Respondents: 233; (6) Annual Estimated Number of Responses: 233; (7) Annual Estimated Number of Burden Hours: 333; (8) Annual Estimated Reporting and Recordkeeping Cost Burden: $18,667.
Accelerating Investment in Industrial Energy Efficiency. Executive Order 13624, 77 FR 54779 (Aug. 30, 2012); 42 U.S.C. 16191.
Take notice that the Commission has received the following Natural Gas Pipeline Rate and Refund Report filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that the Commission received the following exempt wholesale generator filings:
Take notice that the Commission received the following electric rate filings:
The filings are accessible in the Commission's eLibrary system by clicking on the links or querying the docket number.
Any person desiring to intervene or protest in any of the above proceedings must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Regulations (18 CFR 385.211 and 385.214) on or before 5:00 p.m. Eastern time on the specified comment date. Protests may be considered, but intervention is necessary to become a party to the proceeding.
eFiling is encouraged. More detailed information relating to filing requirements, interventions, protests, service, and qualifying facilities filings can be found at:
Take notice that the following hydroelectric application has been filed with the Commission and is available for public inspection.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j. This application is not ready for environmental analysis at this time.
k.
The existing Bear Swamp Pumped Storage Development consists of the following existing facilities: (1) A 118-acre upper reservoir with a gross storage capacity of 8,300 acre-feet at the normal full water surface elevation of approximately 1,600 feet National Geodetic Vertical Datum of 1929 (NGVD), which is contained by existing topography and 4 dikes: (a) An approximately 1,300-foot-long, 155-foot-high curved, earth and rock-fill dike (North Dike); (b) an approximately 350-foot-long, 23-foot-high earth and rock-fill dike extending from the eastside of the North Dike (North Dike Extension); (c) an approximately 2,880-foot-long, 140-foot-high earth and rock-fill dike (South Dike); and (d) an approximately 750-foot-long, 50-foot-high earth and rock-fill dike (East Dike); (2) a 420-foot long emergency spillway to the east of the North Dike Extension; (3) an 88-foot-long, 1.5- to 4-foot-wide, 4-foot-high submerged weir with three 5-foot-wide, 3-foot-high concrete stoplog gates; (4) a 40-foot-diameter concrete inlet/outlet structure located at the bottom of the upper reservoir to the west of the North Dike; (5) an approximately 1,430.5-foot-long tunnel system that includes: (a) A 75-foot-long concrete-lined section that tapers from 40 feet to 25 feet in diameter; (b) an approximately 965-foot-long, 25-foot-diameter concrete-lined section; (c) a 15-foot-long concrete-lined section that bifurcates from a single 25-foot-diameter section to two 20-foot-diameter penstock sections; (d) two 25-foot-long concrete-lined penstock sections that taper from 20 feet to 17.5 feet in diameter; (e) two 322-foot-long, 17.5-foot-diameter concrete-lined penstock sections; (f) two 20-foot-long concrete-lined penstock sections that taper from 17.5 feet to 11 feet in diameter; and (g) two 8.5-foot-long, 11-foot-diameter, steel-lined penstock sections; (6) a 227-foot-long, 79-foot-wide, 182-foot-high underground powerhouse containing two reversible Francis pump turbine-generator units with a total authorized capacity of 666 MW; (7) two 504-foot-long, 22-foot-wide, 29.5-foot-high concrete-lined draft tube tunnels; (8) a lower reservoir inlet/outlet structure with four 15-foot-wide, 20-foot-high bays, each equipped with 16-foot-wide, 20.6-foot-high steel slide gates; (9) four 15-foot-wide, 26.7-foot-tall steel trashracks with 6-inch bar spacing; (10) two 13.8-kilovolt (kV) motor-generator lead electrical lines, one approximately 890 feet long (east lead) and one approximately 900 feet long (west lead); (11) a 600-foot-long, 15-foot-wide, 23-foot-high access tunnel for the generator lead lines; (12) two 13.8/230-kV step-up transformers; (13) two 230-kV above-ground transmission lines, one approximately 4,075 feet long (south line) and one approximately 3,960 feet long (north line), which terminate at a non-project switchyard owned by National Grid; (14) a 700-foot-long, 25-foot-wide, 29-foot-high tunnel for the access road; and (15) appurtenant facilities.
The existing Fife Brook Development consists of: (1) An 890-foot-long, 130-foot-high earthen rock-fill dam; (2) a 152-acre impoundment with a gross storage capacity of 6,900 acre-feet at a normal maximum water surface elevation of 870 feet NGVD, which also serves as the lower reservoir for the Bear Swamp Pumped Storage Development; (3) two 36-foot-wide, 40-foot-high steel Tainter spillway gates that are integral with the dam; (4) a concrete intake structure that is integral with the dam and includes an 11.2-foot-wide, 24-foot-tall trashrack with 3-inch bar spacing and a 15-foot-wide, 18-foot-high headgate; (5) a 10-foot-diameter, 200-foot-long steel penstock; (6) an approximately 79.25-foot-long, 44-foot-wide, 94-foot-tall concrete powerhouse containing a 10-MW Francis turbine-generator unit; (7) a 21-foot-long steel-lined draft tube; (8) an approximately 325-foot-long, 30-inch-diameter minimum flow release pipe that is gated at its intake and bifurcates into an approximately 55-foot-long, 20-inch-diameter pipe and an approximately 55-foot-long, 24-inch-diameter pipe; (9) a partially buried (860-foot-long section) and partially above-ground (7,060-foot-long section) 13.8-kV transmission line that connects the turbine-generator unit to the regional grid at a non-project substation owned by Great River Hydro, LLC; and (10) appurtenant facilities.
The Bear Swamp Pumped Storage Development uses a storage capacity of 4,600 acre-feet to generate approximately 3,028 MWh of energy over a generation run time of approximately 5.3 hours. The Bear Swamp Pumped Storage Development normally generates and pumps back some or all of its useable storage capacity over a 24-hour period.
The impoundment for the Fife Brook Development is the lower reservoir of the Bear Swamp Pumped Storage Development. The Fife Brook impoundment has an allowable drawdown of 40 feet to provide a useable storage capacity of 4,600 acre-feet to the upper reservoir of the Bear Swamp Pumped Storage Development for daily peaking operations. Releases from Fife Brook dam generally match the inflow from the Station No. 5 Development of Great River Hydro, LLC's Deerfield River Project (FERC No. 2323), which discharges directly into the Fife Brook impoundment.
The project's current license requires Bear Swamp to release a continuous minimum flow of 125 cubic feet per second (cfs) from Fife Brook dam, and to use water from the Bear Swamp Pumped Storage Development to meet the required 125 cfs minimum flow as necessary. The existing license also requires Bear Swamp to provide 106 scheduled annual releases of 700 cfs for whitewater recreation downstream of the Fife Brook dam from April 1 through October 31.
l.
m. You may also register online at
n.
o. Final amendments to the application must be filed with the Commission no later than 30 days from the issuance date of the notice of ready for environmental analysis.
The staff of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) has prepared an environmental assessment (EA) for the Herscher Northwest Storage Field Abandonment Project, proposed by Natural Gas Pipeline Company of America LLC (Natural) in the above-referenced docket. Natural requests authorization to abandon the Herscher Northwest Storage Field facilities with its certificated maximum inventory of 18.5 billion cubic feet (Bcf) located in Kankakee County, Illinois.
The EA assesses the potential environmental effects of the abandonment of the Herscher Northwest Storage Field Abandonment Project in accordance with the requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). The FERC staff concludes that approval of the proposed project, with appropriate mitigating measures, would not constitute a major federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
Natural proposes to abandon:
• In place 19 injection/withdrawal wells by permanently plugging and capping;
• in place 16.15 miles of 4- to 16-inch-diameter associated pipeline laterals in the storage field by capping;
• in place 13 non-jurisdictional observation wells by plugging;
• in place one non-jurisdictional salt water disposal well by plugging;
• in place approximately 15.3 Bcf of non-recoverable cushion gas;
• by removal the 330-horsepower Compressor Station 202 including its building, compressor unit, concrete piers, and concrete foundation; and
• by removal all aboveground and belowground storage field auxiliary surface facilities, including, but not limited to: Well head piping, slug catchers, water gathering system, and methanol distribution systems associated with the abandoned wells; seven tap valves; a pigging facility; and two corrosion monitors along with their associated rectifiers and ground beds.
Natural also proposes to convert the P. Cook No. 1 injection/withdrawal well to an observational well for its nearby Herscher Mount Simon Storage Field; and retain the P. Cook No. G-1 well as an observation well for its nearby Herscher Galesville Storage Field.
The FERC staff mailed copies of the EA to federal, state, and local government representatives and agencies; elected officials; environmental and public interest groups; Native American tribes; potentially affected landowners and other interested individuals and groups; and newspapers and libraries in the project area. In addition, the EA is available for public viewing on the FERC's website (
Any person wishing to comment on the EA may do so. Your comments should focus on the potential environmental effects, reasonable alternatives, and measures to avoid or lessen environmental impacts. The more specific your comments, the more useful they will be. To ensure that the Commission has the opportunity to consider your comments prior to making its decision on this project, it is important that we receive your comments in Washington, DC on or before May 14, 2018.
For your convenience, there are three methods you can use to file your comments to the Commission. In all instances, please reference the project docket number (CP18-12-000) with your submission. The Commission encourages electronic filing of comments and has expert staff available to assist you at (202) 502-8258 or
(1) You can file your comments electronically using the eComment feature on the Commission's website (
(2) You can also file your comments electronically using the eFiling feature on the Commission's website (
(3) You can file a paper copy of your comments by mailing them to the following address: Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary, Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, 888 First Street NE, Room 1A, Washington, DC 20426.
Any person seeking to become a party to the proceeding must file a motion to intervene pursuant to Rule 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedures (18 CFR 385.214).
Additional information about the project is available from the Commission's Office of External Affairs, at (866) 208-FERC, or on the FERC website (
In addition, the Commission offers a free service called eSubscription which allows you to keep track of all formal issuances and submittals in specific dockets. This can reduce the amount of time you spend researching proceedings by automatically providing you with notification of these filings, document summaries, and direct links to the documents. Go to
In its
Upon receipt of the agency submissions, the Commission posted the information in eLibrary, and issued, on March 7, 2018, a notice announcing the date for a technical conference to review the submitted costs. On March 27, 2018 the Commission held the technical conference. Technical conference transcripts, submitted cost forms, and detailed supporting documents are all available for review under Docket No. AD18-5. These documents are accessible on-line at
Interested parties may file specific questions and comments on the FY 2017 OFA cost submissions with the Commission under Docket No. AD18-5, no later than April 26, 2018. Once filed, the Commission will forward the questions and comments to the OFAs for response.
Anyone with questions pertaining to the technical conference or this notice should contact Raven A. Rodriguez at (202) 502-6276 (via email at
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, DOE.
Comment request.
In compliance with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or FERC) is submitting the FERC-725L (Mandatory Reliability Standards for the Bulk-Power System: MOD Reliability Standards) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review of the information collection requirements. Any interested person may file comments directly with OMB and should address a copy of those comments to the Commission as explained below. The Commission previously issued a Notice in the
Comments on the collection of information are due by May 18, 2018.
Comments filed with OMB, identified by the OMB Control No. 1902-0261, should be sent via email to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs:
A copy of the comments should also be sent to the Commission, in Docket No. IC18-7-000, by either of the following methods:
•
•
Ellen Brown may be reached by email at
On 5/30/2013, NERC filed a petition explaining that the reliability of the Bulk-Power System benefits from “good quality simulation models of power system equipment,
On 5/1/2014,
MOD-025-2, MOD-026-1, MOD-027-1, MOD-032-1 and MOD-033-2 are all currently approved within the FERC-725L information collection. The reporting requirements associated with each standard will not change as a result of this extension request.
The total
Take notice that on April 10, 2018, Duke Energy Carolinas, LLC submitted tariff filing per: Refund Report to be effective N/A, pursuant to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission's (Commission) Order issued on February 15, 2018.
Any person desiring to intervene or to protest this filing must file in accordance with Rules 211 and 214 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (18 CFR 385.211, 385.214). Protests will be considered by the
The Commission encourages electronic submission of protests and interventions in lieu of paper using the “eFiling” link at
This filing is accessible on-line at
On March 7, 2018, the Flat Canyon Hydro, LLC, filed an application for a preliminary permit, pursuant to section 4(f) of the Federal Power Act (FPA), proposing to study the feasibility of the Flat Canyon Pumped Storage Project (Flat Canyon Project or project) to be located in Flat Canyon, near the City of Elsinore, Sevier County, Utah. The sole purpose of a preliminary permit, if issued, is to grant the permit holder priority to file a license application during the permit term. A preliminary permit does not authorize the permit holder to perform any land-disturbing activities or otherwise enter upon lands or waters owned by others without the owners' express permission.
The proposed project would be a closed-loop pumped storage hydropower facility that consists of the following: (1) A 37-acre upper reservoir having a total storage capacity of 1,800 acre-feet at a normal maximum operating elevation of 6,930 feet mean sea level (msl); (2) a 55-foot-high, 550-foot-long zoned earth/rockfill or concrete-faced upper reservoir dam; (3) a 55-foot-high, 525-foot-long zoned earth/rockfill or concrete-faced second upper reservoir dam; (4) a 1,350-foot-long, 15-foot-diameter low-pressure headrace tunnel either unlined or lined concrete-lined; (5) a 6,850-foot-long, 15-foot-diameter high-pressure headrace tunnel lined with either concrete or steel; (6) a 220-foot-long, 60-foot-wide, 120-foot-high powerhouse housed in an underground cavern and accessed via a 2,600-foot-long, 18-foot-diameter access tunnel, housing two variable-speed reversible pump/turbine-motor/generator units rated for 150 megawatts each at 1,370 feet maximum gross head; (7) a 2,400-foot-long, 17.5-foot-diameter tailrace tunnel lined with concrete; (8) a 37-acre lower reservoir having a total storage capacity 1,800 acre-feet at a normal maximum operating elevation of 5,630 feet msl; (9) a 75-foot-high, 850-foot-long zoned earth/rockfill or concrete-faced lower reservoir dam; (10) a 13-mile-long, 230-kilovolt (kV) transmission line extending from the powerhouse that would follow an existing transmission corridor to the Sigurd Substation owned by Rocky Mountain Power, or, if possible, a direct connection to Rocky Mountain Power's Sigurd-Red Butte No. 2 345-kV line adjacent to the project (the point of interconnection); and (11) appurtenant facilities. The estimated annual generation of the Flat Canyon Project would be 525.6 gigawatt-hours.
Deadline for filing comments, motions to intervene, competing applications (without notices of intent), or notices of intent to file competing applications: 60 days from the issuance of this notice. Competing applications and notices of intent must meet the requirements of 18 CFR 4.36.
The Commission strongly encourages electronic filing. Please file comments, motions to intervene, notices of intent, and competing applications using the Commission's eFiling system at
More information about this project, including a copy of the application, can be viewed or printed on the eLibrary link of Commission's website at
1. By letter filed March 8, 2018, Charles T. Hagan, III, Manager, Hydrodyne Industries, LLC, exemptee informed the Commission that the exemption from licensing for the High Falls Hydroelectric Project No. 7987, originally issued September 12, 1984
2. UP Property 2, LLC is now the exemptee of the High Falls Hydroelectric Project No. 7987. All correspondence should be forwarded to: Mr. Aaron Aho, Land and Resource
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
In accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, notice is hereby given that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) intends to re-establish the Environmental Financial Advisory Board (EFAB) for a two-year period due to an administrative delay in filing the committee's renewal charter. EPA has determined that the EFAB is necessary and in the public interest in connection with the performance of duties imposed on the agency by law. The purpose of EFAB is to provide advice and recommendations to the EPA Administrator on issues associated with environmental financing.
Inquiries may be directed to Leo Gueriguian, Associate Director, Water Infrastructure Division, U.S. EPA, William Jefferson Clinton Federal Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW, Washington, DC 20460 (Mail Code: 4201T), Telephone (202) 564-0388, or
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is planning to submit an information collection request (ICR), “National Volatile Organic Compound Emission Standards for Aerosol Coatings” (EPA ICR No. 2289.04, OMB Control No. 2060-0617) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA). Before doing so, the EPA is soliciting public comments on specific aspects of the proposed information collection as described below. This is a proposed extension of the ICR, which is currently approved through October 31, 2018. An Agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Comments must be submitted on or before June 18, 2018.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2006-0971 online using
The EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Ms. Kaye Whitfield, Sector Policies and Programs Division (Mail Code D243-02), Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; telephone number: (919) 541-2509; fax number: (919) 541-5450; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Pursuant to section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA, the EPA is soliciting comments and information to enable it to: (i) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (ii) evaluate the accuracy of the Agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (iii) enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (iv) minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Science Advisory Board (SAB) Staff Office announces a public meeting of the chartered SAB to: (1) Conduct a quality review of a draft SAB report on an Screening Methodologies to Support Risk and Technology Reviews (RTR) for National Emissions Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants: RTR; (2) discuss information provided by the EPA on planned actions in the 2017 semi-annual regulatory agenda and their supporting science; and (3) receive briefings from the EPA Office of Research and Development, the Office of Water, and the Office of Air.
The public meeting will be held on Thursday, May 31, 2018, from 1:00 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. and Friday June 1, 2018, from 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.
The meeting will be held at the Washington Plaza Hotel, 10 Thomas Circle NW, Washington, DC 20005.
Any member of the public who wants further information concerning the meeting may contact Mr. Thomas Carpenter, Designated Federal Officer (DFO), EPA Science Advisory Board (1400R), U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20460; via telephone/voice mail (202) 564-4885, or email at
EPA's Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) requested that the SAB conduct a review of the methods for conducting Risk and Technology Review Assessments in conjunction with assessments of residual risk required by the Clean Air Act. These assessments evaluate the effects of industrial emissions of hazardous air pollutants (HAPs) on public health and the environment. The SAB convened RTR Methods Panel to review EPA's draft Screening Methodologies to Support Risk and Technology Reviews (RTR) (External Review Draft May, 2017).
The chartered SAB will conduct a quality review of the panel's draft report before it is transmitted to the EPA Administrator. The SAB quality review process ensures that all draft reports developed by SAB panels, committees or workgroups are reviewed and approved by the Chartered SAB before being finalized and transmitted to the EPA Administrator. These reviews are conducted in a public meeting as required by FACA.
Background on the current advisory activity, Screening Methodologies to Support Risk and Technology Reviews (RTR): A Case Study Analysis can be found on the SAB website at
As part of the EPA's effort to routinely inform the SAB about proposed and planned agency actions that have a scientific or technical basis, the agency provided notice to the SAB that the Office of Management and Budget published the “Unified (Regulatory) Agenda” on the Web on and available at:
The SAB convened a Work Group to review information provided in the agency's 2017 regulatory agenda regarding EPA planned actions and their supporting science. The SAB will discuss recommendations and information developed by the Work Group regarding the adequacy of the science supporting the planned actions. Information about this advisory activity can be found on the Web at:
Federal advisory committees and panels, including scientific advisory committees, provide independent advice to the EPA. Members of the public can submit relevant comments pertaining to the EPA's charge, meeting materials, or the group providing advice. Input from the public to the SAB will have the most impact if it provides specific scientific or technical information or analysis for the SAB to consider or if it relates to the clarity or accuracy of the technical information. Members of the public wishing to
The following item has been deleted from the list of items scheduled for consideration at the Tuesday, April 17, 2018, Open Meeting and previously listed in the Commission's Notice of April 10, 2018.
Information covered under 5 U.S.C. 552b (c)(9)(B).
Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Request for comments on proposed substances to be evaluated for Toxicological Profile development.
The Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry (ATSDR) within the Department of Health and Human Services is initiating the development of another set of Toxicological Profiles. This notice solicits public nominations of substances for ATSDR to evaluate for Toxicological Profile development. ATSDR will consider nominations from the Substance Priority List, as well as any non-Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (CERLA) substances that may have public health implications, on the basis of ATSDR's authority to prepare Toxicological Profiles for substances not found at sites on the National Priorities List. The agency will do so in order to “. . . establish and maintain inventory of literature, research, and studies on the health effects of toxic substances”, to respond to requests for consultation, and to support the site-specific response actions conducted by ATSDR, as otherwise necessary.
Nominations from the Substance Priority List and/or additional substances must be submitted by May 18, 2018.
You may submit nominations, identified by Docket No. ATSDR-2018-0003 by any of the following methods:
•
•
For further information, please contact Susan Z. Ingber, Division of Toxicology and Human Health Sciences, Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, 1600 Clifton Rd. NE, MS F-57, Atlanta, GA 30329, Email:
The Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986 (SARA) [42 U.S.C. 9601
Each year, ATSDR develops a list of substances to be considered for Toxicological Profile development. The nomination process includes consideration of all substances on ATSDR's Substance Priority List (SPL), as well as other substances nominated by the public. The SPL may be found at the following website:
Today's notice invites voluntary public nominations for substances included on the SPL and for substances not listed on the SPL. All nominations should include the full name of the nominator, affiliation, and email address. When nominating a non-SPL substance, please include the rationale for the nomination. Please note that email addresses will not be posted on
ATSDR will evaluate data and information associated with nominated substances and will determine the final list of substances to be chosen for Toxicological Profile development. Substances will be chosen according to ATSDR's specific guidelines for selection. These guidelines can be found in the
Please ensure that your comments are submitted within the specified nomination period. Nominations received after the closing date will be marked as late and may be considered only if time and resources permit.
Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services.
Notice.
The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) announces the next meeting of the Secretary's Advisory Committee on National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives for 2030 (Committee) regarding the development of national health promotion and disease prevention objectives for 2030. This meeting will be held online via webinar and is open to the public. The Committee will discuss the nation's health promotion and disease prevention objectives and will provide recommendations to improve health status and reduce health risks for the nation by the year 2030. The Committee will further develop recommendations regarding Leading Health Indicators and recommendations for setting targets for the Healthy People 2030 objectives. Pursuant to the Committee's charter, the Committee's advice must assist the Secretary in reducing the number of objectives while ensuring that the selection criteria identifies the most critical public health issues that are high-impact priorities supported by current national data.
The Committee will meet on May 14, 2018, from 1:00 p.m. to 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time (ET).
The meeting will be held online via webinar. To register to attend the meeting, please visit the Healthy People website at
Emmeline Ochiai, Designated Federal Official, Secretary's Advisory Committee on National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives for 2030, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of Disease Prevention and Health Promotion, 1101 Wootton Parkway, Room LL-100, Rockville, MD 20852, (240) 453-8280 (telephone), (240) 453-8281 (fax). Additional information is available on the Healthy People website at
The names and biographies of the Committee members are available at
To join the Committee meeting, individuals must pre-register at the Healthy People website at
42 U.S.C. 300u and 42 U.S.C. 217a. The Secretary's Advisory Committee on National Health Promotion and Disease Prevention Objectives for 2030 is governed by provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), Public Law 92-463, as amended (5 U.S.C., App.) which sets forth standards for the formation and use of federal advisory committees.
The Indian Health Service (IHS) estimated budget for fiscal year (FY) 2018 includes $27,500,000 for the IHS Loan Repayment Program (LRP) for health professional educational loans (undergraduate and graduate) in return for full-time clinical service as defined in the IHS LRP policy at
This notice is being published early to coincide with the recruitment activity of the IHS which competes with other Government and private health management organizations to employ qualified health professionals.
This program is authorized by the Indian Health Care Improvement Act (IHCIA) Section 108, codified at 25 U.S.C. 1616a.
The estimated amount available is approximately $17,750,000 to support approximately 384 competing awards averaging $46,210 per award for a two year contract. The estimated amount available is approximately $9,750,000 to support approximately 390 competing awards averaging $25,000 per award for a one year extension. One year contract extensions will receive priority consideration in any award cycle. Applicants selected for participation in the FY 2018 program cycle will be expected to begin their service period no later than September 30, 2018.
Pursuant to 25 U.S.C. 1616a(b), to be eligible to participate in the LRP, an individual must meet the following three criteria:
(1) Be enrolled in an accredited institution, in any State and intended to complete the course in the same year the individual applies to participate in the program.
Or be enrolled in an approved graduate training program in a health profession.
Or have a health profession degree and a license to practice in a State.
(2) Be eligible for, or hold an appointment as a commissioned officer in the Regular Corps of the Public Health Service (PHS).
Or be eligible for selection for service in the Regular Corps of the PHS.
Or meet the professional standards for civil service employment in the IHS.
Or be employed in an Indian health program without service obligation.
(3) Submit to the Secretary an application for a contract to the LRP. The Secretary must approve the contract before the disbursement of loan repayments can be made to the participant. Participants will be required to fulfill their contract service agreements through full-time clinical practice at an Indian health program site determined by the Secretary. Loan repayment sites are characterized by physical, cultural, and professional isolation, and have histories of frequent staff turnover. Indian health program sites are annually prioritized within the Agency by discipline, based on need or vacancy. The IHS LRP's ranking system gives high site scores to those sites that are most in need of specific health professions. Awards are given to the applications that match the highest priorities until funds are no longer available.
Any individual who owes an obligation for health professional service to the Federal Government, a State, or other entity, is not eligible for the LRP unless the obligation will be completely satisfied before they begin service under this program.
25 U.S.C. 1616a authorizes the IHS LRP and provides that the Secretary, acting through the Service, shall establish a program to be known as the Indian Health Service Loan Repayment Program (hereinafter referred to as the Loan Repayment Program) in order to assure an adequate supply of trained health professionals necessary to maintain accreditation of, and provide health care services to Indians through, Indian health programs.
For the purposes of this program, the term “Indian health program” means any health program or facility funded, in whole or in part, by the Service for the benefit of Indians and administered—
Not applicable.
Interested individuals are reminded that the list of eligible health and allied health professions is effective for applicants for FY 2018.
These priorities will remain in effect until superseded.
Each applicant will be responsible for submitting a complete application. Go to
Applications for the FY 2018 LRP will be accepted and evaluated monthly beginning April 18, 2018, and will continue to be accepted each month thereafter until all funds are exhausted for FY 2018. Subsequent monthly deadline dates are scheduled for Friday of the second full week of each month until August 15, 2018.
Applications shall be considered as meeting the deadline if they are either:
(1) Received on or before the deadline date; or
(2) Received after the deadline date, but with a legible postmark dated on or before the deadline date. (Applicants should request a legibly dated U.S. Postal Service postmark or obtain a legibly dated receipt from a commercial carrier or U.S. Postal Service. Private metered postmarks are not acceptable as proof of timely mailing).
Applications submitted after the monthly closing date will be held for consideration in the next monthly funding cycle. Applicants who do not receive funding by September 30, 2018, will be notified in writing.
This program is not subject to review under Executive Order 12372.
Not applicable.
New applicants are responsible for using the online application. Applicants requesting a contract extension must do so in writing by April 18, 2018, to ensure the highest possibility of being funded a contract extension.
The IHS will utilize the Health Professional Shortage Area (HPSA) score developed by the Health Resources and Services Administration for each Indian health program for which there is a need or vacancy. At each Indian health facility, the HPSA score for mental health will be utilized for all behavioral health professions, the HPSA score for dental health will be utilized for all dentistry and dental hygiene health professions, and the HPSA score for primary care will be used for all other approved health professions.
In determining applications to be approved and contracts to accept, the IHS will give priority to applications made by American Indians and Alaska Natives and to individuals recruited through the efforts of Indian Tribes or Tribal or Indian organizations.
One or all of the following factors may be applicable to an applicant, and the applicant who has the most of these factors, all other criteria being equal, will be selected.
(1) An applicant's length of current employment in the IHS, Tribal, or Urban program.
(2) Availability for service earlier than other applicants (first come, first served).
(3) Date the individual's application was received.
Not applicable.
Notice of awards will be mailed on the last working day of each month. Once the applicant is approved for participation in the LRP, the applicant will receive confirmation of his/her loan repayment award and the duty site at which he/she will serve his/her loan repayment obligation.
Applicants may sign contractual agreements with the Secretary for 2 years. The IHS may repay all, or a portion, of the applicant's health profession educational loans (undergraduate and graduate) for tuition expenses and reasonable educational and living expenses in amounts up to $20,000 per year for each year of contracted service. Payments will be made annually to the participant for the purpose of repaying his/her outstanding health profession educational loans. Payment of health profession education loans will be made to the participant within 120 days, from the date the contract becomes effective. The effective date of the contract is calculated from the date it is signed by the Secretary or his/her delegate, or the IHS, Tribal, Urban, or Buy Indian health center entry-on-duty date, whichever is more recent.
In addition to the loan payment, participants are provided tax assistance
Any individual who enters this program and satisfactorily completes his or her obligated period of service may apply to extend his/her contract on a year-by-year basis, as determined by the IHS. Participants extending their contracts may receive up to the maximum amount of $20,000 per year plus an additional 20 percent for Federal withholding.
Please address inquiries to Ms. Jacqueline K. Santiago, Chief, IHS Loan Repayment Program, 5600 Fishers Lane, Mail Stop: OHR (11E53A), Rockville, Maryland 20857, Telephone: 301/443-3396 [between 8:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. (Eastern Standard Time) Monday through Friday, except Federal holidays].
IHS area offices and service units that are financially able are authorized to provide additional funding to make awards to applicants in the LRP, but not to exceed the maximum allowable amount authorized by statute per year, plus tax assistance. All additional funding must be made in accordance with the priority system outlined below. Health professions given priority for selection above the $20,000 threshold are those identified as meeting the criteria in 25 U.S.C. 1616a(g)(2)(A), which provides that the Secretary shall consider the extent to which each such determination:
• Affects the ability of the Secretary to maximize the number of contracts that can be provided under the LRP from the amounts appropriated for such contracts;
• Provides an incentive to serve in Indian health programs with the greatest shortages of health professionals; and
• Provides an incentive with respect to the health professional involved remaining in an Indian health program with such a health professional shortage, and continuing to provide primary health services, after the completion of the period of obligated service under the LRP.
Contracts may be awarded to those who are available for service no later than September 30, 2018, and must be in compliance with 25 U.S.C. 1616a. In order to ensure compliance with the statutes, area offices or service units providing additional funding under this section are responsible for notifying the LRP of such payments before funding is offered to the LRP participant.
Should an IHS area office contribute to the LRP, those funds will be used for only those sites located in that area. Those sites will retain their relative ranking from their Health Professions Shortage Areas (HPSA) scores. For example, the Albuquerque Area Office identifies supplemental monies for dentists. Only the dental positions within the Albuquerque Area will be funded with the supplemental monies consistent with the HPSA scores within that area.
Should an IHS service unit contribute to the LRP, those funds will be used for only those sites located in that service unit. Those sites will retain their relative ranking from their HPSA scores.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Advisory Mental Health Council.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and/or contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications and/or contract proposals, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Any member of the public interested in presenting oral comments to the committee may notify the Contact Person listed on this notice at least 10 days in advance of the meeting. Interested individuals and representatives of organizations may submit a letter of intent, a brief description of the organization represented, and a short description of the oral presentation. Only one representative of an organization may be allowed to present oral comments and if accepted by the committee, presentations may be limited to five minutes. Both printed and electronic copies are requested for the record. In addition, any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding their statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Cancer Institute Clinical Trials and Translational Research Advisory Committee.
The meeting will be open to the public, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting. The meeting will also be videocast and can be accessed from the NIH Videocasting and Podcasting website (
Any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding the statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of a meeting of the National Advisory Council on Drug Abuse.
The meeting will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and/or contract proposals and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant
Any member of the public interested in presenting oral comments to the committee may notify the Contact Person listed on this notice at least 10 days in advance of the meeting. Interested individuals and representatives of organizations may submit a letter of intent, a brief description of the organization represented, and a short description of the oral presentation. Only one representative of an organization may be allowed to present oral comments and if accepted by the committee, presentations may be limited to five minutes. Both printed and electronic copies are requested for the record. In addition, any interested person may file written comments with the committee by forwarding their statement to the Contact Person listed on this notice. The statement should include the name, address, telephone number and when applicable, the business or professional affiliation of the interested person.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing, HUD.
Notice.
The proposed information collection requirement described below will be submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act. The Department is soliciting public comments on the subject proposal.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Elissa Saunders, Acting Director, Office of Single Family Program Development, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410, telephone (202) 708-2121 (this is not a toll free number) for copies of the proposed forms and other available information. Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number through TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Saunders.
The Department is submitting the proposed information collection to OMB for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended).
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comments in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing, PIH, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Arlette Mussington, Office of Policy, Programs and Legislative Initiatives, PIH, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 3178, Washington, DC 20410, Washington, DC 20410; telephone 202-402-4109, (this is not a toll-free number). Persons with hearing or speech impairments may access this number via TTY by calling the Federal Information Relay Service at (800) 877-8339. Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Mussington.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
As part of aligning REAC UPCS inspections with those conducted by state Housing Finance Agencies, state HFA staff also may fill out a form for information purposes only prior to attending the UPCS training.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing—Federal Housing Commissioner, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone 202-402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
For copies of the proposed forms and other available information contact Jessica V. Grantling, Office of Housing Assistance and Grants Administration, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW, Washington, DC 20410 by email
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
The Summary Budget and the Annual Program Budget make up the budget of the grantee's annual extension request. Together the forms provide itemized expenses for anticipated program costs and a matrix of budgeted yearly costs. The budget forms show the services funded through the grant and demonstrate how matching funds, participant fees, and grant funds will be used in tandem to operate the grant program. Field staff approve the annual budget and request annual extension funds according to the budget. Field staff can also determine if grantees are meeting statutory and regulatory requirements through the evaluation of this budget.
HUD will use the Payment Voucher to monitor use of grant funds for eligible activities over the term of the grant. The Grantee may similarly use the Payment Voucher to track and record their requests for payment reimbursement for grant-funded activities.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
U.S. Geological Survey, Interior.
Notice of information collection; request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) is proposing to renew authorization for information collection from state geological surveys that request NGGDPP funds to preserve geoscience materials and data.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 18, 2018.
Send your comments on the information collection request (ICR) by mail to the U.S. Geological Survey, Information Collections Clearance Officer, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive, MS 159, Reston, VA 20192; or by email to
To request additional information about this ICR, contact U.S. Geological Survey Information Collection Clearance Officer by email at
We, the USGS, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, provide the general public and other Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand our information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format.
We are soliciting comments on the proposed ICR that is described below.
Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this ICR. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The authorities for this action are the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501,
U.S. Geological Survey, Interior.
Notice of information collection; request for comment.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) is proposing to renew an information collection (IC).
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before June 18, 2018.
Send your comments on the information collection request (ICR) by mail to the U.S. Geological Survey, Information Collection Clearance Officer, 12201 Sunrise Valley Drive MS 159, Reston, VA 20192; or by email to
To request additional information about this ICR, contact Darcy McPhee by email at
We, the U.S. Geological Survey, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, provide the general public and other Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps us assess the impact of our information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand our information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format.
We are soliciting comments on the proposed ICR that is described below. We are especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is the collection necessary to the proper functions of the USGS; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the USGS enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the USGS minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology.
Comments that you submit in response to this notice are a matter of public record. We will include or summarize each comment in our request to OMB to approve this ICR. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you may ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
The NCGMP EDMAP program allocates funds to colleges and universities in the United States and Puerto Rico through an annual competitive cooperative agreement process. Every Federal dollar awarded is matched with university funds.
Geology professors, who are skilled in geologic mapping, request EDMAP funding to support undergraduate and graduate students at their college or university in a one-year mentored geologic mapping project that focuses on a specific geographic area.
Only State Geological Surveys are eligible to apply to the STATEMAP component of the NCGMP pursuant to the National Geologic Mapping Act (Pub. L. 106-148). Since many State Geological Surveys are organized under a state university system, such universities may submit a proposal on behalf of the State Geological Survey.
Each fall, the program announcements are posted to the
Since 1996, more than $5 million from the NCGMP has supported geologic mapping efforts of more than 1,200 students working with more than 260 professors at 161 universities in 44 states, the District of Columbia, and Puerto Rico. Funds for graduate projects are limited to $17,500 and undergraduate project funds limited to $10,000. These funds are used to cover field expenses and student salaries, but not faculty salaries or tuition. The authority for both programs is listed in the National Geologic Mapping Act (Pub. L. 106-148).
We will protect information from respondents considered proprietary under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) and its implementing regulations (43 CFR part 2), and under regulations at 30 CFR 250.197, “Data and information to be made available to the public or for limited inspection.” Responses are voluntary. No questions of a “sensitive” nature are asked.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
The authorities for this action are the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501,
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice.
The National Park Service is soliciting comments on the significance of properties nominated before March 31, 2018, for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places.
Comments should be submitted by May 3, 2018.
Comments may be sent via U.S. Postal Service and all other carriers to the National Register of Historic Places, National Park Service, 1849 C St. NW, MS 7228, Washington, DC 20240.
The properties listed in this notice are being considered for listing or related actions in the National Register of Historic Places. Nominations for their consideration were received by the National Park Service before March 31, 2018. Pursuant to Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60, written comments are being accepted concerning the significance of the nominated properties under the National Register criteria for evaluation.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment—including your personal identifying information—may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
Nominations submitted by State Historic Preservation Officers:
Nominations submitted by Federal Preservation Officers:
The State Historic Preservation Officer reviewed the following nominations and responded to the Federal Preservation Officer within 45 days of receipt of the nominations and supports listing the properties in the National Register of Historic Places.
Section 60.13 of 36 CFR part 60.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that a complaint was filed with the U.S. International Trade Commission on February 13, 2018, under section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, on behalf of Jump Rope Systems, LLC of Louisville, Colorado. The complaint, as supplemented, alleges violations of section 337 based upon the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, and the sale within the United States after importation of certain jump rope systems by reason of infringement of U.S. Patent No. 7,789,809 (“the '809 patent”) and U.S. Patent No. 8,136,208 (“the '208 patent”). The complaint, as supplemented, further alleges that an industry in the United States exists as required by the applicable Federal Statute.
The complainant requests that the Commission institute an investigation and, after the investigation, issue a limited exclusion order and a cease and desist order.
The complaint, except for any confidential information contained therein, is available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Room 112, Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. Hearing impaired individuals are advised that information on this matter can be obtained by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on (202) 205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server at
Pathenia M. Proctor, The Office of Unfair Import Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, telephone (202) 205-2560.
(1) Pursuant to subsection (b) of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, an investigation be instituted to determine whether there is a violation of subsection (a)(1)(B) of section 337 in the importation into the United States, the sale for importation, or the sale within the United States after importation of certain jump rope systems by reason of infringement of claim 1 of the '809 patent or claim 1 of the '208 patent; and whether an industry in the United States exists as required by subsection (a)(2) of section 337;
(2) For the purpose of the investigation so instituted, the following are hereby named as parties upon which this notice of investigation shall be served:
(a) The complainant is: Jump Rope Systems, LLC, 500 Front Street, Louisville, CO 80027.
(b) The respondent is the following entity alleged to be in violation of section 337, and is the party upon which the complaint is to be served: Suzhou Everise Fitness Co., Ltd., Room 10008, Shishang Siji Commerical Plaza, No. 1060, Jiayuan Road, Yuanhe Street Xiangcheng District, Suzhou, Jiangsu China.
(c) The Office of Unfair Import Investigations, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Suite 401, Washington, DC 20436; and
(3) For the investigation so instituted, the Chief Administrative Law Judge, U.S. International Trade Commission, shall designate the presiding Administrative Law Judge.
Responses to the complaint and the notice of investigation must be submitted by the named respondent in accordance with section 210.13 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, 19 CFR 210.13. Pursuant to 19 CFR 201.16(e) and 210.13(a), such responses will be considered by the Commission if received not later than 20 days after the date of service by the Commission of the complaint and the notice of investigation. Extensions of time for submitting responses to the complaint and the notice of investigation will not be granted unless good cause therefor is shown.
Failure of the respondent to file a timely response to each allegation in the complaint and in this notice may be deemed to constitute a waiver of the right to appear and contest the allegations of the complaint and this notice, and to authorize the administrative law judge and the Commission, without further notice to the respondent, to find the facts to be as alleged in the complaint and this notice and to enter an initial determination and a final determination containing such findings, and may result in the issuance of an exclusion order or a cease and desist order or both directed against the respondent.
By order of the Commission.
United States International Trade Commission.
Institution of investigation and notice of opportunity to file written submissions.
Having been notified by the U.S. Trade Representative that the President on March 20, 2018, submitted a report to Congress that contains a request for an extension of trade authorities procedures, the Commission, as required by section 103(c)(3)(B) of the Bipartisan Congressional Trade Priorities and Accountability Act of 2015
All Commission offices, including the Commission's hearing rooms, are located in the United States International Trade Commission Building, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC. All written submissions should be addressed to the Secretary, United States International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436. The public record for this investigation may be viewed on the Commissions electronic docket (EDIS) at
Information specific to this investigation may be obtained from Yasnanhia Cabral, Project Leader, Office of Operations (202-205-2230, or
The Commission instituted this investigation under section 332 of the Tariff Act of 1930 (19 U.S.C. 1332) to facilitate public filing of comments and public review of such comments and to include the report in an existing series of Commission reports. The Commission will submit its report to Congress by June 1, 2018.
The Commission will not include any confidential business information in the report that it sends to Congress or that it makes available to the public. However, all information, including confidential business information, submitted in this investigation may be disclosed to and used: (i) By the Commission, its employees and offices, and contract personnel (a) for developing or maintaining the records of this or a related proceeding, or (b) in internal investigations, audits, reviews, and evaluations relating to the programs, personnel, and operations of the Commission including under 5 U.S.C. Appendix 3; or (ii) by U.S. government employees and contract personnel for cybersecurity purposes. The Commission will not otherwise disclose any confidential business information in a manner that would reveal the operations of the firm supplying the information.
By order of the Commission.
U.S. International Trade Commission.
Notice.
Notice is hereby given that the U.S. International Trade Commission has determined that there is a violation of section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended in the above-captioned investigation. The Commission has issued a general exclusion order (“GEO”) barring entry of certain arrowheads with arcuate blades and components thereof that infringe the patents asserted in this investigation. The Commission has terminated this investigation.
Michael Liberman, Esq., Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-3115. Copies of non-confidential documents filed in connection with this investigation are or will be available for inspection during official business hours (8:45 a.m. to 5:15 p.m.) in the Office of the Secretary, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436, telephone (202) 205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server at
On January 6, 2017, the Commission instituted an investigation under section 337, based on a complaint filed by complainant Flying Arrow Archery, LLC of Belgrade, Montana (“Flying Arrow,” or Complainant), alleging a violation of section 337 in the importation, sale for importation, and sale within the United States after importation of certain arrowheads with arcuate blades and components thereof (the “Accused Products”) by reason of infringement of one or more of claims 5 and 25 of U.S. Patent No. 8,920,269 (“the `269 patent”); the claim of U.S. Design Patent No. D713,919 (“the `919 design patent”); and the claim of U.S. Design Patent No. D729,336 (“the `336 design patent”) (collectively, the “Asserted Patents”).
On April 4, 2017, the ALJ found Arthur Sifuentes, Zhou Yang, Jianfeng Mao, Sandum Precision, and Liu Mengbao (collectively, the “Defaulting Respondents”) in default.
On August 15, 2017, complainant filed a motion for summary determination of a violation of section 337 pursuant to Commission Rule 210.16(c)(2) to support its request for entry of a general exclusion order with respect to all asserted patents. The IA filed a timely response in support of the motion. No respondent filed a response to the motion.
On November 8, 2017, the presiding ALJ issued an ID (Order No. 9) granting Complainant's motion for summary determination thus finding a violation of section 337, and recommending the issuance of a GEO. No party petitioned for review of the ID.
On December 21, 2017, the Commission determined not to review Order No. 9.
The Commission requested written submissions on remedy, public interest, and bonding.
Having reviewed the submissions filed in response to the Commission's Notice and the evidentiary record, the Commission has determined that the appropriate form of relief in this investigation is a GEO prohibiting the unlicensed importation of certain arrowheads with arcuate blades and components thereof covered by one or more of claims 5 and 25 of the `269 patent, the claim of the `919 design patent, and the claim of the `336 design patent.
The Commission has further determined that the public interest factors enumerated in subsection (g)(1) (19 U.S.C. 1337(g)(1)) do not preclude issuance of the above-referenced remedial order. Finally, the Commission has determined that a bond in the amount of one hundred (100) percent of the entered value is required to permit temporary importation of the articles in question during the period of Presidential review (19 U.S.C. 1337(j)). The investigation is terminated.
The Commission's order, opinion, and the record upon which it based its determination were delivered to the President and to the United States Trade Representative on the day of their issuance. The Commission has also notified the Secretary of the Treasury of the order.
The authority for the Commission's determination is contained in section 337 of the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (19 U.S.C. 1337), and in Part 210 of the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure (19 CFR part 210).
By order of the Commission.
United States International Trade Commission.
April 20, 2018 at 11:00 a.m.
Room 101, 500 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20436, Telephone: (202) 205-2000.
Open to the public.
In accordance with Commission policy, subject matter listed above, not disposed of at the scheduled meeting, may be carried over to the agenda of the following meeting. Earlier notification of this meeting was not possible.
By order of the Commission.
On April 11, 2018, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed consent decree with the United States District Court for the Northern District of New York in a lawsuit entitled
In that case the United States seeks relief for the Town's violations of the Long Term Enhanced Treatment Rule promulgated by the Environmental Protection Agency under the Safe Drinking Water Act. The complaint also contains claims alleged by the State of New York on behalf of the New York Department of Health under the State's laws and regulations. To resolve the claims alleged in the complaint, the Town of Ticonderoga agrees to perform injunctive relief that includes major long-term compliance projects plus interim measures; pay a civil penalty of $50,000 to be divided evenly between the United States and the State of New York; and perform two supplemental environmental projects.
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the proposed consent decree. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and refer to
During the public comment period, the consent decree may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department website:
Please enclose a check or money order for $7.75 (25 cents per page) payable to the United States Treasury.
On April 2, 2018, the Department of Justice (DOJ) lodged a proposed Consent Decree with the United States District Court for the Northern District of Indiana in
The proposed Consent Decree resolves Clean Water Act and Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act claims in the Complaint by the United States on behalf of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), the National Park Service (NPS), and the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), and by Co-Plaintiff the State of Indiana (State) on behalf of the Indiana Department of Environmental Management and the Indiana Department of Natural Resources. Under the proposed Decree, U.S. Steel agrees, among other things, to undertake measures to improve its wastewater processing monitoring system at its steel manufacturing and finishing facility, known as the Midwest Plant, in Portage, Indiana. U.S. Steel also agrees to pay a civil penalty to EPA and the State and to reimburse EPA and the NPS for response costs incurred as a result of an April 2017 spill of wastewater containing hexavalent chromium. U.S. Steel will also pay costs to NOAA for assessing natural resource damages due to the April 2017 spill, and damages to NPS resulting from the closure of several beaches along the Indiana Dunes National Lakeshore due to the spill.
Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the proposed Consent Decree may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department website:
We will provide a paper copy of the proposed Consent Decree upon written request and payment of reproduction costs. Please mail your request and payment to: Consent Decree Library, U.S. DOJ—ENRD, P.O. Box 7611, Washington, DC 20044-7611.
Please enclose a check or money order for $14.25 (25 cents per page reproduction cost), payable to the United States Treasury.
Employment and Training Administration (ETA), Labor.
Notice.
Pursuant to the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) and its implementing regulations, notice is hereby given to announce the final public meeting of the Task Force on Apprenticeship Expansion on Thursday, May 10, 2018. The Task Force is a FACA committee established by Presidential Executive Order that is charged with identifying strategies and proposals to promote and expand apprenticeships, especially in sectors where apprenticeship programs are insufficient. The Task Force is solely advisory in nature, and will consider reports, comments, research, evidence, and existing practices as appropriate to develop recommendations for inclusion in its final report to the President. To achieve its mission, the Task Force will convene its final meeting in person.
The meeting will begin at approximately 1:00 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time on Thursday, May 10, 2018, and adjourn at approximately 3:00 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time.
The meeting will be held at the U.S. Department of Labor, Frances Perkins Building, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington DC 20210. The Department will post any updates regarding the agenda and meeting logistics to the Task Force website:
Ms. Laurie Rowe, Senior Policy Advisor to the Secretary, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20210, Telephone: (202) 693-2772 (this is not a toll-free number).
In order to promote openness, and increase public participation, in person or web based viewing accommodations will be made available for members of the public to observe the meeting proceedings. Additional information will be provided on
Meeting participants should use the visitor's entrance to access the Frances Perkins Building, one block north of Constitution Avenue on 3rd and C Streets NW. For security purposes:
1. Visitors must present valid photo identification (ID) to receive a visitor badge.
2. Visitors must know the name of the event you are attending: The meeting event is the Task Force on Apprenticeship Expansion meeting.
3. Visitor badges are issued by the security officer at the Visitor Entrance located at 3rd and C Streets NW, as described above.
4. Laptops and other electronic devices may be inspected and logged for identification purposes.
5. Due to limited parking options, Metrorail is the easiest way to travel to the Frances Perkins Building. For individuals wishing to take Metrorail, the closest metro stop to the building is Judiciary Square on the Red Line.
Interested members of the public must register for the Task Force meeting before noon on the day of the meeting, via the public registration website using the following link:
The tentative agenda for this meeting includes the following:
Also in the interest of increasing public participation, any member of the public who wishes to provide a written statement should send it via electronic mail to
Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), Labor.
Request for public comments.
OSHA solicits public comments concerning its proposal to extend OMB approval of the information collection requirements specified in the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard.
Comments must be submitted (postmarked, sent, or received) by June 18, 2018.
Charles McCormick or Theda Kenney, Directorate of Standards and Guidance, OSHA, U.S. Department of Labor, telephone (202) 693-2222.
The Department of Labor, as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent (
The information collection requirements specified in the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard require employers to: Develop and maintain exposure control plans; develop a housekeeping schedule; provide workers with Hepatitis B Virus (HBV) vaccinations, post-exposure medical evaluations and follow-up; maintain medical and training records for specified periods; and provide employees and their authorized representatives with access to these records. Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV) and HBV research laboratories and production facilities must also adopt or develop, and review at least once a year, a biosafety manual. Employers must also establish and maintain a sharps injury log for the recording of percutaneous injuries from contaminated sharps.
OSHA has a particular interest in comments on the following issues:
• Whether the proposed information collection requirements are necessary for the proper performance of the Agency's functions, including whether the information is useful;
• The accuracy of OSHA's estimate of the burden (time and costs) of the information collection requirements, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• The quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; and
• Ways to minimize the burden on employers who must comply—for example, by using automated or other technological information collection and transmission techniques.
The Agency is requesting an adjustment increase of 158,940 burden hours (from 5,528,742 hours to 5,687,682). This increase is a result of updated data showing an increase in the number of facilities (from 691,669 to 700,724) and employees (from 8,270,108 to 8,399,358) affected by the Standard.
The operation and maintenance cost increased from $46,093,897 to $51,817,985 due to the increase in medical costs. This increase is also a result of updated data showing an increase in the number of facilities and employees affected by the Standard.
You may submit comments in response to this document as follows: (1) Electronically at
Because of security procedures, the use of regular mail may cause a significant delay in the receipt of comments. For information about security procedures concerning the delivery of materials by hand, express delivery, messenger, or courier service, please contact the OSHA Docket Office at (202) 693-2350; TTY (877) 889-5627. Comments and submissions are posted without change at
Loren Sweatt, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, directed the preparation of this notice. The authority for this notice is the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3506
Division of Federal Employees' Compensation, Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Labor.
Notice; Request for Comments.
The Office of Workers' Compensation Programs (OWCP) administers the Federal Employees' Compensation Act (FECA). In this capacity, OWCP's Division of Federal Employees' Compensation (DFEC) routinely responds to a myriad of written and telephonic inquiries. Claims staff issue written correspondence when developing and adjudicating a claim, and when terminating, reducing, or suspending compensation entitlement.
Because of security and safety concerns expressed by our employees, DFEC is proposing to change its longstanding procedure of placing employee names on correspondence and all decisions in FECA cases. A similar change would be applied to oral communications. To fulfill this requirement, the Division proposes to implement new pseudonym procedures by August 2018.
Written comments must be submitted to the office listed below on or before June 18, 2018.
You may submit comments concerning this notice by mail, delivery service, or by hand to Ms. Yoon Ferguson, United States Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Ave. NW, Room S-3201, Washington, DC 20210, telephone/fax to (202) 354-9647, by email to
OWCP DFEC fully recognizes the importance of the safety and welfare of DFEC employees in its mandate to fulfill the requirements of the Federal Employees' Compensation Act (FECA), 5 U.S.C. 8101 et seq. Balancing the safety of its employees and the communication needs of our stakeholders, DFEC is proposing the below methods in its written and telephonic communications:
1. All signatures and names currently appearing on outgoing correspondence will be replaced with “Division of Federal Employees' Compensation”.
2. To preserve the Employees' Compensation Appeals Board's (ECAB) ability to identify the adjudicator of certain decisions, DFEC will use a QR code to identify decision authors.
3. A naming convention for the staff will be used to provide every employee with a pseudonym for use in telephone and other oral communications. Employees will utilize the entire first name and last name initial only. If more than one individual has that combination (
4. Outgoing correspondence will not reveal the pseudonym when printed. Instead the pseudonym will be embedded into a QR Code on the letter, allowing any person with a QR scanner on their mobile device to view the pseudonym.
This notice will be published in the
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
License renewal application; receipt.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) has received an application with three supplements for the subsequent renewal of Renewed Facility Operating License Nos. DPR-31 and DPR-41, which authorize Florida Power & Light Company (the applicant) to operate Turkey Point Nuclear Generating Unit Nos. 3 and 4 (Turkey Point). The renewed licenses would authorize the applicant to operate Turkey Point for an additional 20 years beyond the period specified in each of the current renewed licenses. The current renewed operating licenses for Turkey Point expire as follows: Unit 3 on July 19, 2032, and Unit 4 on April 10, 2033.
The license renewal application referenced in this document was available on March 21, 2018.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2018-0074 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Lois M. James, Office of Nuclear Reactor Regulation, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-3306, email:
The NRC has received an application (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML18037A812) from Florida Power & Light Company (FPL or the applicant), dated January 30, 2018, Supplement 1 to the application (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML18044A644), dated February 9, 2018; Supplement 2 to the application (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML18053A123), dated February 16, 2018; and Supplement 3 to the application (ADAMS Package Accession No. ML18072A224) dated March 1, 2018, filed pursuant to Section 103 of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, and part 54 of title 10 of the
A copy of the license renewal application for Turkey Point, as supplemented, is also available for inspection near the site, at the Homestead Branch Library, 700 North Homestead Boulevard, Homestead, Florida 33030, at the Naranja Branch Library, 14850 SW 280 Street, Homestead, Florida 33032.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Postal Service
Notice.
The Postal Service gives notice of filing a request with the Postal Regulatory Commission to add a domestic shipping services contract to the list of Negotiated Service Agreements in the Mail Classification Schedule's Competitive Products List.
Elizabeth Reed, 202-268-3179.
The United States Postal Service® hereby gives notice that, pursuant to 39 U.S.C. 3642 and 3632(b)(3), on April 13, 2018, it filed with the Postal Regulatory Commission a
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange proposes to adopt Fees related to PAR hardware.
The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's website (
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to adopt Fees related to PAR hardware. Specifically, the Exchange proposes to assess fees for certain PAR related hardware that needs to be replaced due to loss or damage. Currently, the Exchange provides replacement PAR tablets, stylus, chargers, adapters and protective cases free of charge to Trading Permit Holders (“TPHs”). While the Exchange will continue to provide these initial items free of charge, as well as replace any defective items free of charge, it no longer wishes to subsidize items that need replacement because of loss or because of non-normal wear and tear. As such, the Exchange proposes to implement the following fees:
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is reasonable because the amount of fees assessed reflect the approximate cost to the Exchange to provide those items to TPHs. The Exchange believes it's equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because TPHs that lose these items or damage these items from non-normal wear or tear should be responsible for the cost of replacement. The Exchange believes the proposed fees will encourage TPHs to take proper care of the above-mentioned PAR related hardware. As noted above, the Exchange will still provide the initial items free of charge and will also not charge TPHs to replace defective items (that were not the result of non-normal wear and tear).
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on intramarket or intermarket competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. The Exchange notes that the proposed rule change applies to all TPHs that lose or damage the above-mentioned PAR related hardware. The Exchange also notes the proposed rule change is not intended for competitive purposes, but rather because the Exchange no longer wishes to subsidize TPHs for items they lose or break.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
MIAX PEARL, LLC (“MIAX PEARL” or “Exchange”) has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”) an application for an exemption under Section 36(a)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”)
On September 27, 2017, the Commission approved a proposed rule change by MIAX Options to adopt new Chapter XVIII comprising MIAX Options Rules 1801-1812 (“MIAX Options Index Options Rules”), to accommodate the trading of index options by MIAX Options members and establish generic listing standards and maintenance standards to permit MIAX Options to list “broad-based” and “narrow-based” index options pursuant to Rule 19b-4(e) under the Act.
MIAX PEARL has requested, pursuant to Rule 0-12 under the Exchange Act,
The Exchange believes this exemption is appropriate in the public interest and consistent with the protection of investors because it will promote more efficient use of the Exchange's and the Commission's resources by avoiding duplicative rule filings based on simultaneous changes to identical rules sought by more than one self-regulatory organization (“SRO”),
The Commission has issued exemptions similar to the Exchange's request.
• An SRO wishing to incorporate rules of another SRO by reference has submitted a written request for an order exempting it from the requirement in Section 19(b) of the Exchange Act to file proposed rule changes relating to the rules incorporated by reference, has identified the applicable originating SRO(s), together with the rules it wants to incorporate by reference, and otherwise has complied with the procedural requirements set forth in the Commission's release governing procedures for requesting exemptive orders pursuant to Rule 0-12 under the Exchange Act;
• The incorporating SRO has requested incorporation of categories of rules (rather than individual rules within a category) that are not trading rules (
• The incorporating SRO has reasonable procedures in place to provide written notice to its members each time a change is proposed to the incorporated rules of another SRO.
The Commission believes that the Exchange has satisfied each of these conditions. The Commission also believes that granting the Exchange an exemption from the rule filing requirements under Section 19(b) of the Exchange Act will promote efficient use of Commission and Exchange resources by avoiding duplicative rule filings based on simultaneous changes to identical rule text sought by more than one SRO.
Accordingly, It is ordered, pursuant to Section 36 of the Exchange Act,
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act” or “Exchange Act”)
The MSRB filed with the Commission a proposed rule change to the MSRB's facility for the Real-Time Transaction Reporting System (“RTRS”) to reflect the re-engineered RTRS and modernize and consolidate the RTRS information facility (“RTRS IF”) (“proposed rule change”). The MSRB has filed the proposed rule change under Section 19(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Act
The text of the proposed rule change is available on the MSRB's website at
In its filing with the Commission, the MSRB included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The MSRB has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
MSRB Rule G-14, on transaction reporting, requires brokers, dealers and municipal securities dealers (“dealers”) to report executed transactions in municipal securities to RTRS within 15 minutes of the time of trade, with limited exceptions. RTRS disseminates information about transactions occurring in the municipal securities market to RTRS subscription services, including to the MSRB's Electonic Municipal Market Access System (EMMA®). The RTRS IF sets forth the material aspects of the operation of RTRS by describing the basic functionality of, and the high-level parameters by which the MSRB operates, RTRS. The proposed rule change consists of amendments to the RTRS IF.
The MSRB is enhancing certain RTRS components, including improving business continuity and connectivity services to RTRS and migrating subscription products to encrypted solutions.
Since the re-engineering would result in revisions to the RTRS IF, the MSRB took the opportunity to perform a comprehensive review of the RTRS IF to evaluate whether it sufficiently and clearly describes the basic functionality and operation of RTRS. The MSRB believes that dealers, submitters
The RTRS IF sets forth RTRS subscribers' options for connecting to the RTRS Real-Time Transaction Data Subscription Service (“Real-Time Service”). Currently, subscribers have the option to connect to the Real-Time Service either over the internet or by leased line. As part of the re-engineering, the MSRB will require that subscribers to the Real-Time Service utilize the internet to connect to RTRS. As a result, subscribers will no longer be able to use leased lines for the Real-Time Service.
With respect to messaging with RTRS, subscribers currently must use either the MQ Series messaging software or a Transmission Control Protocol (“TCP”) Socket connection. As part of the re-engineering, the MSRB will offer subscribers a new web service as an option for messaging with RTRS and retire the MQ Series messaging software. Moreover, the MSRB will require that any TCP socket connections utilized for messaging with RTRS are secure.
The MSRB is implementing these subscriber connectivity changes to improve business continuity by allowing for more efficient failovers to
The MSRB has previously notified subscribers of these connectivity changes, which will be operative on May 29, 2018, and provided a test environment for subscribers to test applicable systems changes. Specifically, the MSRB first notified all subscribers to the Real-Time Service of the subscriber connectivity changes on January 5, 2017 and made a test environment available to subscribers on February 1, 2017. The MSRB has been engaging in outreach efforts to subscribers to support the transition to the re-engineered RTRS and will continue to do so.
The proposed rule change would remove references to leased lines and the MQ Series and add references to the new web service and secure TCP socket connections to reflect the subscriber connectivity changes associated with the re-engineering.
The RTRS IF was approved by the Commission on August 31, 2004
Given the significance of the progression to real-time collection and dissemination at the time of RTRS' inception, the facility referenced improvements associated with the creation of real-time collection and dissemination and included transitional language which referenced the TRS system in describing RTRS functionality, including describing enhanced functionality of RTRS as compared with the TRS system, and common features between the systems.
As it has been over thirteen years since TRS ceased operation and the progression to real-time collection and dissemination took place, the proposed rule change would remove dated references to the original improvements associated with real-time collection and dissemination and the TRS system, including the section titled “Improved Functionality” and much of a section titled “Enhancement of Information Available to Regulators.” To modernize the RTRS IF, the information that remains current with respect to information that RTRS provides to regulators would be consolidated under the proposed rule change in a renamed section titled “Information Available to Regulators.”
The inclusion of references to TRS and the enhancements implemented in 2005 no longer serve a purpose in describing the basic functionality of, or the high-level parameters by which the MSRB operates, RTRS. In addition, information concerning outdated “enhancements” could mislead users to believe certain RTRS functionality is recent, when in fact such functionality may have been in place since 2005.
In place of these references, the proposed rule change would add a new introductory paragraph which explains the purpose of the RTRS IF, summarizes key RTRS functionality and refers dealers to Rule G-14 for transaction reporting requirements.
The RTRS IF is currently structured such that there are separate segmented topics within the information facility: the “RTRS Facility,” the “MSRB Real-Time Transaction Data Subscription Service,” the “Comprehensive Transaction Data Subscription Service,” the “MSRB Historical Transaction Data Product,” and the “MSRB Academic Historical Transaction Data Product.” Each segmented topic was initially designed to stand alone, with each having a separate footnote section.
The proposed rule change would reorganize the RTRS IF into two sections, “RTRS Functionality” and “Transaction Dissemination by RTRS.” The first section, “RTRS Functionality” would set forth basic information regarding the operation and functionality of RTRS, including the submission of transaction reports, messaging input options, the information that RTRS provides to regulators, and key steps in RTRS processing. The “Transaction Dissemination by RTRS” section would describe the RTRS subscription products, including the Real-Time Service, the Comprehensive Transaction Data Subscription Service, the Historical Transaction Data Product and the Academic Historical Transaction Data Product. Reorganizing and consolidating the RTRS IF in the manner set forth in the proposed rule change would reduce redundancies and improve readability.
The proposed rule change would also consolidate repetitive references in the RTRS IF to ensure consistency within the document. For example, the proposed rule change would consolidate a list of information designed to identify and describe the types of data disseminated by RTRS currently provided in both the “RTRS Facility” segment and the “Real-Time Transaction Data Subscription Service” segment. A consolidated list of data fields would reduce the risk of inconsistencies and potential confusion.
The proposed rule change would also consolidate two sections in the RTRS IF that describe the process by which RTRS determines whether a trade is reported within the applicable reporting deadline set forth in Rule G-14. The RTRS IF contains a section titled “Measurement of Timely Reporting” and a section titled “Lateness checking,” both of which contain similar information. The proposed rule change consolidates the information in these two sections to improve clarity regarding the description of RTRS processing with respect to measuring trades against the applicable reporting deadline.
In addition, the “Message-Based and Web-Based Input Methods” section of the RTRS IF includes repetitive references regarding the ability of dealers and submitters to use the message-based and web-based portals. The proposed rule change removes these repetitive references as the “RTRS Portals” section of the RTRS IF is the appropriate section to uniformly describe the policies governing each RTRS portal.
The proposed rule change also consolidates several other repetitive references in the RTRS IF.
As RTRS is the facility for the collection of information about transactions occurring in the municipal securities market, the RTRS IF includes references to dealers' obligations under Rule G-14. The proposed rule change would ensure that, if Rule G-14 is referenced, the language of Rule G-14 would be used in the RTRS IF.
To that end, the proposed rule change would replace the section titled “Submission of Transaction Reports by Intermediaries” with a new section titled “Submission of Transaction Reports” which references relevant provisions of Rule G-14. By including direct references to Rule G-14, the proposed rule change would provide increased certainty regarding transaction reporting obligations.
To ensure consistency within the RTRS IF, the proposed rule change would also replace certain uses of the term “dealer” with the term “submitter.” The term “dealer” would be used when referencing obligations under Rule G-14 and the term “submitter” would be used when
As part of its comprehensive review, the MSRB analyzed whether aspects of the RTRS IF could be enhanced to more accurately or concisely describe RTRS functionality and operation to better serve the RTRS IF's intention of describing the basic functionality of, and the high-level parameters by which the MSRB operates, RTRS.
One area where the MSRB determined that an enhanced description of RTRS functionality would be beneficial is in reference to real-time dissemination. The RTRS IF frequently references that RTRS disseminates transaction data in “real-time” but does not uniformly describe “real-time” processing. Instead, the RTRS IF suggests that real-time is “as soon as it is received” or “as soon as possible.” In addition, in one section, the RTRS IF provides that “[t]he MSRB anticipates that, during peak traffic periods, these automated functions will be accomplished within two minutes, and during lighter periods will be accomplished within a few seconds.”
The proposed rule change would clarify that real-time dissemination for RTRS functionality occurs “promptly following processing in RTRS.” This description of real-time dissemination reflects the fact that, prior to dissemination, RTRS, among other things, conducts format checks, validates the submitter, timestamps and assesses the trade against the reporting deadline and conducts content checks.
The proposed rule change would also clarify the impact of failing certain checks in RTRS processing. The proposed rule change would revise the RTRS IF to highlight that messages that fail certain format or content checks are not processed further and an error message describing the deficiency is returned to the submitter. The RTRS Users Manual sets forth additional information regarding format and content checks.
Given that the purpose of the RTRS IF is to set forth the material aspects of RTRS' operation, highly technical and ancillary information regarding RTRS is more appropriately left to the RTRS Users Manual and similar documents that the MSRB maintains that describe RTRS functionality.
Specifically, the MSRB maintains two specifications documents for RTRS, the “Specifications for Real-Time Reporting of Municipal Securities Transactions” (“RTRS Reporting Specifications”) and the “Specifications Document for the RTRS Subscription Service” (“RTRS Subscription Specifications”). Both of these specifications documents are available on the MSRB's publicly available website,
The proposed rule change would remove certain technical and ancillary information from the RTRS IF that is presented in the RTRS Reporting Specifications, RTRS Subscription Specifications and MSRB Subscription Services Price List. The removal of such information will streamline the RTRS IF by presenting the information that is necessary to describe the material aspects of the operation of RTRS.
The MSRB believes that the proposed rule change is consistent with the provisions of Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Act.
Specifically, the proposed rule change would contribute to the MSRB's continuing efforts to improve market transparency by improving business continuity and the security of RTRS subscriber connections. As RTRS disseminates information about transactions occurring in the municipal securities market, any improvement with respect to the resiliency and security of RTRS will further perfect the mechanism of a free and open market in municipal securities by making it more likely that the market is continuously provided with transaction information.
The RTRS enhancements will improve the speed of dissemination of trade information and enhance the resiliency of RTRS by allowing RTRS to failover to backup sites more efficiently. This re-engineering of RTRS will also migrate the Real-Time Service to encrypted messaging and further enhance the security of subscriber connections. The MSRB is continuously seeking to enhance system security and the RTRS re-engineering is consistent with this objective.
The proposed rule change would also increase clarity and accuracy with respect to the description of basic RTRS functionality and the high-level parameters by which the MSRB operates RTRS. The MSRB believes that dealers, submitters and subscribers will benefit from a clearer understanding of this information. While additional technical information regarding RTRS is set forth in the RTRS Users Manual and similar documents that the MSRB maintains, the MSRB believes that it is important that fundamental information regarding RTRS be clearly described in the RTRS IF and the proposed rule change serves this purpose.
Section 15B(b)(2)(C) of the Act
The Board did not solicit comment on the proposed change. Therefore, there are no comments on the proposed rule change received from members, participants or others.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549.
All submissions should refer to File Number SR-MSRB-2018-02. This file number should be included on the subject line if email is used. To help the Commission process and review your comments more efficiently, please use only one method. The Commission will post all comments on the Commission's internet website (
For the Commission, pursuant to delegated authority.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the Government in the Sunshine Act, Public Law 94-409, that the Securities and Exchange Commission staff will hold a public roundtable on Monday, April 23, 2018 at 9:30 a.m.
The roundtable will be held in Multi-Purpose Room LL-006 at the Commission's headquarters, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC.
The roundtable will begin at 9:30 a.m. and will be open to the public. Seating will be on a first-come, first-served basis. Doors will open at 9:00 a.m. Visitors will be subject to security checks. The roundtable will be webcast on the Commission's website at
The Commission staff will host a roundtable on the market structure for thinly-traded exchange-listed securities. The roundtable is open to the public and the public is invited to submit written comments. This Sunshine Act notice is being issued because a majority of the Commission may attend the roundtable.
The agenda for the roundtable will focus on the challenges faced by participants in the market for thinly-traded exchange-listed securities, and potential improvements that might be considered to the market structure for these securities.
For further information, please contact Brent J. Fields from the Office of the Secretary at (202) 551-5400.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”),
The Exchange proposes to amend the Select Customer Options Reduction program.
The text of the proposed rule change is also available on the Exchange's
In its filing with the Commission, the Exchange included statements concerning the purpose of and basis for the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The Exchange has prepared summaries, set forth in sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The Exchange proposes to amend the Select Customer Options Reduction program (“SCORe”).
To determine an Originating Firm's Qualifying Tier, the Originating Firm's total Retail volume in the Qualifying Classes is divided by the Originating Firm's total Customer volume, Retail and non-Retail, in the Qualifying Classes. Currently if an Originating Firm's Retail volume is between 35.00% and 69.99%, the Originating Firm will qualify for Tier B discounts. If an Originating Firm's Retail volume is at or above 70.00%, the Originating Firm will qualify for Tier A discounts. The Qualifying Tier that is applied in a given month is based on an Originating Firm's Retail volume in the prior month (
The Exchange believes the proposed rule change is consistent with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”) and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to the Exchange and, in particular, the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act.
The Exchange believes the proposed amendment to SCORe is reasonable because it adjusts for current volume trends and makes it easier for Customers orders from Originating Firms that register for the program to meet the qualifying threshold and receive the corresponding discount. The Exchange notes that SCORe will continue to provide an incremental incentive for Originating Firms to strive for the highest tier level, which provides increasingly higher discounts. The proposed rule change is designed to encourage increased Retail volume in the Qualifying Classes, which provides increased volume and greater trading opportunities for all market participants. The Exchange believes the proposed change is equitable and not unfairly discriminatory because the qualifying volume thresholds apply to all registered Originating Firms uniformly. The Exchange also notes that the rates set forth in the Discount Tiers are not changing.
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition that is not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act because, while the discounts apply only to Customer orders from Originating Firms, the Program is designed to encourage increased Customer options volume in the Qualifying Classes, which provides greater trading opportunities for all market participants. Additionally, there is a history in the options markets of providing preferential treatment to Customers orders. The Exchange notes that the proposed change applies to all Originating Firms uniformly. The Exchange believes that the proposed rule change will not cause an unnecessary burden on intermarket competition because the Qualifying Classes are products that only trade on Cboe Options. To the extent that the proposed changes make the Exchange a more attractive marketplace for market participants at other exchanges, such market participants are welcome to become Cboe Options market participants.
The Exchange neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
The foregoing rule change has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views, and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE, Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On February 26, 2018, NYSE Group, Inc., on behalf of the other parties
In the Seventeenth Amendment, the Participants propose to extend the pilot period of the Plan from April 16, 2018 to April 15, 2019.
The Commission finds that the Seventeenth Amendment is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Specifically, the Commission finds that the Seventeenth Amendment is consistent with Section 11A of the Act
The Participants propose to extend the pilot period for an additional year to April 15, 2019. As the Participants note, the twelfth and thirteenth amendments to the Plan
The Commission believes that a one-year extension of the Plan will allow the Participants to continue their examination and analysis of the Plan's operation. Accordingly, the Commission believes that it is appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors and the maintenance of a fair and orderly market to approve the amendment to extend the pilot period until April 15, 2019.
For the reasons noted above, the Commission finds that the Seventeenth Amendment to the Plan is consistent with Section 11A of the Act
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
On February 8, 2018, MIAX PEARL, LLC (“MIAX PEARL” or “Exchange”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”), pursuant to the provisions of Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”)
The Exchange proposes to amend MIAX PEARL Rule 504 and adopt new Chapter XVIII to accommodate the trading of index options on the Exchange by MIAX PEARL Members; and establish generic listing standards and maintenance standards to permit the Exchange to list “broad-based” and “narrow-based” index options on the Exchange pursuant to Rule 19b-4(e) under the Act.
Because the rules related to options in indices are product specific in many areas,
MIAX PEARL proposes to add new Chapter XVIII to the Exchange rules (“Proposed Rules”), which would incorporate by reference the rules in Chapter XVIII of MIAX Options.
The Proposed Rules also establish position limit and exercise limits for index options.
The Exchange also proposes to establish generic listing and maintenance standards in Proposed Rule 1802 to enable the Exchange to list and trade new broad-based index options pursuant to Rule 19b-4(e) under the Act.
The Exchange further proposes to establish generic listing and maintenance standards in Proposed Rule 1802 to enable the Exchange to list and trade new narrow-based index options pursuant to Rule 19b-4(e) under the Act.
The Exchange represents that it has an adequate surveillance program in place for index options. The Exchange is a member of the Intermarket Surveillance Group (“ISG”), which is comprised of an international group of exchanges, market centers, and market regulators.
The Exchange will announce the implementation date of the proposed rule change by Regulatory Circular to be published no later than 90 days following the approval of the proposed rule change. The implementation date will be no later than 90 days following the issuance of the Regulatory Circular.
After careful review, the Commission finds that the proposed rule change is consistent with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations thereunder applicable to a national securities exchange and, in particular, with Section 6(b) of the Act.
The Commission believes that permitting the trading of options on an index of securities (including a narrow-based index) enables investors to participate in the price movements of the index's underlying securities and allows investors holding positions in some or all of such securities to hedge the risks associated with their portfolios. The Commission further believes that options on an index provide investors with an important trading and hedging mechanism that is designed to reflect accurately the overall movement of the component stocks. In particular, the Commission believes that the proposed position and exercise limits should serve to minimize potential manipulation concerns.
In considering the proposed generic listing and maintenance standards for broad-based and narrow-based index options, the Commission notes that they are consistent with the listing and maintenance standards for broad-based and narrow-based index options that other exchanges
The Commission also finds the requirements that all securities comprising the index be an “NMS stock” as defined in Rule 600 of Regulation NMS under the Act,
The Commission further notes that the Exchange's rules that are applicable to broad-based and narrow-based index options, including provisions addressing sales practices, floor trading procedures, position and exercise limits, margin requirements, and trading halts and suspensions, will continue to apply to any broad-based or narrow-based index options listed pursuant to Rule 19b-4(e) under the Act.
The Commission's approval of the Exchange's proposed listing standards for broad-based and narrow-based index options will allow those index option products that satisfy the generic listing standards to begin trading pursuant to Rule 19b-4(e) under the Act, without the need for notice and comment and Commission approval. The Exchange's ability to rely on Rule 19b-4(e) under the Act for these products potentially reduces the time frame for listing and trading these securities, and thus enhances investors' opportunities.
As noted above,
For new derivative securities products based on securities from a foreign market, the SRO should have a comprehensive Intermarket Surveillance Agreement with the market for the securities underlying the new securities product.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
Small Business Administration.
30-Day notice.
The Small Business Administration (SBA) is publishing this notice to comply with requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), which requires agencies to submit proposed reporting and recordkeeping requirements to OMB for review and approval, and to publish a notice in the
Submit comments on or before May 18, 2018.
Comments should refer to the information collection by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to:
Curtis Rich, Agency Clearance Officer, (202) 205-7030
SBA is required to survey affected disaster areas, within a state upon request by the Governor of that state to determine if there is sufficient damage to warrant a Disaster Declaration, Information is obtained from individuals, businesses, and public officials.
Comments may be submitted on (a) whether the collection of information is necessary for the agency to properly perform its functions; (b) whether the burden estimates are accurate; (c) whether there are ways to minimize the burden, including through the use of automated techniques or other forms of information technology; and (d) whether there are ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information.
On March 29, 2018, the State of South Dakota acting by and through its Department of Transportation (the State) filed an application under 49 U.S.C. 10903 requesting that the Surface Transportation Board (the Board) authorize the third-party, or “adverse,” discontinuance of the operating authority of Napa-Platte Regional Railroad Authority (NPRRA)
According to the State, the Napa-Tabor Line is part of a longer line that runs from MP 0.0 to MP 83.3 near Platte, S.D. (the Napa-Platte Line). The State explains that the Napa-Platte Line was authorized for abandonment in 1980 but, prior to being abandoned, was acquired by the State.
In a decision served in this proceeding on May 31, 2017, the State was granted exemptions from several statutory provisions as well as waivers of certain Board regulations that were not relevant to its adverse discontinuance application or that sought information not available to the State.
According to the State, the Napa-Tabor Line does not contain federally granted rights-of-way. Any documentation in the State's possession will be made available promptly to those requesting it. The State's entire case-in-chief for adverse abandonment and discontinuance was filed with the application.
Any interested person may file written comments concerning the proposed adverse discontinuance or protests (including protestant's entire opposition case) by May 14, 2018. Persons who may oppose the proposed adverse discontinuance but who do not wish to participate fully in the process by submitting verified statements of witnesses containing detailed evidence should file comments. Persons opposing
All filings in response to this notice must refer to Docket No. AB 1253 and must be sent to: (1) Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20423-0001; and (2) John H. LeSeur, Slover & Loftus LLP, 1224 Seventeenth Street NW, Washington, DC 20036.
Filings may be submitted either via the Board's e-filing format or in the traditional paper format. Any person using e-filing should comply with the instructions found on the Board's “
Persons seeking further information concerning discontinuance procedures may contact the Board's Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance at (202) 245-0238 or refer to the full discontinuance regulations at 49 CFR 1152. Assistance for the hearing impaired is available through the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339.
Board decisions and notices are available on our website at “
By the Board, Scott M. Zimmerman, Acting Director, Office of Proceedings.
Surface Transportation Board.
Notice and request for comments.
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork burdens, and as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Surface Transportation Board (STB or Board) gives notice that it is requesting from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) an extension of approval for the information collections. The Board is also seeking approval to merge into this collection (OMB Control Number: 2140-0022) the collection of information about notifications of Trails Act agreement and substitute sponsorship (OMB Control Number: 2140-0017).
Comments on this information collection should be submitted by June 18, 2018.
Direct all comments to Chris Oehrle, PRA Officer, Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW, Washington, DC 20423-0001, or to
For further information regarding this collection, contact Michael Higgins, Deputy Director, Office of Public Assistance, Governmental Affairs, and Compliance at (202) 245-0284 or at
The Board currently collects information from those seeking statutory authority to preserve rail carrier service under OMB Control Number 2140-0022. The authority under OMB Control Number 2140-0022 includes the collection of information under the Trails Act and its regulations, such as the notifications of Trails Act agreement and substitute sponsorship, which is also addressed under OMB Control Number 2140-0017. This request proposes to combine collections under Control Numbers 2140-0017 and 2140-0022, with 2140-0022 being the survivor. The Board will request to discontinue Control Number 2140-0017 upon OMB approval of the merger.
Comments are requested concerning: (1) The accuracy of the Board's burden estimates; (2) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information collected; (3) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on the respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology, when appropriate; and (4) whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Board, including whether the collection has practical utility. Submitted comments will be summarized and included in the Board's request for OMB approval.
First, under 49 U.S.C. 10904, the filing of an “Offer of Financial Assistance” (OFA) starts a process of negotiations to define the financial assistance needed to purchase or subsidize the rail line sought for abandonment. Once the OFA is filed, the offeror may request additional information from the railroad, which the railroad must provide. If the parties cannot agree to the sale or subsidy, either party also may file a request for the Board to set the terms and conditions of the financial assistance. Or, under section 10905, a public use request allows the Board to impose a 180-day public use condition on the abandonment of a rail line, permitting the parties to negotiate a public use for the rail line. Alternatively, under section 10907, a feeder line application provides the basis for authorizing an involuntary sale of a rail line.
Finally, under the Trails Act and its regulations (49 CFR 1152.29), a trail-use request, if agreed upon by the abandoning carrier, requires the Board to condition the abandonment by issuing a Notice of Interim Trail Use (NITU) or Certificate of Interim Trail Use (CITU). The CITU/NITU permits parties, for 180 days, to negotiate for an interim trail use/railbanking agreement for the rail line. If parties reach an agreement, the CITU/NITU automatically authorizes interim trail use/railbanking, and the parties must notify the Board that they have reached an agreement. The interim trails use/railbanking preserves the rail corridor for possible future use as an active rail line again. If no agreement is reached, then upon expiration of the negotiation period, the CITU/NITU authorizes the railroad to exercise its option to fully abandon the line without further action by the Board.
The collection by the Board of these offers, requests, and applications, and the railroad's replies (when required), enables the Board to meet its statutory duty to regulate the referenced rail transactions.
The Board makes this submission because, under the PRA, a federal agency that conducts or sponsors a collection of information must display a currently valid OMB control number. The Board also notes that it will be seeking approval to merge the two related collections, as described above. A collection of information, which is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c), includes agency requirements that persons submit reports, keep records, or provide information to the agency, third parties, or the public. Under 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A), federal agencies are required to provide, prior to an agency's submitting a collection to OMB for approval, a 60-day notice and comment period through publication in the
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation.
Notice.
The FAA announces May 15, 2018, as the deadline for each airport sponsor to notify the FAA whether or not it will use its FY 2018 entitlement funds (also referred to as apportioned funds) available under 49 U.S.C. 47114 to support AIP-eligible projects that the airport sponsor previously identified through the Airports Capital Improvement Plan process during the preceding year.
Elliott Black, Director, Office of Airport Planning and Programming, APP-1, at (202) 267-8775.
Title 49 U.S.C. 47105(f) provides that the sponsor of each airport to which entitlement funds are apportioned shall notify the Secretary by such time and in a form as prescribed by the Secretary of the airport sponsor's intent to apply for its available entitlement funds. Therefore, the FAA is hereby notifying airport sponsors of the steps required to ensure that the FAA has sufficient time to carry-over and convert remaining entitlement funds. This notice applies only to those airports that have had entitlement funds apportioned to them, except those nonprimary airports located in designated block grant states. Airport sponsors intending to apply for any of their available entitlement funds, including those unused from prior years, shall make their intent known by 12 p.m. prevailing local time on Tuesday, May 15, 2018. This notice must address all entitlement funds available for FY 2018, including those entitlement funds not obligated from prior years. These notifications are critical to ensure efficient planning and administration of the AIP. The final grant application deadline is Tuesday, July 10, 2018. All notifications and grant applications must be provided to the designated FAA Airports District Office (or regional office in regions without Airports District Offices).
The airport sponsor's notification must address all entitlement funds
Historically this deadline has been May 1 of each year. Due to the timing of the FY 2018 appropriation and extension of authorizing legislation, the FAA is extending the normal deadline. However, the FAA encourages airport sponsors to communicate with the FAA as soon as possible. Regional offices may establish earlier deadlines due to constraints on construction seasons.
Absent notification of the intent to use entitlement funds or submission of a grant application by the relevant deadlines noted above, the FAA will proceed after Tuesday, July 10, 2018, to carry over the remainder of available entitlement funds. These funds will not be available again until at least the beginning of FY 2019. This notice is promulgated to expedite and facilitate the grant-making process.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice; Request for comment.
The Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (MAP-21) established the Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program that allows a State to assume FHWA's environmental responsibilities for environmental review, consultation, and compliance under the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) for Federal highway projects. When a State assumes these Federal responsibilities, the State becomes solely responsible and liable for carrying out the responsibilities it has assumed, in lieu of FHWA. This program mandates annual audits during each of the first 4 years of State participation to ensure compliance with program requirements. This notice announces and solicits comments on the second audit report for the Ohio Department of Transportation (ODOT).
Comments must be received on or before May 18, 2018.
Mail or hand deliver comments to Docket Management Facility: U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590. You may also submit comments electronically at
Mr. James G. Gavin, Office of Project Development and Environmental Review, (202) 366-1473,
An electronic copy of this notice may be downloaded from the specific docket page at
The Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program, codified at 23 United States Code (U.S.C.) 327, commonly known as the NEPA Assignment Program, allows a State to assume FHWA's responsibilities for environmental review, consultation, and compliance for Federal highway projects. When a State assumes these Federal responsibilities, the State becomes solely liable for carrying out the responsibilities it has assumed, in lieu of the FHWA. The ODOT published its application for assumption under the NEPA Assignment Program on April 12, 2015, and made it available for public comment for 30 days. After considering public comments, ODOT submitted its application to FHWA on May 27, 2015. The application served as the basis for developing the memorandum of understanding (MOU) that identifies the responsibilities and obligations that ODOT would assume. The FHWA published a notice of the draft MOU in the
Section 327(g) of Title 23, U.S.C., requires the Secretary to conduct annual audits to ensure compliance with the MOU during each of the first 4 years of State participation and, after the fourth year, monitor compliance. The results of each audit must be made available for public comment. The first audit report of ODOT compliance was finalized on July 7, 2017. This notice announces the availability of the second audit report for ODOT and solicits public comment on same.
Section 1313 of Public Law 112-141; Section 6005 of Public Law 109-59; 23 U.S.C. 327; 23 CFR 773.
This is the second audit of the Ohio Department of Transportation's (ODOT) assumption of National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) responsibilities, conducted by a team of Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) staff (the team). The ODOT made the
Prior to the on-site visit, the team performed reviews of ODOT's project NEPA approval documentation in EnviroNet (ODOT's official environmental document filing system). This review consisted of a statistically valid sample of 92 project files out of 736 approved documents in ODOT's EnviroNet system with an environmental approval date between May 31, 2016, and March 31, 2017. The team also reviewed ODOT's response to the pre-audit information request (PAIR) and ODOT's Self-Assessment report. In addition, the team reviewed ODOT's environmental processes, manuals, and guidance; ODOT NEPA Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC) Processes and Procedures; and the ODOT NEPA Assignment Training Plan (collectively, “ODOT procedures”). The team conducted on-site interviews with ODOT's Central Office and during the on-site portion of the review from July 31 to August 4, 2017. The team interviewed the resource agencies the week prior to the on-site review.
Overall, the team finds ODOT continues to make reasonable progress in implementing the NEPA Assignment Program. The team found one non-compliance observation that will require ODOT to respond with corrective action by its next self-assessment and subsequent report. The team also noted five (5) general observations and three (3) successful practices.
The Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program (NEPA Assignment Program) allows a State to assume FHWA's responsibilities for review, consultation, and compliance with environmental laws for Federal-aid highway projects. When a State assumes these responsibilities, it becomes solely responsible and liable for carrying out the responsibilities assumed, in lieu of FHWA.
The State of Ohio represented by ODOT completed the application process and entered into an MOU with FHWA on December 28, 2015. With this agreement, ODOT assumed FHWA's project approval responsibilities under NEPA and NEPA-related Federal environmental laws.
The FHWA is obligated to conduct four annual compliance audits of the ODOT's compliance with the provisions of the MOU. Audits serve as FHWA's primary mechanism of overseeing ODOT's compliance with applicable Federal laws and policies, evaluate ODOT's progress toward achieving the performance measures identified in the MOU, and collect information needed for the Secretary's annual report to Congress.
The team provided a draft of this report to ODOT for its review and the team considered its comments in preparing this draft, which will be available for public review and comment. The FHWA will consider any public comments on this draft in finalizing the report.
The team conducted a careful examination of the ODOT NEPA Assignment Program through a review of ODOT procedures and project documentation, ODOT's PAIR response, and the self-assessment summary report, as well as interviews with ODOT Central Office and district environmental staff and resource agency staff. This review focuses on the following six NEPA Assignment Program elements: (1) Program management, (2) documentation and records management, (3) (QA/QC, (4) legal sufficiency, (5) performance measurement, and (6) training.
The PAIR consisted of 22 questions, based on responsibilities assigned to ODOT in the MOU. The team reviewed ODOT's response, and compared the responses to ODOT's written procedures. The team utilized ODOT's responses to draft interview questions to clarify information in ODOT's PAIR response.
The ODOT provided its NEPA Assignment Self-Assessment summary report 30 days prior to the team's on-site review. The team considered this summary report both in focusing on issues during the project file reviews and in drafting interview questions. The report was compared against the previous year self-assessment report and the requirements in the MOU to identify any trends.
Between April 21 and June 5, 2017, the Review Team conducted a project file review of a statistically valid sample of 92 project files representing ODOT NEPA project approvals in ODOT's online environmental file system, EnviroNet with an environmental approval date between May 31, 2016 and March 31, 2017. The sample size of 92 projects was calculated using a 90 percent confidence interval with a 10 percent margin of error. The projects reviewed represented all NEPA classes of action available, all 12 ODOT Districts and the Ohio Rail Development Commission (ORDC).
During the on-site review week, the team conducted interviews with 37 ODOT staff members at the central office and three districts: District 1 (Lima); District 11 (New Philadelphia); and District 12 (Cleveland). Interviewees included District Environmental Coordinators (DEC), environmental staff, and executive management, representing a diverse range of expertise and experience. The interviews at the ODOT Districts included a discussion with staff regarding NEPA Assignment.
The team conducted interviews the week prior to the on-site review with personnel from the Ohio Environmental Protection Agency Division of Air Pollution Control, U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Region V Office, and the Ohio Historic Preservation Office. These agencies provided valuable insight to the Review Team regarding ODOT's performance and relationships with partner resource agencies.
The team identified gaps between the information from the desktop review of ODOT procedures, PAIR, self-assessment, project file review, and interviews. The team documented the results of its reviews and interviews and consolidated the results into related topics or themes. From these topics or themes, the team developed the review observations and successful practices. The audit results are described below.
Overall, the team found evidence that ODOT made reasonable progress in implementing the NEPA Assignment Program based on the Audit 1 observations and demonstrated commitment to success of the program. The team found one non-compliance observation that will require ODOT to respond with corrective action by its next self-assessment and subsequent report. The team also noted five (5) general observations and three (3) successful practices.
The FHWA expects ODOT to develop and implement timely corrective action to address the non-compliance observation. In addition, based on the observations noted below, the team urges ODOT to consider improvements in order to build upon the early successes of its program.
The Review Team noted inconsistencies in the application of various ODOT procedures in project file reviews. These inconsistencies were particularly apparent in documents produced and actions taken by Local Public Agencies (LPA) and consultants, likely due to variability in these outside parties' understanding of ODOT procedures and requirements in areas such as public involvement (PI) and environmental justice (EJ). Inconsistencies included items such as not initiating contact with emergency and public services as part of PI during the NEPA process and a failure to include EJ forms in project files.
The ODOT representatives reported in response to interviews that they have already taken action to train LPA and consultant staff in response to this observation. The ODOT staff said that they moved registration for the environmental training program from their office to the Office of Local Technical Assistance Program (LTAP) and the result was greater visibility and exposure of environmental training opportunities for the LPAs. The ODOT representatives are hopeful the additional focus on training will mitigate any inconsistencies in their program.
In the 2 years since ODOT has assumed NEPA responsibilities, ODOT has approved more than 1000 NEPA actions. Since Audit 1, ODOT undertook measures to solidify its program management approach. The ODOT representatives assigned subject matter experts with responsibility for ODOT's procedures in their subject areas providing a sense of ownership and allowing for ODOT to stay current in its program management responsibilities. The ODOT developed and implemented over 140 procedures to document how to implement NEPA Assignment, manage the program and provide detailed instruction for completion of environmental actions to document preparers and reviewers. The ODOT implemented a quarterly update system for new or revised ODOT procedures using a listserv approach and a single Web-based repository of all guidance to share information. The ODOT continues to use routine statewide NEPA chats and DEC Meetings to share updated information with NEPA practitioners and to hear concerns from the field. Lastly, ODOT is committed to continued process improvements to refine areas of noted deficiency.
The team identified 10 project files where PI materials lacked the required disclosure language required in MOU Sections 3.1.2 or 3.1.3. The disclosure in both sections states,
The projects identified by FHWA came from 8 of ODOT's 12 districts and included both ODOT and LPA projects. The projects identified by ODOT have a similar distribution among districts and project sponsors. The team considers this problem to be systemic across Ohio, identified in about 20 percent of the FHWA sample.
The team acknowledges that ODOT has already developed an action plan to address this issue, including the following:
The FHWA identified project-level compliance issues on 17 projects in 4 areas in Audit 2. Three areas were identified in both Audit 1 and Audit 2 (
The ODOT's second Self-Assessment summary report also identified PI, EJ, and environmental commitments as areas of needed improvements and fiscal constraint as a compliance issue. During Audit 2, ODOT informed FHWA about planned changes and improvements to EnviroNet that should address some of the errors identified in the FHWA project file review.
In addition, FHWA identified issues with project file management in both Audit 1 and Audit 2. The ODOT also identified project file management as an area in need of improvement through its Self-Assessment summary reports. For example, the team could not find required documentation in the Project File Tab even though there were indications that a related task was completed. The areas under which the errors occurred, include, but are not limited to PI, EJ, environmental commitments, maintenance of traffic, and fiscal constraint. The projects identified represent all ODOT's 12 districts and included ODOT, ORDC, and LPA projects.
The team considers these to be project level compliance issues because, although documentation expected to be in the project file was missing, the files generally contained indications that the necessary review or commitments were being implemented. The team strongly encourages ODOT to continue improvements to EnviroNet and ODOT procedures to ensure complete documentation and compliance on future projects. The FHWA will more closely review these project level compliance issues in its next Audit review.
The inconsistencies and missing information so far described are an indication that ODOT's QA/QC process requires attention. The interviews revealed that middle and upper management at the districts are not involved in the QA/QC process. The ODOT District environmental staff and non-environmental staff said that they rely on the ODOT Central Office to be the final backstop for QA/QC. However, most district staff indicated a lack of awareness or understanding of the overall QA/QC process. No training is provided exclusively for QA/QC.
Interviews with district and ODOT Central Office staff indicated that, overall, EnviroNet has changed the NEPA review process for the better and represents a “one-stop shop” for documentation of the NEPA process. The ODOT staff indicated that with everything now on-line, including electronic signatures, communication is easier between ODOT, the LPAs and consultants. The use of drop down menus and response selections within the project file resource areas acts as QC, creating increased standardization and consistency statewide.
The system of checks built into the system includes error messages and a hard stop of the project if a peer review is required and not completed. Another safeguard of EnviroNet is “validation” which instigates a hard stop if required fields are not filled in the project file. There are security protocols to allow access to the appropriate staff for project file review and input, peer review and ultimately approval officials.
To date, ODOT has not applied the “ODOT NEPA Assignment Legal Sufficiency Review Guidance” guidance because it did not have any documents that required legal sufficiency review. There are no observations to report at this time.
The ODOT developed Performance Measures as required in MOU Section 10.2 to provide an overall indication of ODOT's execution of its responsibilities assigned by the MOU. The team urges ODOT to refine or revise performance measures to reveal any occasional or ongoing challenges in agency relationships as well as any possible need to adjust approaches to QC.
The ODOT has a robust environmental training program and provides adequate budget and time for staff to access a variety of internal and external training. The ODOT updated its training plan in January 2017, and provided the plan to FHWA and resource agencies for their review, as required by Section 12.2 of the MOU. The training plan includes both traditional, instructor-based training courses and quarterly DEC meetings as well as monthly NEPA chats, where ODOT Central Office staff can share new information and guidance with district staff, including interactive discussions on the environmental program. Furthermore, the training plan includes a system to track training needs within ODOT. In addition, ODOT holds bi-annual meetings with consultants to provide on-going updates about the environmental program
The ODOT's training plan states that all ODOT environmental staff (both central and district offices) and environmental consultants are required to take the pre-qualification training courses. Staff is also encouraged to take training offered beyond the minimum required training. All staff interviewed indicated that ODOT management fully supports required training of staff and consultants.
Currently, ODOT's training plan does not include a stand-alone training course on EJ. In the Self-Assessment summary report, ODOT identified EJ as an area needing improvement. This observation and that the team found project level compliance issues related to EJ indicate that additional attention should be paid by ODOT to EJ compliance. The FHWA encourages
The FHWA provided a draft of this audit report to ODOT for a 14-day review and comment period and considered ODOT's comments in developing this draft report. In addition, FHWA will consider comments on the draft report received from the public within the 30-day comment period after publication in the
The FHWA will consider the results of this audit in preparing the scope of the next annual audit. The next audit report will include a summary that describes the status of ODOT's corrective and other actions taken in response to this audit's conclusions.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice, request for comment.
The Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program allows a State to assume FHWA's environmental responsibilities for review, consultation, and compliance for Federal highway projects. When a State assumes these Federal responsibilities, the State becomes solely responsible and liable for carrying out the responsibilities it has assumed, in lieu of FHWA. This program mandates annual audits during each of the first 4 years of State participation to ensure compliance with program requirements. This is the first audit of the Florida Department of Transportation's (FDOT) performance of its responsibilities under the Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program (National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) assignment program). This notice announces and solicits comments on the first audit report for the FDOT's participation in accordance to FAST Act requirements.
Comments must be received on or before May 18, 2018.
Mail or hand deliver comments to Docket Management Facility: U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W12-140, Washington, DC 20590. You may also submit comments electronically at
Ms. Marisel Lopez Cruz, Office of Project Development and Environmental Review, (202) 493-0356,
An electronic copy of this notice may be downloaded from the specific docket page at
The Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program (or NEPA Assignment Program) allows a State to assume FHWA's environmental responsibilities for review, consultation, and compliance for Federal highway projects. This provision has been codified at 23 U.S.C. 327. When a State assumes these Federal responsibilities, the State becomes solely responsible and liable for carrying out the responsibilities it has assumed, in lieu of FHWA. The FDOT published in the
Section 327(g) of Title 23, United States Code, requires the Secretary to conduct annual audits during each of the first 4 years of State participation. After the fourth year, the Secretary shall monitor the State's compliance with the written agreement. The results of each audit must be made available for public comment. This notice announces the availability of the first audit report for FDOT and solicits public comment on same.
Section 1313 of Public Law 112-141; Section 6005 of Public Law 109-59; Public Law 114-94; 23 U.S.C. 327; 49 CFR 1.85; 23 CFR 773.
This is the first audit of the Florida Department of Transportation's (FDOT's) performance of its responsibilities under the Surface Transportation Project Delivery Program (National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) assignment program). Under the authority of 23 United States Code
The FHWA formed a team in January 2017 to conduct an audit of FDOT's performance according to the terms of the MOU. The Audit Team held internal meetings to prepare for an on-site visit to the Florida Division and FDOT offices. Prior to the on-site visit, the Audit Team reviewed FDOT's NEPA project files, FDOT's response to FHWA's pre-audit information request (PAIR), and FDOT's Self-Assessment Summary Report of its NEPA program. The Audit Team conducted interviews with FDOT and resource agency staff and prepared preliminary audit results from October 16 to 20, 2017. The Audit Team presented these preliminary observations to FDOT Office of Environmental Management (OEM) leadership on October 20, 2017.
Upon accepting the NEPA assignment responsibilities, FDOT updated its procedures and processes as required by the MOU. Overall, the Audit Team found that FDOT is committed to establishing a successful NEPA program. This report describes several successful practices, three observations, and one non-compliance observation. The FDOT has carried out the responsibilities it has assumed in keeping with the intent of the MOU and FDOT's Application. Addressing the observations in this report will allow FDOT to continue to move the program toward success.
The purpose of the audits performed under the authority of 23 U.S.C. 327 is to assess a State's compliance with the provisions of the MOU as well as all applicable Federal statutes, regulations, policies, and guidance. The FHWA's review and oversight obligation entails the need to collect information to evaluate the success of the NEPA Assignment Program; to evaluate a State's progress toward achieving its performance measures as specified in the MOU; and to collect information for the administration of the NEPA Assignment Program. This report summarizes the results of the first audit in Florida. Following this audit, FHWA will conduct three annual audits. The second audit report will include a summary discussion that describes progress since the last audit.
The overall scope of this audit review is defined both in statute (23 U.S.C. 327) and the MOU (Part 11). An audit generally is defined as an official and careful examination and verification of accounts and records, especially of financial accounts, by an independent unbiased body. With regard to accounts or financial records, audits may follow a prescribed process or methodology and be conducted by “auditors” who have special training in those processes or methods. The FHWA considers this review to meet the definition of an audit because it is an unbiased, independent, official and careful examination and verification of records and information about FDOT's assumption of environmental responsibilities.
The Audit Team consisted of NEPA subject matter experts from the FHWA offices in Juneau, Alaska, Denver, Colorado, Columbus, Ohio, Washington, District of Columbia, Atlanta, Georgia, Austin, Texas, as well as staff from the FHWA Florida Division. The diverse composition of the team, as well as the process of developing the review report and publishing it in the
The Audit Team conducted a careful examination of FDOT policies, guidance, and manuals pertaining to NEPA responsibilities, as well as a representative sample of FDOT's project files. Other documents, such as the June 2017 Six-month status update report from FDOT, the August 2017 PAIR responses, and FDOT's September 2017 Self-Assessment Summary Report, informed this review. The Audit Team interviewed FDOT staff and resource agency staff. This review is organized around six NEPA assignment program elements: Program management, documentation and records management, quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC), legal sufficiency, performance measurement, and training program. In addition, the Audit Team considered three cross-cutting focus areas: (1) Engineering Analysis within the NEPA process; (2) Archaeological and Historical Resources; and (3) Protected Species and Habitat.
The Audit Team defined the timeframe for highway project environmental approvals subject to this first audit to be between December 2016 and May 2017, when 209 projects were approved. The team drew both representative and judgmental samples totaling 77 projects from data in FDOT's online file system, Statewide Environmental Project Tracker (SWEPT). In the context of this report, Type 1 CE and Type 2 CE are consistent with FDOT's Project Development and Environmental Manual. The FHWA judgmentally selected all Type 2 categorical exclusions (CEs) (3 projects), all reevaluations (12 projects), all Environmental Assessments (EAs) with Findings of No Significant Impacts (FONSIs) (3 projects), all Environmental Impact Statements (EISs) with Records of Decision (RODs) (no projects fell into this category), and all Type 1 CE projects completed under 23 CFR 771.117(d) CEs (9 projects). Fifty randomly selected project files came from the remaining 182 Type 1 CEs completed under 23 CFR 771.117(c), applying a 90 percent confidence level and a 10 percent margin of error to the sample. The Audit Team reviewed projects in all FDOT's seven districts.
The Audit Team submitted a PAIR to FDOT that contained 55 questions covering all six NEPA assignment program elements. The FDOT responses to the PAIR were used to develop specific follow-up questions for the on-site interviews with FDOT staff.
The Audit Team conducted a total of 42 interviews. Interview participants included staff from four of FDOT's seven district offices—District 1 (Bartow), District 2 (Lake City), District 5 (Deland), and District 7 (Tampa)—and FDOT Central Office. The audit team interviewed FDOT environmental staff, middle management, and executive management, regional representatives from the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (USACE), U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), and the State Historic Preservation Officer (SHPO) from the Florida Department of State, Division of Historic Resources.
The Audit Team compared the procedures outlined in FDOT policies and environmental manuals (including the published 2016 Project Development & Environment (PD&E) Manual) to the information obtained during interviews and project file reviews to determine if there are discrepancies between FDOT's performance and documented procedures. Individual observations were documented during interviews and reviews and combined under the six NEPA Assignment Program elements. The audit results are described below by program element.
The Audit Team recognizes that FDOT is in the early stages of the NEPA Assignment Program and FDOT's programs, policies, and procedures may still be in the process of being incorporated into its program statewide. The FDOT's efforts have been focused
A non-compliance observation is an instance where the Audit Team finds the State is not in compliance or is deficient with regard to a Federal regulation, statute, guidance, policy, State procedure, or the MOU. Non-compliance may also include instances where the State has failed to secure or maintain adequate personnel and or financial resources to carry out the responsibilities they have assumed. The FHWA expects the State to develop and implement corrective actions to address all non-compliance observations.
The Audit Team identified one non-compliance observation during this first audit.
Observations are items the Audit Team would like to draw FDOT's attention to, which may improve processes, procedures, and/or outcomes. The Audit Team identified four observations in this report. Successful practices are practices that the Audit Team believes are successful, and encourages FDOT to consider continuing or expanding those programs in the future. The Audit Team identified several successful practices in this report. All six MOU program elements are addressed here as separate discussions.
The Audit Team acknowledges that sharing the draft audit report with FDOT allows the Agency to begin implementing corrective actions to improve the program. The FHWA will also consider the status of these observations as part of the scope of Audit #2.
The Audit Team learned that FDOT has maintained its good working relationship with the three resource agencies interviewed—USFWS, USACE, SHPO. Each agency stated that FDOT coordinated any changes in their program with the Agency to ensure satisfaction with their regulatory requirements.
The Audit Team noted in interviews and project file reviews that FDOT's environmental commitments were inconsistently documented, tracked, and implemented. During the interviews, OEM and district staff indicated a different understanding of how commitment compliance is accomplished in FDOT and the function and use of the Project Commitment Record (PCR) Form. District staff have developed different tools than the PCR to track commitment compliance. Both the Self-Assessment Summary Report and project file reviews indicated that commitments were not being included verbatim into the Commitments Section of some NEPA documents or reevaluations. The Audit Team noted that commitments are not consistently transferred onto PCR forms for tracking through the various phases of project development. The Audit Team encourages FDOT to implement the commitment compliance recommendations identified in their 2017 Self-Assessment Summary Report to address this observation.
During the audit interviews, FDOT stated they are implementing new Federal or U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) policy, including executive orders, without FHWA consultation. This approach may establish policy or guidance in advance of FHWA, which could increase the risk of conflict with any subsequent DOT/FHWA issued policy or guidance. If such a conflict should occur, FDOT would then need to change their policies and procedures to meet the DOT/FHWA guidance. According to MOU subpart 5.2.1 FDOT may not establish policy and guidance on behalf of the DOT Secretary or FHWA for highway projects covered in the MOU.
The FDOT has implemented several successful practices to ensure the quality of its NEPA documents. As an example of a successful QA/QC practice, one district developed a checklist to provide better quality control in making sure they were uploading the necessary information into SWEPT for project review and coordination. As they received comments from OEM, the district adjusted their checklist so that future projects would also benefit from the OEM comments.
The FDOT's QA/QC tool was the self-assessment. The FDOT's self-assessment considered five focus areas for compliance: commitments; ponds; species and habitat; QA/QC; and Type 1 CE projects. Both FHWA and FDOT reviewed the same 27 projects (exclusive of Type I CEs completed under 23 CFR 771.117(c)) and identified a similar number of projects with documentation issues for the focus areas in common (commitments and species and habitat). However, the Audit Team identified additional project documentation or compliance issues not identified by FDOT. While the FHWA acknowledges that FDOT has employed quality assurance as a corrective action to address missing information for projects, FDOT's obligation under the MOU is that its QA/QC process identify and address the full range of compliance obligations it has assumed. Though concentrating on focus areas is appropriate for a Self-Assessment Summary Report, FDOT's QA/QC overall process should be broader in scope in order to identify and correct any deficiencies.
The Audit Team's review of FDOT's legal sufficiency program found that FDOT has structured the legal sufficiency process for the NEPA Assignment Program by having in house counsel as well as being able to contract with outside counsel who have NEPA experience. Because FDOT is in the early stages of implementation, no legal sufficiency determinations have been made during the audit time frame.
The FDOT Office of General Counsel (OGC) is fully engaged in the NEPA process. Legal staff participate in monthly coordination meetings and topic specific meetings with OEM and the districts. They also review other documents as requested for legal input. There is close collaboration throughout the process among OGC, OEM, the districts, and districts' attorneys.
Based on the information provided, the FDOT OGC is adequately staffed to provide management and oversight of the NEPA assignment process. In addition, FDOT attorneys located in each of the seven districts provide
The Audit Team learned through interviews that employee training is a corporate priority at FDOT. The FDOT's training is considered a successful practice in four respects:
First, FDOT developed its own on-line NEPA Assignment training. These succinct Web-based training videos address new NEPA assignment processes, including performance measures, the FHWA audit process, QA/QC, and the FDOT self-assessment process. Such training contributes to a consistent understanding of and participation in these aspects of the NEPA Assignment Program among all FDOT staff.
Second, FDOT provides employees ample training opportunities. Employees are notified of those opportunities through training coordinators and the Learning Curve system, which provides a library of courses. The training helps FDOT employees understand new roles and responsibilities and is available as needed. In preparation for NEPA Assignment, OEM also provided several in-person sessions for the districts. The training was recorded and is available on line.
Third, FDOT employees are required to have an Individual Training Plan (ITP). The plan includes required subject matter courses and courses that promote development of technical and leadership skills.
Finally, training is integrated into employee performance evaluations and employees' ITPs are discussed with supervisors on an annual basis, thereby emphasizing the importance of training and promoting compliance with training requirements. Completion of training is incorporated into the employees' and supervisors' performance evaluations.
The FDOT presented a discussion of their performance measures that implement those listed in MOU Section 10.2 in the July 2017 revision of their QA/QC Plan. In that discussion, FDOT developed several sub-measures along with performance targets, responsible parties, relevant processes, and desired outcomes identified (see Appendix A of the Plan—http://www.fdot.gov/environment/sched/files/APPROVED-FDOT-OEM-QAQC-Plan_-Dec222017-revised2017-0712.pdf). This plan also identifies FDOT's method of performance monitoring using SWEPT as well as how OEM will, when needed, take corrective action to improve performance.
The FDOT Self-Assessment Summary Report contained the results of FDOT's first report of its assessment of the NEPA Assignment Program and FDOT procedures compliance. This assessment, for the period between December 14, 2016, and April 30, 2017, entailed review of project files as well as results from a survey of Agency satisfaction. The report also included a discussion of FDOT's progress in attaining performance results.
The FDOT has demonstrated it has taken an active interest in developing, monitoring, and implementing the performance measures as required by the MOU. In reviewing Section 3 of the FDOT Self-Assessment Summary Report, the Audit Team noted that FDOT is the first NEPA assignment State to create a training module on performance measures. This module, available to all FDOT staff, explains performance metrics, how the measures are computed in SWEPT, performance monitoring, and how the measures appear in FDOT's annual Self-Assessment Summary Report. During the interviews, FDOT's leadership indicated that they wanted performance measures to account for, objectively measure, and use quantitative data to support FDOT performance. They also made it clear that FDOT is measuring something worthwhile and plans to revisit the performance metrics over time.
The SWEPT has been identified as FDOT's project file of record, in which FDOT maintains approved reevaluations, CEs, EAs, and EISs. The Electronic Review and Comments (ERC) system is an internal tool to capture review and comments on the environmental documents. During the audit interviews, FDOT staff indicated only final documents are maintained in the SWEPT system. The Audit Team has full access to SWEPT but has no access to ERC.
Both the MOU (subpart 10.2.1) and FDOT's PD&E Manual specify that documentation is needed to support compliance. The Audit Team observed that forty-seven (47) of the seventy-seven (77) project files reviewed did not have sufficient documentation in SWEPT to support the environmental analysis or NEPA decision. The FDOT Self-Assessment reached similar conclusions, and identified nine (9) of thirty-six (36) projects having insufficient documentation. The Audit Team could not determine if the discrepancy indicated documentation had not been uploaded into SWEPT or if the required process had not been completed. The team provided a list of these projects along with a draft of this report to FDOT for their review and comment. The FDOT provided their comments on this report, but did not provide additional information to clarify whether documentation was not uploaded or a required process was not completed.
The FDOT has committed to comply with all applicable environmental review requirements to highway projects it has assumed and to maintain documentation of this compliance. The file review of projects, most, but not all, of which were processed with a categorical exclusion, identified the following deficiencies in supporting documentation: (1) missing or outdated technical documents referenced in the NEPA document; (2) using FDOT standard specifications for Endangered Species Act compliance instead of conducting consultation when species are known to be present, missing documentation of consultation, missing impacts analysis, missing documentation which concludes with a finding, and missing concurrence documentation from applicable agencies; (3) missing documentation of
The FDOT has informed the Review Team that they have implemented some corrective actions to address missing documentation. The FDOT staff interviews revealed that the SWEPT system was updated to include a control to not allow a project file review to be completed without uploading all supporting documentation. The FDOT believes that this system improvement will ensure that supporting documentation, that was sometimes missing as SWEPT was initially implemented would now be present prior to an approval point. The implementation of these improvements was incorporated after the audit project file review time frame.
The FHWA provided a draft of the audit report to FDOT for a 14-day review and comment period, later extended to 21-days due to the holidays occurring during the review period. The Audit Team considered FDOT's comments in this draft audit report. The FHWA will publish a notice in the
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Correction to previous import eligibility decision.
NHTSA is correcting an error made in its decision that certain model year (MY) 2000 East Lancashire Coachbuilders Limited Double Decker Tri-Axle buses (with Volvo B7L Chassis) that were not originally manufactured to comply with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) are eligible for importation into the United States because they have safety features that comply with, or are capable of being altered to comply with, all applicable FMVSS. The correction is being made to properly identify the subject vehicles as MY 2001 models.
The original eligibility decision became effective on July 30, 2015. The correction is effective as of April 8, 2018, and applies to any vehicle that may have been previously imported under the original eligibility decision.
For further information contact George Stevens, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance, NHTSA (202-366-5308).
Under 49 U.S.C. 30141(a)(1)(B), a motor vehicle that was not originally manufactured to conform to all applicable FMVSS shall be refused admission into the United States unless NHTSA has decided its safety features comply with, or are capable of being altered to comply with, all applicable FMVSS based on destructive test data or such other evidence that NHTSA decides to be adequate.
Petitions for eligibility decisions may be submitted by either manufacturers or importers who have registered with NHTSA pursuant to 49 CFR part 592. As specified in 49 CFR 593.7, NHTSA publishes notice in the
US Specs, of Havre de Grace, Maryland (“US Specs”) (Registered Importer No. RI-03-321), petitioned NHTSA to decide whether MY 2000 East Lancashire Coachbuilders Limited Double Decker Tri-Axle buses (with Volvo B7L Chassis) are eligible for importation into the United States. NHTSA published a notice of the petition on January 26, 2015 (80 FR 4033) to afford an opportunity for public comment. No comments were received. The reader is referred to that notice for a thorough description of the petition.
A decision granting the referenced petition was published on August 25, 2015 (80 FR 46645). Under the decision, certain MY 2000 East Lancashire Coachbuilders Limited Double Decker Tri-Axle buses (with Volvo B7L Chassis) were determined eligible for importation into the United States.
Import eligibility decisions are made on a make, model, and model year basis, typically in response to petitions submitted by a RI. As specified in 49 CFR 593.6(b)(1), the petitioning RI must, among other things, identify the model year and model of the vehicle for which import eligibility is sought.
In its petition, US Specs identified the subject vehicle as a MY 2000 East Lancashire Coachbuilders Limited Double Decker Tri-Axle buses, built on a Volvo B7L Chassis. At time of submission, there was no reason for NHTSA to question this identification of the vehicle.
It has since come to the agency's attention that manufacturing operations on the subject vehicle were completed in calendar year 2001, the same year in which the bus entered service. Absent a model year designation from the manufacturer or the vehicle's country of origin, the year in which manufacturing operations are completed on the vehicle serves as the vehicle's model year, as that term is defined in 49 CFR 593.4.
Accordingly, on the basis of the foregoing, NHTSA hereby corrects the decision granting import eligibility to MY 2000 East Lancashire Coachbuilders Limited Double Decker Tri-Axle buses (mounted on a Volvo B7L Chassis) to identify the subject vehicles as the MY 2001 version.
Conditions for importation of vehicles eligible under this corrected decision remain as outlined in the original decision. The importer of a vehicle
49 U.S.C. 30118, 30120: delegations of authority at 49 CFR 1.95 and 501.8.
Office of the Secretary (OST), Department of Transportation (Department or DOT).
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces the Department of Transportation's (Department or DOT) intention to renew an Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number for certain information collections. The collections involve requirements for carriers to provide a mechanism on their websites for passengers to provide online notification of their requests for disability accommodation services and for carriers to ensure that a disclaimer is activated when a user clicks a link on a primary website to embedded third-party software or an external website. The disclaimer must inform the user that the software/website in not within the carrier's control and may not follow the same accessibility policies.
Written comments should be submitted by June 18, 2018.
You may submit comments identified by Docket No. DOT-OST-2011-0177 through one of the following methods:
•
•
•
John C. Wood, Office of the General Counsel, Office of the Secretary, U.S. Department of Transportation, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Washington, DC 20590, 202-366-9342 (Voice), 202-366-7152 (Fax), or
The title, a description of the information collection and respondents, and the periodic reporting burden are set forth below for each of the information collections:
1. Requirement to make a disability accommodation service request function available on the primary website. (14 CFR 382.43(d)).
Each covered carrier must provide a mechanism on its website for passengers to request a disability accommodation service for a future flight and provide advance notice of their request. Carriers may, but need not, require passengers to include contact information on the form in order to follow-up and request more specific information about the passengers' accommodation needs. Carriers may also use the aggregate data from the online service requests to understand and better plan for the volume and types of service requests they receive across time periods and routes, but also are not required to do so. While the content and design of the online service request form is up to the carriers, the Department anticipates that each covered U.S. and foreign carrier that markets scheduled air transportation to the general public in the United States would incur initial costs associated with developing and reviewing a design and implementation plan for the request form, developing, coding, and integrating the form into the website, as well as testing, debugging, and connecting the form with a backend database to store the information. The final regulatory analysis (FRA) for the final rule entitled Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability in Air Travel: Accessibility of Websites and Automated Kiosks at U.S. Airports estimated that it will take an average of 32 labor hours per carrier to develop, implement, integrate, connect, and test the online request form. Initial costs are reduced for carriers that rely on a request form developed by another entity. There are no recordkeeping or reporting requirements. However, carriers should use the service request information to facilitate appropriate, timely assistance to their passengers.
2. Requirement to provide a disclaimer notice to users when clicking a link on a primary website to embedded third-party software or an external website. (14 CFR 382.43(e)).
Carriers must provide a disclaimer notice for each link on their primary website that enables a user to access software or an external website that is not in the carrier's control. The disclaimer notice must be activated the first time a user clicks the link and must notify the user that the application/website is not within the carrier's control and may not follow the same accessibility policies as the primary website. The Department anticipates that each covered U.S. and foreign carrier will incur costs associated with identifying all links on their websites that may require a disclaimer such as developing and reviewing the design and language for the disclaimer notice, as well as developing, testing, and deploying the code to the appropriate web pages.
The incremental labor hours associated with providing the required disclaimer may vary depending on the number of links on the website to which this requirement applies. The FRA estimated that it will take an average of 6 labor hours per carrier to identify the links and then develop, test, and deploy the disclaimer notice on the website. We also estimate that it will take less than 30 minutes per year for a carrier to associate the notice with any new links to external websites or third-party software added to their websites.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995; 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35, as amended; and 49 CFR 1.48.
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act that a meeting of the Veterans' Advisory Committee on Rehabilitation (VACOR) will be held on Monday and Tuesday, May 7-8, 2018 in room 542, 1800 G Street NW, Washington DC 20006. The meeting will begin at 8:30 a.m. (EST) on May 7th and begin at 8:00 a.m. (EST) on May 8th and adjourn at 4:00 p.m. (EST) each day. Both meetings are open to the public.
The purpose of the Committee is to provide advice to the Secretary on the rehabilitation needs of Veterans with disabilities and on the administration of VA's rehabilitation programs.
On May 7, 2018, the Committee will be provided with ethics training, receive updated briefings from the Advisory Committee Management Office (ACMO), Vocational Rehabilitation and Employment (VR&E) Service and participate in group breakout sessions. On May 8, 2018, Committee members will receive updated briefings on various VA programs designed to enhance the rehabilitative potential of disabled Veterans. Members will also begin their consideration of potential recommendations to be included in the Committee's next annual report.
Although no time will be allocated for receiving oral presentations from the public, members of the public may submit written statements for review by the Committee to Sabrina McNeil, Designated Federal Officer, Veterans Benefits Administration (28), 810 Vermont Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20420, or via email at
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act that the Veterans' Rural Health Advisory Committee will meet on May 23-24, 2017. The meeting will be held at 400 Veterans Avenue, Rec Hall in Bldg. 17, Biloxi, Mississippi 39531 on May 23-24 the meeting sessions will begin at 8:30
The purpose of the Committee is to advise the Secretary of Veterans Affairs on rural health care issues affecting Veterans. The Committee examines Programs and policies that impact the delivery of VA rural health care to Veterans and discusses ways to improve and enhance VA access to rural health care services for Veterans.
The agenda will include updates from Department leadership, Network Director South Central VA Health Care Network, Director Gulf Coast Veterans Health Care System and the Director Office of Rural Health and Committee Chairman, as well as presentations on general health care access.
Public comments will be received at 4:30 p.m. on May 24, 2018. Interested parties should contact Ms. Judy Bowie, via email at
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before June 18, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia D. Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
Public Law 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521.
By direction of the Secretary.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final action.
Based on the Environmental Protection Agency's (EPA's) review of the air quality criteria addressing human health effects of oxides of nitrogen and the primary national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS) for oxides of nitrogen, as measured by nitrogen dioxide (NO
This final action is effective on May 18, 2018.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2013-0146. Incorporated into this docket is a separate docket established for the Integrated Science Assessment for this review (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-ORD-2013-0232). All documents in these dockets are listed on the
Ms. Breanna Alman, Health and Environmental Impacts Division, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Mail Code C504-06, Research Triangle Park, NC 27711; telephone: (919) 541-2351; fax: (919) 541-0237; email:
A number of the documents that are relevant to this decision are available through the EPA's website at
This document describes the completion of the EPA's current review of the primary NAAQS for oxides of nitrogen, of which nitrogen dioxide (NO
There are currently two primary standards for oxides of nitrogen: A 1-hour standard established in 2010 at a level of 100 parts per billion (ppb) based on the 98th percentile of the annual distribution of daily maximum 1-hour NO
Sections 108 and 109 of the CAA govern the establishment, review, and revision, as appropriate, of the NAAQS to protect public health and welfare. The CAA requires the EPA to periodically review the air quality criteria—the science upon which the standards are based—and the standards themselves. This review of the primary (health-based) NO
The last review of the primary NO
Consistent with the review completed in 2010, this review is focused on the health effects associated with gaseous oxides of nitrogen and on the protection afforded by the primary NO
In this action, the EPA is retaining the current primary NO
Based on these considerations, the Administrator reaches the conclusion that the current body of scientific evidence and the results of quantitative analyses supports his judgment that the current 1-hour and annual primary NO
As in the last review, the strongest evidence continues to come from studies examining respiratory effects following short-term NO
In addition to the effects of short-term exposures, the 2016 NO
While the evidence supports the occurrence of adverse NO
After considering the current body of scientific evidence, the results of quantitative analyses, the CASAC advice, and public comments, the Administrator concludes that the current 1-hour and annual NO
Two sections of the Clean Air Act (CAA or the Act) govern the establishment and revision of the NAAQS. Section 108 (42 U.S.C. 7408) directs the Administrator to identify and list certain air pollutants and then to issue air quality criteria for those pollutants. The Administrator is to list those air pollutants that in his “judgment, cause or contribute to air pollution which may reasonably be anticipated to endanger public health or welfare;” “the presence of which in the ambient air results from numerous or diverse mobile or stationary sources;” and “for which . . . [the Administrator] plans to issue air quality criteria . . . .” Air quality criteria are intended to “accurately reflect the latest scientific knowledge useful in indicating the kind and extent of all identifiable effects on public health or welfare which may be expected from the presence of [a] pollutant in the ambient air . . . .” 42 U.S.C. 7408(b). Section 109 (42 U.S.C. 7409) directs the Administrator to propose and promulgate “primary” and
The requirement that primary standards provide an adequate margin of safety was intended to address uncertainties associated with inconclusive scientific and technical information available at the time of standard setting. It was also intended to provide a reasonable degree of protection against hazards that research has not yet identified.
In addressing the requirement for an adequate margin of safety, the EPA considers such factors as the nature and severity of the health effects involved, the size of sensitive population(s) at risk,
In setting primary and secondary standards that are “requisite” to protect public health and welfare, respectively, as provided in section 109(b), the EPA's task is to establish standards that are neither more nor less stringent than necessary for these purposes. In so doing, the EPA may not consider the costs of implementing the standards.
Section 109(d)(1) requires that “not later than December 31, 1980, and at 5-year intervals thereafter, the Administrator shall complete a thorough review of the criteria published under section 108 and the national ambient air quality standards . . . and shall make such revisions in such criteria and standards and promulgate such new standards as may be appropriate . . . .” Section 109(d)(2) requires that an independent scientific review committee “shall complete a review of the criteria . . . and the national primary and secondary ambient air quality standards . . . and shall recommend to the Administrator any new . . . standards and revisions of existing criteria and standards as may be appropriate . . . .” Since the early 1980s, this independent review function has been performed by the Clean Air Scientific Advisory Committee (CASAC).
States are primarily responsible for ensuring attainment and maintenance of ambient air quality standards once the EPA has established them. Under section 110 of the Act, 42 U.S.C. 7410, and related provisions, states are to submit, for the EPA's approval, state implementation plans (SIPs) that provide for the attainment and maintenance of such standards through control programs directed to sources of the pollutants involved. The states, in conjunction with the EPA, also administer the Prevention of Significant Deterioration permitting program that covers these pollutants. See 42 U.S.C. 7470-7479. In addition, federal programs provide for nationwide reductions in emissions of these and other air pollutants under Title II of the Act, 42 U.S.C. 7521-7574, which involves controls for automobile, truck, bus, motorcycle, nonroad engine and equipment, and aircraft emissions; the new source performance standards (NSPS) under section 111 of the Act, 42 U.S.C. 7411; and the national emission standards for hazardous air pollutants under section 112 of the Act, 42 U.S.C. 7412.
Currently there are no areas in the United States that are designated as nonattainment for the NO
While NO
In 1971, the EPA added oxides of nitrogen to the list of criteria pollutants under section 108(a)(1) of the CAA and issued the initial air quality criteria (36 FR 1515, January 30, 1971; U.S. EPA, 1971). Based on these air quality criteria, the EPA promulgated the NO
Industry groups filed petitions for judicial review of the 2010 rule in the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit.
Subsequent to the 2010 rulemaking, the Agency revised the deadlines by which the near-road monitors were to be operational in order to implement a phased deployment approach (78 FR 16184, March 14, 2013), with a majority of the network becoming operational by 2015. In 2016, after analyzing available monitoring data, the Agency revised the size requirements of the near-road network, reducing the network to only operate in Core Based Statistical Areas (CBSAs) with populations of 1 million or more (81 FR 96381, December 30, 2016).
In February 2012, the EPA announced the initiation of the current periodic review of the air quality criteria for oxides of nitrogen and of the primary NO
Based in part on the workshop discussions, the EPA developed a draft plan for the NO
The EPA released the second draft ISA in January 2015 (80 FR 5110) and the Risk and Exposure Assessment (REA) Planning document in May 2015 (80 FR 27304). These documents were reviewed by the CASAC at a public meeting held in June 2015 (80 FR 22993). A follow-up teleconference with the CASAC was held in August 2015 (80 FR 43085) to finalize recommendations on the second draft ISA. The final ISA was released in January 2016 (81 FR 4910). The CASAC recommendations on the second draft ISA and the draft REA planning document were provided to the EPA in letters dated September 9, 2015 (Diez Roux and Frey, 2015a; Diez Roux and Frey, 2015b), and the final ISA was released in January 2016 (81 FR 4910).
After considering the CASAC advice and public comments, the EPA prepared a draft Policy Assessment (PA), which was released on September 23, 2016 (81 FR 65353). The draft PA was reviewed by the CASAC on November 9-10, 2016 (81 FR 68414), and a follow-up teleconference was held on January 24, 2017 (81 FR 95137). The CASAC recommendations, based on its review of the draft PA, were provided in a letter to the EPA Administrator dated March 7, 2017 (Diez Roux and Sheppard, 2017). The EPA staff took into account these recommendations, as well as public comments provided on the draft PA, when developing the final PA, which was released in April 2017.
On July 14, 2017, the proposed decision to retain the NO
In addition, in July 2016, a lawsuit was filed against the EPA that included a claim that EPA had failed to complete its review of the primary NO
Consistent with the review completed in 2010, this review is focused on health effects associated with gaseous oxides of nitrogen
For reasons discussed in the proposal and summarized in section II.B.1 below, the Administrator proposed to retain the current primary standards for NO
This action presents the Administrator's final decision in the current review of the primary NO
This section presents the rationale for the Administrator's decision to retain the existing primary NO
The Administrator's approach to reviewing the current primary NO
The approach to informing these judgments is based on the recognition that the available health effects evidence generally reflects a continuum, consisting of levels at which scientists generally agree that health effects are likely to occur, through lower levels at which the likelihood and magnitude of the response become increasingly uncertain. This approach is consistent with the requirements of the NAAQS provisions of the Act and with how the EPA and the courts have historically interpreted the Act. These provisions require the Administrator to establish primary standards that, in the judgment of the Administrator, are requisite to protect public health with an adequate margin of safety. In so doing, the Administrator seeks to establish standards that are neither more nor less stringent than necessary for this purpose. The Act does not require that primary standards be set at a zero-risk
To evaluate whether it is appropriate to consider retaining the current primary NO
This section presents information on NO
Ambient concentrations of NO
Due to the close relationship between NO and NO
Ambient concentrations of NO
Long-term trends in NO
The largest single source of NO
When considering the historical relationships between NO
In addition, data from the recently deployed network
Control programs have resulted in substantial reductions in NO
This section summarizes the available scientific evidence on the health effects of NO
In the current review of the primary NO
With regard to identifying specific populations or lifestages that may be at increased risk of health effects related to NO
The sections below summarize the evidence for effects related to short-term NO
This section discusses the evidence for health effects following short-term NO
Across previous reviews of the primary NO
For the current review, there is newly available evidence for both respiratory effects and other health effects that was critically evaluated in the 2016 NO
The 2016 NO
Strong evidence supporting this causal determination in the 2016 NO
The results from the meta-analysis demonstrate that the majority of study volunteers with asthma experienced increased AR following resting exposure to NO
The 2016 NO
Studies considered for inclusion into the meta-analyses by Brown (2015) were identified from the meta-analysis by Goodman et al. (2009), the 2016 NO
Controlled human exposure studies discussed in the 2016 NO
In addition to this evidence for NO
In assessing the evidence from epidemiologic studies, the 2016 NO
The 2016 NO
Overall, the strongest evidence supporting the conclusion of the causal relationship determined in the 2016 NO
Similarly, the epidemiologic evidence that is newly available in the current review is consistent with evidence from the last review and does not alter the fundamental understanding of the respiratory effects related to ambient NO
The evidence for a causal relationship between cardiovascular health effects and short-term NO
The 2016 NO
In evaluating what the available health evidence indicates with regard to the degree of public health protection provided by the current standards, it is appropriate to consider the short-term NO
In evaluating the NO
Controlled human exposure studies, most of which were available and considered in the last review, have evaluated various respiratory effects following short-term NO
Evidence for respiratory effects following exposures to NO
Thus, in considering the exposure concentrations evaluated in controlled human exposure studies, the PA focuses on the body of evidence for NO
Individual controlled human exposure studies have generally not reported statistically significant increases in AR following resting exposures to NO
In considering studies in individuals with asthma conducted with exercise and at lower concentrations, the PA notes that three studies evaluated NO
Several studies evaluated exposures of individuals with asthma to NO
As discussed above, the 2016 NO
When evaluating results from the meta-analysis, the PA first considers results across all exposure conditions combined (
The PA also considers the results of Brown (2015) for various subsets of the available studies, based on the exposure conditions evaluated (
In contrast to the results from studies conducted at rest, the fraction of individuals having an increase in AR following NO
In addition to examining results from studies of non-specific AR, the meta-analysis also considered results from studies that evaluated changes in specific AR (
When considering the evidence for NO
Both the meta-analysis by Brown (2015) and an additional meta-analysis and meta-regression by Goodman et al. (2009) conclude that there is no indication of a dose-response relationship for exposures between 100 and 600 ppb NO
An additional uncertainty in interpreting these studies within the context of considering the adequacy of the protection provided by the current primary NO
Five studies provided data for each individual's PD. These five studies provided individual-level data for a total of 72 study participants (116 AR measurements) and eight NO
As in the last review, a meta-analysis of individual-level data supports the potential for increased AR in individuals with generally mild asthma following 30 minute to 1 hour exposures to NO
In addition to considering the exposure concentrations evaluated in the controlled human exposure studies, the PA also considers distributions of ambient NO
Addressing this question can provide important insights into the extent to which NO
The emphasis that the proposal and this final action place on studies to inform the question above is discussed in more detail in the proposal for this action (82 FR 34792, July 26, 2017, section II.F.4). Briefly, in addressing the question above, the PA places the greatest emphasis on studies reporting positive and relatively precise (
The PA evaluates U.S. and Canadian studies of respiratory-related hospital admissions and ED visits, with a focus on studies of asthma-related effects (studies identified from Table 5-10 in U.S. EPA, 2016a).
A key limitation in these analyses of NO
With this key limitation in mind, the PA considers what the available epidemiologic evidence indicates with regard to the adequacy of the public health protection provided by the current 1-hour standard against short-term NO
In considering the epidemiologic information presented in the U.S. and Canadian studies, the PA notes that multicity studies tend to have greater power to detect associations. The one multicity study that has become available since the last review (Stieb et al., 2009) reported a null association with asthma ED visits, based on study locations with maximum estimated DVs ranging from 67-242 ppb (six of seven study cities had maximum estimated DVs at or above 85 ppb). Of the single-city studies identified, those reporting positive and relatively precise associations were conducted in locations with maximum, and often mean, estimated DVs at or above 100 ppb (
An uncertainty in this body of evidence is the potential for copollutant confounding. Copollutant (two-pollutant) models can be used in epidemiologic studies in an effort to disentangle the independent pollutant effects, though there can be limitations in these models due to differential exposure measurement error and high correlations with traffic-related copollutants. For NO
Considering this evidence together, the PA notes the following observations. First, the only recent multicity study evaluated, which had maximum estimated DVs ranging from 67 to 242 ppb, did not report a positive association between NO
Thus, while epidemiologic studies provide support for NO
This section discusses the evidence for health effects associated with long-term NO
In the last review of the primary NO
Chapter 6 of the 2016 NO
The 2016 NO
The conclusion of a “likely to be causal relationship” in the current review represents a change from 2008 NO
While the causal determination has been strengthened in this review, important uncertainties remain. For example, the 2016 NO
The 2016 NO
While this uncertainty continues to apply to the epidemiologic evidence for asthma incidence in children, the 2016 NO
To summarize, the 2016 NO
In the previous review, the 2008 NO
In the previous review, a limited number of epidemiologic and toxicological studies had assessed the relationship between long-term NO
In the 2008 NO
The evidence evaluated in the 2008 NO
In evaluating what the available health evidence indicates with regard to the degree of public health protection provided by the current standards, the EPA considers the long-term NO
In evaluating the long-term NO
As discussed above for short-term exposures (Section II.A.2.a), when considering epidemiologic studies of long term NO
The epidemiologic studies available in the current review that evaluate associations between long-term NO
While it is appropriate to consider what these studies can tell us with regard to the adequacy of the existing primary NO
While keeping in mind these uncertainties, the PA next considers the ambient NO
As discussed above for short-term exposures (Section II.A.2.a), addressing this question can provide important insights into the extent to which NO
To evaluate this issue, the PA compares NO
The initiating events in the development of respiratory effects due to long-term NO
Thus, when considering the protection provided by the current standards against NO
To inform consideration of whether a study area's air quality could have met the current primary NO
In interpreting these comparisons of DV estimates with the NO
In considering the epidemiologic studies looking at long-term NO
The PA also considers the information from the other U.S. and Canadian studies available that, due to additional uncertainties, were not identified as key studies in the 2016 NO
Based on the information discussed above, while epidemiologic studies provide support for NO
With regard to uncertainties in the evidence, the PA particularly notes the potential for confounding by co-occurring pollutants, as described above, given the following: (1) The relatively high correlations observed between long-term concentrations of NO
Furthermore, the analysis of study area estimated DVs does not provide support for the occurrence of NO
In addition to the evidence from epidemiologic studies, the PA also considers evidence from experimental studies in animals and humans.
Taking all of the evidence and information together, including important uncertainties, the PA revisits the extent to which the evidence supports the occurrence of NO
Evaluation of the public health protection provided against ambient NO
In the current review, the 2016 NO
The impacts of exposures to elevated NO
The 2016 NO
The PA's consideration of the evidence supporting conclusions regarding the populations at increased risk of NO
In addressing this question, the PA considers the evidence in the 2016 NO
Approximately 8.0% of adults and 9.3% of children (age <18 years) in the U.S. currently have asthma (Blackwell et al., 2014; Bloom et al., 2013), and it is the leading chronic illness affecting children (U.S. EPA, 2016a, Section 7.3.1). Individuals with pre-existing diseases like asthma may be at greater risk for some air pollution-related health effects if they are in a compromised biological state.
As in the last review, controlled human exposure studies demonstrating NO
According to the 2010 census, 24% of the U.S. population is less than 18 years of age, with 6.5% less than 6 years of age (Howden and Meyer, 2011). The National Human Activity Pattern Survey shows that children spend more time than adults outdoors (Klepeis et al., 1996), and a longitudinal study in California showed a larger proportion of children reported spending time engaged in moderate or vigorous outdoor physical activity (Wu et al., 2011b). In addition, children have a higher propensity than adults for oronasal breathing (U.S. EPA, 2016a, Section 4.2.2.3) and the human respiratory system is not fully developed until 18−20 years of age (U.S. EPA, 2016a, Section 7.5.1). Higher activity along with higher ventilation rates relative to lung volume and higher propensity for oronasal breathing could potentially result in greater NO
Epidemiologic evidence across diverse locations (U.S., Canada, Europe, Asia, Australia) consistently demonstrates NO
According to the 2012 National Population Projections issued by the U.S. Census Bureau, 13% of the U.S. population was age 65 years or older in 2010, and by 2030, this fraction is estimated to grow to 20% (Ortman et al., 2014). Recent epidemiologic findings expand on evidence available in the 2008 NO
As described in the PA, and consistent with the last review, the 2016 NO
Beyond the consideration of the scientific evidence, discussed above in Section II.A.2, the EPA also considers the extent to which new or updated quantitative analyses of NO
To provide insight into the potential occurrence of NO
Air quality-benchmark comparisons were conducted in study areas with unadjusted air quality and with air quality adjusted upward to just meet the existing 1-hour standard.
In identifying the range of NO
In considering the results of these updated analyses, the EPA focuses on the number of days per year that 1-hour NO
Based on the results of these analyses (U.S. EPA, 2017a, Tables 4-1 and 4-2), the EPA makes the following key observations for study areas when air quality was unadjusted (“as-is”) and when air quality was adjusted to just meet the current 1-hour NO
• One-hour ambient NO
○ Even in the worst-case years (
• One-hour ambient NO
○ Even in the worst-case years, most study areas had either zero or one day with 1-hour NO
• The current standard is estimated to allow no days in study areas with 1-hour ambient NO
• The current standard is estimated to allow almost no days with 1-hour ambient NO
○ In the worst-case years in most study areas, the current standard is estimated to allow either zero or one day with 1-hour ambient NO
• At area-wide monitoring sites in most of the study areas, the current standard is estimated to allow from one to seven days per year, on average, with 1-hour ambient NO
○ In the worst-case years in most of the study areas, the current standard is estimated to allow from about 5 to 20 days with 1-hour NO
There are a variety of limitations and uncertainties in these comparisons of NO
The primary goal of this analysis is to inform conclusions regarding the potential for the existing primary NO
With regard to the magnitude and clinical relevance of the NO
These analyses use historical air quality relationships as the basis for adjusting ambient NO
There is also uncertainty in the upward adjustment of NO
To the extent there are unmonitored locations where ambient NO
In the current review, given that the 23 selected study areas have among the highest NO
This conclusion is consistent with the 2016 NO
It is also important to consider the degree to which air quality-benchmark comparisons appropriately characterize the potential for NO
While it is difficult to isolate non-road impacts from certain non-road sources like ports and airports, looking at monitors that are influenced by non-road emissions can help characterize the potential for such exposures. As discussed below, several study areas have non-near-road NO
As described in the PA (U.S. EPA, 2017a, Section 4.1.2.3), table 2-12 in the 2016 NO
As discussed above and in the REA Planning document (U.S. EPA, 2015b, Section 2.1.1), an important uncertainty identified in the 2008 REA was the characterization of 1-hour NO
As discussed in Section I.B, recent NO
Analyses of air quality adjusted upwards to just meet the current 1-hour standard estimate no days with 1-hour NO
These results are consistent with expectations, given that the current 1-hour standard, with its 98th percentile form, is anticipated to limit, but not eliminate, exposures to 1-hour NO
When these results and associated uncertainties are taken together, the current 1-hour NO
Given the results of these analyses, and the uncertainties inherent in their interpretation, the PA concludes that there is little potential for exposures to ambient NO
In drawing conclusions on the adequacy of the current primary NO
At the time of the proposal, the Administrator carefully considered the
In considering the evidence available in the current review with regard to adequacy of the current 1-hour and annual NO
With regard to short-term NO
The strongest evidence supporting this ISA causal determination comes from controlled human exposure studies demonstrating NO
Supporting evidence for a range of NO
Thus, while some new evidence is available in this review, the proposal noted that that new evidence did not substantially alter the understanding of the respiratory effects that occur following short-term NO
With regard to long-term NO
Given the evaluation of the evidence in the 2016 NO
The indicator for both the current annual and 1-hour NAAQS for oxides of nitrogen is NO
The current primary NO
In establishing the 1-hour standard in the last review, the Administrator considered evidence from both experimental and epidemiologic studies. She noted that controlled human exposure studies and animal toxicological studies provided evidence that NO
Based on the considerations summarized above, the Administrator judged in the last review that it was appropriate to set a new NO
The proposal explained that, as in the last review, support for a standard with a 1-hour averaging time comes from both the experimental and epidemiologic evidence. Controlled human exposure studies evaluated in the 2016 NO
With regard to protecting against long-term exposures, the proposal explained that the evidence supports considering the overall protection provided by the combination of the annual and 1-hour standards. The current annual standard was originally promulgated in 1971 (36 FR 8186, April 30, 1971), based on epidemiologic studies reporting associations between respiratory disease and long-term exposure to NO
As described above, evidence newly available in the current review demonstrates associations between long-term NO
In evaluating the extent to which evidence supports or calls into question the levels or forms of the current NO
Controlled human exposure studies demonstrate the potential for increased AR in some people with asthma following 30-minute to 1-hour exposures to NO
When individual-level data were combined in a meta-analysis, Brown (2015) reported that statistically significant majorities of study participants experienced increased AR following resting exposures to NO
The epidemiologic evidence from U.S. and Canadian studies, as considered in the PA and summarized in the proposal, provided information about the ambient NO
With regard to epidemiologic studies of short-term NO
In giving further consideration specifically to the form of the 1-hour standard, the proposal noted that the available evidence and information in this review is consistent with that informing consideration of form in the last review. The last review focused on the upper percentiles of the distribution of NO
With regard to health effects related to long-term NO
In the current review, the strengthened “likely to be causal” relationship between long-term NO
While the proposal recognized the above uncertainties, it considered what studies of long-term NO
As such, when considering the ambient NO
As discussed in Section II.C.1 of the proposal, and in Section II.A.2 above, while annual estimated DVs in study locations were often below 53 ppb, maximum 1-hour estimated DVs in most locations were near or above 100 ppb. Because these study-specific estimated DVs are based on the area-wide NO
Given the paucity of epidemiologic studies conducted in areas that were close to or below the current standards, and considering that no near-road monitors were in place during the study periods, the proposal placed weight on the PA's conclusion that the epidemiologic evidence does not provide support for NO
Exposure- and risk-based considerations were also important to the proposed decision and its rationale, like the consideration of the health evidence discussed in section II.B.1.a above. As described in greater detail in Section II.A.3 above, and in the REA Planning document (U.S. EPA, 2015b, Section 2.1.1) and the PA (U.S. EPA, 2017a, Chapter 4), the EPA conducted updated analyses comparing ambient NO
When considering analyses comparing NO
As discussed in section II.A.3 above, and in section II.D.1 of the proposal, benchmarks are based on information from controlled human exposure studies of NO
When taken together, the results of individual controlled human exposure studies and of the meta-analysis by Brown (2015) support consideration of NO
In further considering the potential public health implications of exposures to NO
As discussed in section II.D.2 of the proposal, and in section II.A.3 above, analyses of unadjusted air quality, which meets the current standards in all locations, indicate almost no potential for 1-hour exposures to NO
Section II.D.2 of the proposal noted that these analyses indicate that the current 1-hour NO
In the current review of the primary NO
Briefly, with regard to the strength of the evidence for respiratory effects, the CASAC agreed with the 2016 NO
Long-term exposures to NO
With regard to support for the updated quantitative analyses conducted in the current review, the CASAC agreed with the conclusions in the PA.
In addition, in its review of the draft PA, the CASAC agreed with its conclusion that the available evidence, taken together, does not support the need for increased protection against short- or long-term NO
•
•
•
•
In addition, the CASAC also provided advice on areas for additional research based on key areas of uncertainty that came up during the review cycle (Diez Roux and Sheppard, 2017, p. 10-12). As part of this advice, the CASAC stated that “[t]here is an ongoing need for research in multipollutant exposure and epidemiology to attempt to distinguish the contribution to NO
This section presents the responses of the EPA to the public comments received on the 2017 NO
Overall, the EPA received 17 sets of comments, with the majority expressing support for the Administrator's proposed decision to retain the current primary standards, without revision. Comments supporting the Administrator's proposed decision were received from various industry groups,
Several groups, including some that support the Administrator's proposed decision to retain the current standards, provided additional comments, including on the EPA's causal determinations in the 2016 NO
The following sections discuss the public comments on the proposal and the EPA's responses to those comments. Section II.B.3.a discusses comments on the EPA's assessment of the scientific evidence. Section II.B.3.b discusses comments on the degree of protection provided by the current standards and on the potential for the available scientific information to support standards that are less stringent than the current standards. Section II.B.3.c discusses comments recommending that the EPA revise the current standards to be more stringent. Section II.B.3.d briefly explains the EPA's approach to comments related to implementation of the NAAQS, which are outside the scope of this action.
There were several comments submitted related to the EPA's assessment of the scientific evidence. Some commenters agree with the causal framework used in the 2016 NO
Some comments received on the proposed decision express an overall
In responding to these comments, the EPA notes that the ISA's causal framework has been implemented and refined over multiple NAAQS reviews, drawing from extensive interactions with the CASAC and from the public input received as part of the CASAC review process. Based on application of that framework in the current review, the 2016 NO
For example, in concluding that a “causal relationship exists between short-term NO
The CASAC concurs with the finding that short-term exposures to NO
In addition, in concluding that “[t]here is likely to be a causal relationship between long-term NO
Long-term exposures to NO
Thus, based on the evidence considered in the 2016 NO
The EPA further disagrees with comments claiming that, in his consideration of the levels of the primary standards, the Administrator's discussion of uncertainties and limitations in the scientific evidence is inconsistent with the conclusions of the 2016 NO
We further note that, in reaching his proposed and final decisions, the Administrator's consideration of the evidence, including its limitations and uncertainties, draws directly from the 2016 NO
Some comments further criticize the Agency's characterization of the evidence by asserting that the EPA places too much emphasis on epidemiologic studies that are methodologically flawed and insufficient for determining a standard. While we agree that there are uncertainties inherent in epidemiologic studies, these uncertainties, which have been extensively considered as part of the assessment of the evidence in the ISA and the evaluation of policy options in the PA, as well as in the proposal and this final action (
For example, while the ISA concludes that epidemiologic studies do indicate the occurrence of NO
In addition, the 2016 NO
Thus, the 2016 NO
Several comments further contend that the 2016 NO
Some comments criticizing the 2016 NO
Figure 6-1 in the 2016 NO
Multiple longitudinal studies demonstrate associations between higher ambient NO
In reaching this conclusion, the 2016 NO
Some comments additionally contend that the ISA provides a skewed and unbalanced picture of the scientific record by failing to discuss null associations in epidemiologic studies and by focusing on results at the lag that had the most positive and statistically significant association. These comments assert that the ISA ignores temporal differences in the lag at which the strongest association was found.
With regard to reporting null associations, the EPA agrees that the assessment of the scientific evidence should consider all relevant, well-conducted studies that meet the ISA's criteria for inclusion, regardless of whether results are positive, null, or negative. Accordingly, the EPA employs a comprehensive approach to ensure that all of the relevant literature is identified for consideration and evaluation in the ISA (U.S. EPA, 2015a, Figure III, p. 6). As an initial step in the development of the 2016 NO
In addition, we note that there is ample discussion throughout the ISA of null and negative results when they are reported in the studies, including epidemiologic studies (
Additionally, the EPA does not agree with comments criticizing the 2016 NO
In assessing the support for specific lags in epidemiologic studies of short-term NO
Some comments recommend that the EPA conduct quantitative analyses of uncertainty whenever possible. As discussed above and elsewhere in this document (
With regard to analyses comparing NO
Though most commenters express support for the proposed decision to retain the current primary NO
The Administrator has carefully considered whether standards less stringent than the current standards would be sufficient to protect public health with an adequate margin of safety and, thus, whether retaining the current standards would not be requisite (see discussion in proposal at 82 FR 34792, July 26, 2017, section II.F.4, and below). This consideration is informed by the thorough discussions of the uncertainties in the scientific evidence in the 2016 NO
Further, we disagree with the suggestion that, by focusing on whether the current standards adequately protect public health, the EPA has failed to consider the possibility that those standards should be revised to be less stringent in order to provide the requisite level of protection. Comments making this claim mistakenly presume that, in considering the adequacy the current primary NO
First, compared to the current standards, less stringent standards would be more likely to allow NO
Second, less stringent standards would be more likely to allow the ambient NO
Finally, the CASAC advice also supports the EPA conclusion that a detailed evaluation of less stringent potential alternative standards is not warranted in the current review. Specifically, the CASAC advised that the current primary NO
Comments advocating for the identification of less stringent standards often focus on specific uncertainties in the available health evidence, claiming that, because of these uncertainties, the margin of safety provided by the current primary NO
The EPA agrees that there are uncertainties in the evidence from
In particular, as discussed in the ISA, increases in AR are considered to be a hallmark of asthma and can lead to poorer control of symptoms in people with the disease. Drawing on guidelines from the ATS and the ERS, analyses discussed in the 2016 NO
In light of these observations, we disagree with the assertion that controlled human exposure studies do not demonstrate effects that could be adverse to public health following exposures to NO
Additionally, some comments support placing more emphasis on a meta-analysis of information from controlled human exposure studies by Goodman et al. (2009). These comments assert that Goodman et al. concluded that exposures to NO
The particular basis for these comments appears to be the conclusions reached by Goodman et al. (2009) that there is no dose-response relationship between NO
As a result of these differences in study protocols, the 2016 NO
When the fraction of study participants who experienced increased or decreased airway responsiveness was analyzed, both Brown (2015) and Goodman et al. (2009) reported that exposures to NO
Thus, both Goodman et al. (2009) and Brown (2015) report that the majority of study subjects experienced increased AR following resting NO
Some comments assert that the EPA should place more emphasis on controlled human exposure studies that employ allergen challenge, rather than those that use non-specific challenge agents, because the commenters view such studies as more relevant to real world exposures. These comments claim that the lack of effects in studies that used allergen challenge increases the uncertainty that NO
As an initial matter, we note that the ATS and the ERS recognize increased AR following exposure to non-specific challenge agents (
We further disagree that people would not have real world exposures to all of the non-specific challenge agents used in controlled human exposure studies. Specifically, both cold dry air and SO
In addition, while we agree with the potential public health significance of increased AR to allergen challenges (
Some comments additionally point out the inconsistent results reported in controlled human exposure studies conducted in people who are exercising, claiming that such inconsistency calls into question the plausibility of a causal association between NO
As noted above, the 2016 NO
Some comments supporting the consideration of less stringent standards additionally focus on the epidemiologic evidence. Specifically, some industry groups comment that the EPA overstates the consistency of the epidemiologic evidence, particularly given the potential for co-pollutant confounding and exposure measurement error in studies of long-term NO
As discussed in greater detail above (Section II.B.3.a), we do not agree with comments criticizing the 2016 NO
With regard to comments on the study by Stieb et al. (2009) in particular, commenters correctly point out that this study reported no association between short-term NO
Some comments additionally note that current ambient NO
Insofar as these comments are premised on the notion that exposure- and risk-related considerations in the NAAQS reviews should rely only on actual air quality, we disagree. We recognize that available monitoring data indicates that recent ambient NO
In order to accomplish this, the PA further considers the potential for exposures to NO
In addition, the CASAC agreed with considering analyses based on adjusted air quality, stating that “[t]he EPA has made a reasonable choice in looking both at the number of [benchmark] exceedances of the unadjusted data as well as the level of exceedance of the
One commenter argues that the current NAAQS do not protect public health with an adequate margin of safety, and that the standards should be revised to be more stringent. Specifically, these comments recommend that the level of the 1-hour NO
Comments asserting that the current 1-hour standard does not protect public health or provide any margin of safety cite the meta-analysis by Brown (2015) to support this position, arguing that this meta-analysis clearly shows that the majority of individuals with asthma were adversely affected by a concentration of NO
As discussed above (Sections II.A.2, II.B.1), while the Brown meta-analysis shows that most study participants (
In light of the above information from the Brown (2015) meta-analysis and from the individual studies included in that meta-analysis, the Administrator's judgment in the proposal was that while it is appropriate to consider the degree of protection provided by the current 1-hour standard against exposures to NO
To this end, based on the results of the NO
While the EPA recognizes, as discussed in section I.A. above, that CAA section 109's requirement for a primary NAAQS to provide an adequate margin of safety is intended to address uncertainties associated with inconclusive scientific and technical information, it also notes that the CAA does not require a primary NAAQS to be established at a zero-risk level, or to protect the most sensitive individual, but rather at a level that avoids unacceptable risks to public health.
The EPA's approach to considering the degree of protection provided by the current NO
Comments advocating for a more stringent 1-hour standard further state that the current 98th percentile form allows too many days with NO
In reviewing the NAAQS, the Administrator's foremost consideration is the adequacy of the public health protection provided by the combination of all of the elements of the standard, including the form. In particular, the EPA notes that the benchmark analysis presented in the PA, which informed the Administrator's proposed decision, evaluates the potential for NO
In addition, the CASAC advice provides further support for the 98th percentile form. The CASAC accepted the protection provided by the current 98th percentile form, together with the other elements of the 1-hour standard, in recommending retention of the current standard without revision. In doing so, it provided the following advice (Diez Roux and Sheppard, 2017, p. 9):
For the 1-hour current standard, the form is based on the 98th percentile of daily maximum 1-hour concentrations, which corresponds to the 7th or 8th highest daily maximum 1-hour concentration in a year. This form limits but does not eliminate exposures at or above 100 ppb NO
Thus, in providing its advice to retain the existing 1-hour standard, without revision, the CASAC clearly considered the implications of the 98th percentile form of that standard.
With regard to stability, the proposal explained that greater regulatory stability was one consideration supporting the selection of a 98th percentile form in the last review. In that review, the EPA established the 98th percentile form, noting “the limited available information on the variability in peak NO
Comments advocating for more stringent standards also assert that the EPA should adopt an annual standard
We agree with comments that the evidence supporting associations between long-term NO
As discussed in the proposal (82 FR 34792, July 26, 2017, section II.F.4), and in the Administrator's final decision below, uncertainties in studies of long-term NO
With regard to potential confounding by co-occurring pollutants, the 2016 NO
With regard to exposure measurement error, while some studies used well-validated estimates of NO
In addition, as discussed in detail in the PA, while epidemiologic studies conducted in the U.S. or Canada provide evidence for associations with asthma-related effects in locations likely to have violated the current standards, they do not indicate associations of asthma incidence with exposures to long-term NO
Thus, uncertainties in studies of long-term NO
Beyond the uncertainties discussed above, the EPA further recognizes that, as noted in comments, the current 1-hour standard is expected to provide substantial protection against long-term NO
Based on the above information, when taken together, the EPA disagrees with comments that the level of the annual standard should be revised to 30 ppb. In particular, based on the uncertainties in the available key studies of NO
In addition to the comments presented above, the EPA received several comments related to implementation of the NO
Having carefully considered the public comments, as discussed above, and taking into consideration the large body of evidence concerning NO
As an initial matter, the Administrator takes note of the well-established body of scientific evidence supporting the occurrence of respiratory effects following NO
With regard to respiratory effects of long-term NO
In addition, the Administrator acknowledges that the evidence for some non-respiratory effects has strengthened since the last review. In particular, based on the assessment of the evidence in the 2016 NO
The Administrator's evaluation of the public health protection provided against ambient NO
The Administrator further uses the scientific evidence outlined above, and described in detail in the 2016 NO
In doing so, the Administrator focuses on the results of controlled human exposure studies of AR in people with asthma and on the results of U.S. and Canadian epidemiologic studies of asthma-related hospital admissions, asthma-related ED visits, and asthma development in children. He particularly emphasizes the results of controlled human exposure studies, which were identified in the 2016 NO
In considering the controlled human exposure studies of AR, the Administrator focuses both on the results of an updated meta-analysis of data from these studies (Brown, 2015) and on the consistency of findings across individual studies. As discussed in sections II.A.2 and II.B.1 above, and consistent with the evidence in the last review, the Brown (2015) meta-analysis indicates that statistically significant majorities of study volunteers, generally with mild asthma, experienced increased AR following 30-minute to 1-hour resting exposures to NO
Uncertainties in this evidence, discussed in sections II.A.2.a, II.A.3, and II.B.1 above, include the lack of an apparent dose-response relationship between NO
While the Administrator recognizes uncertainty in the extent to which NO
Based on information from controlled human exposure studies, which is discussed in more detail in sections II.A.2, II.B.1, and II.B.3 of this final action, the Administrator is most concerned about the potential for people with asthma to experience adverse respiratory effects following exposures to NO
Because results are less consistent across individual studies that evaluated lower exposure concentrations, the Administrator places greater weight on the uncertainties in the evidence as he considers the potential public health implications of such exposures. However, the Administrator also recognizes the potential for adverse respiratory effects following exposures to NO
In further considering the potential public health implications of the controlled human exposure studies, the Administrator looks to the results of quantitative comparisons between NO
To inform his consideration of the public health protection associated with allowable NO
Based on his consideration of these results, the Administrator concludes that evidence from controlled human exposure studies, together with analyses comparing ambient NO
Thus, given that the current standards are estimated to allow no exposures to 1-hour NO
The Administrator also considers what the available epidemiologic studies indicate with regard to the adequacy of the public health protection provided by the current NO
With regard to studies of short-term NO
With regard to studies of long-term NO
In doing so, he notes that key epidemiologic studies conducted in the U.S. or Canada consistently report associations between long-term NO
Based on the above considerations, with their attendant uncertainties and limitations, and with consideration of advice from CASAC and public comment, the Administrator concludes that the current body of scientific evidence, in combination with the results of the quantitative analyses comparing NO
• NO
• The 1-hour and annual averaging times of the current standards, together, can provide protection against short- and long-term NO
• The levels and the forms of the current short-term and long-term standards should be retained (sections II.B.1.a.iii and II.B.3 above; 82 FR 34792, July 26, 2017, section II.F.1.c).
In considering the requirement for an adequate margin of safety, the Administrator notes that the determination of what constitutes an adequate margin of safety is expressly left to the judgment of the EPA Administrator.
In reaching the conclusion that the current primary NO
• Meeting the current 1-hour NO
• Meeting the current 1-hour standard limits the potential for exposures to 1-hour concentrations at or above 100 ppb. Thus, the current standard protects against NO
• Meeting the current 1-hour standard is expected to maintain ambient NO
In addition, with regard to long-term NO
Based on the conclusions and considerations described above in this section, the Administrator concludes that his proposed decision, and the supporting rationale, analyses, and scientific assessments, remain valid. Accordingly, in this review, he judges that it is appropriate to retain the current 1-hour and annual primary NO
Inherent in the Administrator's conclusions are public health policy judgments based on his consideration of the available scientific evidence and analyses. These public health policy judgments include judgments related to the appropriate degree of public health protection that should be afforded against risk of respiratory morbidity in at-risk populations, such as the potential for worsened respiratory effects in people with asthma, as well judgments related to the appropriate weight to be given to various aspects of the evidence and quantitative analyses, including how to weigh their associated uncertainties. Based on these considerations and the judgments identified herein, the Administrator concludes that the current standards provide the requisite protection of public health with an adequate margin of safety, including protection of at-risk populations, such as people with asthma, children, and older adults.
In reaching this conclusion, the Administrator recognizes that in establishing primary standards under the Act that are requisite to protect public health with an adequate margin of safety, he is seeking to establish standards that are neither more nor less stringent than necessary for this purpose. The Act does not require that primary standards be set at a zero-risk level or to protect the most sensitive individual, but rather at a level that avoids unacceptable risks to public health. In this context, the Administrator's conclusion is that the current 1-hour and annual NO
More specifically, given the increased risk of adverse effects associated with NO
The Administrator additionally recognizes that the uncertainties and limitations associated with the many aspects of the estimated relationships between respiratory morbidity and NO
Based on all of the above considerations, and consistent with the CASAC advice, the Administrator concludes that it is appropriate to retain the current standards, without revision, in this review.
For the reasons discussed above, and taking into account information and assessments presented in the ISA and PA, the advice and recommendations from CASAC, and consideration of public comments, the Administrator concludes that the current primary 1-hour and annual NO
Additional information about these statutes and Executive Orders can be found at
This action is not a significant regulatory action and was, therefore, not submitted to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review.
This action is not an Executive Order 13771 regulatory action because this action is not significant under Executive Order 12866.
This action does not impose an information collection burden under the PRA. There are no information collection requirements directly associated with revising or retaining NAAQS under section 109 of the CAA. This action retains, without any revisions, the current primary NAAQS for oxides of nitrogen.
I certify that this action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the RFA. This action will not impose any requirements on small entities. Rather, this action retains, without revision, existing national standards for allowable concentrations of NO
This action does not contain any unfunded mandate as described in the UMRA, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, and does not significantly or uniquely affect small governments. This action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or tribal governments, or the private sector.
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in Executive Order 13175. It does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes. This action does not change existing regulations; it retains, without revision, the current primary NAAQS for oxides of nitrogen. The primary NAAQS protect public health, including the health of at-risk or sensitive groups, with an adequate margin of safety. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not apply to this action.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13045 because it is not economically significant as defined in Executive Order 12866. We note, however, that the standards retained with this action provide protection for children and other at-risk populations against adverse health effects. The health effects evidence and risk assessment information for this action, which focuses on children and other at-risk populations, is summarized in section II.A.2 and II.A.3 above and described in the ISA and PA, copies of which are in the public docket for this action.
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, because it is not a significant regulatory action under Executive Order 12866.
This action does not involve technical standards.
The EPA believes that this action does not have disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects on minority, low-income populations and/or indigenous peoples, as specified in Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994). This action is to retain without revision the existing primary NAAQS for oxides of nitrogen.
The NAAQS decisions are based on an explicit and comprehensive assessment of the current scientific evidence and associated exposure/risk
As discussed in sections II.A.2 and II.B.1 above, and in sections II.F and II.C of the proposal, the EPA expressly considered the available information regarding health effects among at-risk populations in reaching the decision that the existing primary (health-based) standards for oxides of nitrogen are requisite. The ISA and PA for this review, which include identification of populations at risk from NO
Section 307(d)(1)(V) of the CAA provides that the provisions of section 307(d) apply to “such other actions as the Administrator may determine.” Pursuant to section 307(d)(1)(V), the Administrator determines that this action is subject to the provisions of section 307(d).
The EPA will submit a rule report to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the United States. This action is not a “major rule” as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2).
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Sulfur oxides.
(b) It shall be the policy of my Administration that the United States postal system operate under a sustainable business model to provide necessary mail services to citizens and businesses, and to compete fairly in commercial markets.
(b) The Task Force shall consult with the Postmaster General and the Chairman of the Postal Regulatory Commission.
(c) The Task Force shall also engage:
(d) The Task Force shall meet as required by the Chair and, unless extended by the Chair, shall be dissolved once it has accomplished the objectives
(a) Such recommendations shall promote our Nation's commerce and communication without shifting additional costs to taxpayers. The recommendations shall be developed in a manner that is consistent with the proposed plan to reorganize the executive branch as required by Executive Order 13781 of March 13, 2017.
(b) Such recommendations shall also consider the views of the USPS workforce; commercial, non-profit, and residential users of the USPS services; and competitors in the marketplace.
(b) This order shall be implemented consistent with applicable law and subject to the availability of appropriations.
(c) This order is not intended to, and does not, create any right or benefit, substantive or procedural, enforceable at law or in equity by any party against the United States, its departments, agencies, or entities, its officers, employees, or agents, or any other person.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |